Tax Notes logo
Part 3. Submission ProcessingChapter 14. Notice Review

3.14.2. Notice Review - Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review


3.14.2. Notice Review - Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review

3.14.2 Notice Review - Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review

Manual Transmittal

November 06, 2023

Purpose

(1) This transmits revised IRM 3.14.2, Notice Review - Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review.

Material Changes

(1) IRM 3.14.2 - Removed Form 990-C which is obsolete throughout the IRM

(2) IRM 3.14.2 - Changed 94X series returns from -PR to (sp) per Spanish language naming convention changes updated throughout the IRM

(3) IRM 3.14.2.1.1 - Updated background information and added the goals for notice review

(4) IRM 3.14.2.1.5 - Added CRN, DPE, EPE, IRN, MEC, and RPC to the acronym list

(5) IRM 3.14.2.1.6 - Added AMS to list of available resources

(6) IRM 3.14.2.1.8(3) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 changed prioritization of work to current list

(7) IRM 3.14.2.1.8(4) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added addition of HQ priority list when sample will not be completed

(8) IRM 3.14.2.1.8(4) - Removed lowest accuracy and clarified priority review

(9) IRM 3.14.2.2 - Changed heading to Notice Review Program Guidelines and moved what is Notice Review to 3.14.2.1.1 Background

(10) IRM 3.14.2.2.1(1) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added math error codes and clarified associated notices for the same taxpayer

(11) IRM 3.14.2.2.1(1) - Clarified that math error code and taxpayer notice code are used interchangeably

(12) IRM 3.14.2.2.1(5) - IPU 23U0714 issued 06-09-2023 Notice Review Processing System (NRPS) was replaced with Online Notice Review as the correct report system

(13) IRM 3.14.2.2.1(5) - Added report information to clarify OLNR disposition as a tool

(14) IRM 3.14.2.2.1(8) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added statement to include local personnel when reporting IRM issues

(15) IRM 3.14.2.2.2(1) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 deleted desktop and added web-based to identify new OLNR platform and added caution about IDRS inputs in cycle

(16) IRM 3.14.2.3(3) - Clarified TIN is included on notices and in note updated that SSN is used for Forms 706 and 709

(17) IRM 3.14.2.3(4) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 restructured format of CP notices to match rest of the section per processing feedback and updated SNIP URL

(18) IRM 3.14.2.3(4) a - Removed exception to Form 1065 as CP 161 will be valid for MFT 06 in processing year 2024

(19) IRM 3.14.2.4 - Added OLNR information to NRPS and realigned entire section for user clarity

(20) IRM 3.14.2.4(1) d - Added rejected transactions to the table

(21) IRM 3.14.2.4.1(2) - Added refer to BMF Job Aid for more information since the BMF National Job Aid has been updated

(22) IRM 3.14.2.4.1(12) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added (c) to include Service Center address issues

(23) IRM 3.14.2.4.1(12) c- Added MM type of manual intervention to the list moved c to d (SC addresses)

(24) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.1 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled NRPS Selection Keys

(25) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.2 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled NRPS Output Files

(26) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.2 (4) - Removed NRP 1420 since it is an invalid report

(27) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.3 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled NRPS Batch Sheet

(28) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.4 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled NRPS Packages

(29) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.5 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled NRPS Selection List

(30) IRM 3.14.2.4.1.6 - Rearranged section for research ease and retitled Other NRPS Output

(31) IRM 3.14.2.4.2 - Added OLNR Information section to explain the system and how it works with NRPS

(32) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.1 - Added section OLNR Retype Capabilities for processing information previously missing from the IRM

(33) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.2 - Added section OLNR Notice Conversion for processing information previously missing from the IRM

(34) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.3 - Added section OLNR Access and Notice Disposition for processing information previously missing from the IRM

(35) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.4 - Added section OLNR Notice Disposition Codes for processing information previously missing from the IRM

(36) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.5 - Added section OLNR Quality Review and Held Notices for processing information previously missing from the IRM

(37) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.5(2) - Added procedures for a lead to work systemically held notices on Monday

(38) IRM 3.14.2.4.2.5(5) - Added held notice restrictions and clarified guidelines for quality review

(39) IRM 3.14.2.4.3(2) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 removed OLNR Job Aid reference in NRPS section and added IMF Job Aid for more information

(40) IRM 3.14.2.5.1 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added SC manual interventions to clerical function list

(41) IRM 3.14.2.5.1(1) - Added MM manual interventions to clerical function list

(42) IRM 3.14.2.5.2.1(1) - Updated note to contact local P&A for correct files fax information

(43) IRM 3.14.2.5.2.4(1) - Removed the date that NR was no longer required to stop refunds for other areas

(44) IRM 3.14.2.5.3 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 changed heading title to add SC type manual intervention

(45) IRM 3.14.2.5.3 - Changed heading to add MM type of manual intervention

(46) IRM 3.14.2.5.3(2) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added SC to the list of manual intervention types

(47) IRM 3.14.2.5.3(2) - Added MM to the list of manual intervention types

(48) IRM 3.14.2.5.3(3) - Added Large Corp manual intervention batches

(49) IRM 3.14.2.5.3(8) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added Service Center manual intervention definition

(50) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.1(3) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added review of CAF standing and updated decision fields to match IDRS fields in CFINK

(51) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.1(4) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated decision fields to match IDRS fields in CFINK and updated void the notice to delete the notice

(52) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.1(6) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 moved note to 3a and deleted (6)

(53) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2(3) - Updated to include review steps for RFINK and NAP indicator impact to RAF notices

(54) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2(4) - Added NAP column indicator fields and how to identify notice allowance for representatives

(55) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2(4) a - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated table to include specific notice steps for OLNR

(56) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2(5) - Updated to change references from RFINK L to RFINK R to research

(57) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2(6) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 deleted (6) and combined all information in (5)

(58) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.3 - Added Processing Manual Intervention Notices with CAF and RAF Mismatch (MM)

(59) IRM 3.14.2.5.3.3 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 section created to include processing steps to resolve SC Manual Interventions

(60) IRM 3.14.2.5.4(4) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated table to NRP97 field literals

(61) IRM 3.14.2.6 - Moved section to 3.14.2.7 under Case Resolution since NOREF should not be done until all information has been reviewed

(62) IRM 3.14.2.6(3) - Added disposition of H needs to be approved by HQ

(63) IRM 3.14.2.6.1(1) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added preferred use of IAT NOREF tool

(64) IRM 3.14.2.6.1(2) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated reference to the number below in the same section and deleted the HAL note from 2013

(65) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.1(1) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated assignment from A to B. Notice Review should be B for background on controls

(66) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.2(1) d - Updated note to correct heading for citation

(67) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.3(5) - Added release refund with 290 .00

(68) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.4(3) a - Removed extra postmark data not needed and corrected grammar to identify the specific order for determining the correct RRD

(69) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.6(1) - Updated bullets to add all types of forms processed without signatures

(70) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.6(4) - Changed employer tax returns to employment and certain types of information and clarified list of forms indicating that Form 941-SS is valid for TY 2023 and prior

(71) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.6(5) - Clarified process as normal if CCC 3 or E

(72) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.6(6) - Corrected when a signature is required and added information to sent a 143C letter and correspondence reply monitoring information

(73) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.7 - Changed title to be clear about correspondence attached to the return

(74) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5(1) - Updated offset information for IRC 6402 (a) offset is allowed not required

(75) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5(4) - Corrected top offset priority

(76) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5(7) - Clarified the note for when payments can be moved

(77) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5.1(1) - Removed credit elect statement from the notes that contradicts -E freeze programming

(78) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5.3(8) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added MFT 03 to those subject to TOP Offset and removed MFT 55 per Master File programming requirements

(79) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5.3(8) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated Note to add title of 21.4.6, Refund Offset

(80) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.7.2.2(1) - Update use of IAT tool is suggested

(81) IRM 3.14.2.6.1.7.2.2(2) - Updated note to suggest IAT not mandatory

(82) IRM 3.14.2.6.2 - Updated section with tables for clarity and added response screen information also removed uncommon command codes RFUNDR, URINQ and XSINQ

(83) IRM 3.14.2.6.2(4) - GATT threshold for COMPAC clarified to match IRM 20.2.4

(84) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2 - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed all manual refund references in the section from $100,000,000 to $100 million

(85) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2(3) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 added review citations 21.4.4.3 and 3.14.2.7.7.2 to the table

(86) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2(4) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted note since monitoring is no longer required per IRM 21.4.4

(87) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2.2 - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed heading name to remove monitoring no longer required per IRM 21.4.4

(88) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2.2(4) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed $10 million or more to $100 million or more

(89) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2.2(5) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed $10 million or more to $100 million or more

(90) IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2.2(7) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted since monitoring is no longer required per IRM 21.4.4

(91) IRM 3.14.2.6.3.1(3) - Changed terminology per Counsel request to taxpayer reported penalties instead of self-assessed

(92) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.5(1) b - Deleted if lead is unavailable notify the Headquarters analyst

(93) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.5(1) f - Updated note clarify Form 4868 extends Form 709 also

(94) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.6(2) - Removed regulation and interest and penalties check for short period 1120 and replaced with ensure correct period information

(95) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.6(3) - Added c to clarify the current short period due dates are for 2016-2026

(96) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.6.1 - Deleted section since it only applied to 2016

(97) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.9(1) - Updated note to address the possibility of Failure to File returns electronically penalty

(98) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10(2) - Changed second note to identify the difference between sections of the Relief Act

(99) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10(3) - Corrected date for qualifying wages to before June 30, 2021

(100) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.1 - Separated COVID section by Form number to assist production

(101) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.1.1 - Added section Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 941 to process by Form type

(102) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.1.2 - Added section Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 943 to process by Form type

(103) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.1.3 - Added section Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 944 to process by Form type

(104) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.2(2) - Updated chart to update layout to match in 2020 and 2021

(105) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.2(4) - Updated to clarify that Form 7200 must have been processed timely

(106) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.10.2(5) - Updated to use past tense verbiage since credits are no longer available

(107) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.12 - Added Inflation Reduction Act IRA summary section

(108) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.12.1 - Added Elective Payment Election (EPE) Overview section

(109) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.12.2 - Added Elective Payment Election (EPE) Account and Notice Impact section

(110) IRM 3.14.2.6.4.12.3 - Added Credit Transfer Election (TRE)

(111) IRM 3.14.2.6.5(2) - Changed deemed payable to tax due

(112) IRM 3.14.2.6.5(4) - Updated IRC 965 inclusion to add rare instances in 2020

(113) IRM 3.14.2.6.5(16) - Changed deemed payable to tax assessed per Counsel feedback

(114) IRM 3.14.2.6.5.2(2) - Changed deemed payable to tax assessed per Counsel feedback

(115) IRM 3.14.2.6.5.2.1(1) - Added that leads only should do 965(i) adjustments with the exception of 971/AC 165

(116) IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1(1) - Added that leads only should do 965(h) adjustments

(117) IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1(9) - Changed the numbered steps to bullets and updated the 965 tool note with the Job Aids tab

(118) IRM 3.14.2.6.6.27 - Changes not saved from IPU 23U0566 updated section to the correct CI email box and clarified when to contact CI updated again publishing

(119) IRM 3.14.2.6.7(4) - Updated Form 1065 not informational only starting in tax year 2023

(120) IRM 3.14.2.6.7.1(1) d - Deleted incorrect information about SFR processing

(121) IRM 3.14.2.6.7.1(3) - Added as approved by Headquarters

(122) IRM 3.14.2.6.7.3(7) - Added the following the month the employees are paid per Counsel suggestion

(123) IRM 3.14.2.6.9(1) - Updated Form 1065 not informational only starting in tax year 2023

(124) IRM 3.14.2.6.9(10) - Added Form 8752 procedures for MFT 15 CP 161

(125) IRM 3.14.2.6.9(17) - Added Form 2290 exhibit 3.14.2-29 citation

(126) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.1(1) - Revised section to include legislative updates to requirements to electronically file after December 2023

(127) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.1(2) - Revised to identify differences in electronic requirements before January 1, 2024

(128) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.1(4) - Reordered table and updated with TY 2023 information

(129) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.2(9) b - Reordered table and updated with TY 2023 information

(130) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.3(5) - Deleted section and referred tax examiners to previous section due to duplicate information

(131) IRM 3.14.2.6.10.4(1) - Added due to IRA legislation Form 1065 is not informational only starting in TY 2023

(132) IRM 3.14.2.6.12 - Clarified process and updated OLNR language and restructured section and split transcripts into four sections

(133) IRM 3.14.2.6.12.1 - New section Million Dollar Transcript added for ease of processing

(134) IRM 3.14.2.6.12.1(1) - Changed lead review from 10 million to over 100 million must be reviewed by lead or experience Subject Matter Expert and deleted table referring to lead processing

(135) IRM 3.14.2.6.12.2 - New section Normal Refund Transcripts added for ease of processing

(136) IRM 3.14.2.6.12.3 - New section Highly Questionable Transcripts added for ease of processing

(137) IRM 3.14.2.6.12.4 - New section Refund Interest Transcript added for ease of processing

(138) IRM 3.14.2.6.13(4) - Removed outdated bullets and clarified Form 8752 information

(139) IRM 3.14.2.6.14.1(6) b - Clarified pending transactions refunding

(140) IRM 3.14.2.6.14.4(1) - Changed insurance to offer of per Counsel feedback

(141) IRM 3.14.2.6.15 - Clarified what ERS TE does when assigning a TPNC 90

(142) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(1) b - Updated chart for clarity of disposition and removed redundant rows

(143) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(1) e - Clarified that TPNC 90 open paragraph entries are allowed

(144) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(2) - Changed for to in 2004 so tax examiners do not think 2004 is the only year impacted

(145) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(2) b - Added REQ77 to clarify procedures for adding extension

(146) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(2) d - Added credit transfer information for payments

(147) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(2) e - Added 709 module to assist tax examiners with review and corrective actions

(148) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(2) f - Added retype and address interest and penalties

(149) IRM 3.14.2.6.15(4) - Added note indicating Key 54 processes are for current tax years only

(150) IRM 3.14.2.6.16(6) a - Reminder changed from typed to voided or retyped

(151) IRM 3.14.2.6.17.3(4) - Added tax year 2023 minimum penalty, reordered table current to past and deleted the note

(152) IRM 3.14.2.7 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 renamed heading to match the rest of the IRM for general review procedures

(153) IRM 3.14.2.7(3) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added bullet to address MeF and scanned to MeF documents

(154) IRM 3.14.2.7.1 - Moved Refund Intercepts using NOREF and all NOREF sections to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.6.1

(155) IRM 3.14.2.7.1(6) - Updated NOREF chart for processing year 2024

(156) IRM 3.14.2.7.1.3 - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed $100,000,000 to $100 million

(157) IRM 3.14.2.7.1.6 - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed title from $100,000,000 to $100 million

(158) IRM 3.14.2.7.1.6(2) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted monitor the case and changed numbered lists to bullets for clarity

(159) IRM 3.14.2.7.1.6(5) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 changed $100,000,000 to $100 million, deleted monitor the case, and changed numbered lists to bullets for clarity

(160) IRM 3.14.2.7.1.6(6) - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted ERS reference for Manual Refunds as is does not apply to Notice Review processes

(161) IRM 3.14.2.7.2 - Moved Reconciling Refund Deletion Requests to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.6.2

(162) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1 - Moved Erroneous Refund section to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.6.2.1

(163) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(6) b - Changed the AM manual refund routing form from Form 3465 to Form 5101

(164) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(9) - Added Note to express mandatory use of the IAT ERRF too and included link to IAT job aids

(165) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(9) e - Added input of TC 971 AC 663 per IRM 21.4.5

(166) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(9) f - Changed the manual refund routing form from Form 3465 to Form 5101

(167) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(10) a - Restructured sentence for clarity and added label 15 and 16 definitions

(168) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(11) a - Restructured sentence for clarity and added label 15 and 16 definitions

(169) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(12) - Added citation for IRM 21.4.5.6.1 for Category D Erroneous Refund account actions

(170) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(12) a - Restructured sentence for clarity and added label 15 and 16 definitions

(171) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.1(12) i- Changed the manual refund routing form from Form 3465 to Form 12356 and added citation for IRM 21.4.5.6.2

(172) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.2 - Moved Manual Refund sections to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.6.2.2

(173) IRM 3.14.2.7.2.2.3(6) - Deleted caution from credit interest on or after 1/1/95 as it pertains only in the last box of the table where the interest IRM is cited

(174) IRM 3.14.2.7.3 - Moved Controlling cases section to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.7.19.1

(175) IRM 3.14.2.7.4 - Moved Documenting Adjustment cases section to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.7.19.2

(176) IRM 3.14.2.7.4.4(2) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added link to disaster situations on IRS.gov

(177) IRM 3.14.2.7.5 - Moved Entity Adjustments section to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.7.19.3

(178) IRM 3.14.2.7.6 - Moved Tax Adjustment cases sections to Case Resolution from 3.14.2.7.19.4

(179) IRM 3.14.2.7.6.6 - Moved Credit Reference and Item Reference Number Exhibit to section and added each Form type separately to Case Resolution

(180) IRM 3.14.2.7.6.12(2) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated Cincinnati Excise group phone number and address

(181) IRM 3.14.2.7.6.19(5) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added to include link to disaster situations on IRS.gov

(182) IRM 3.14.2.7.6.27 - IPU 23U0566 issued 04-28-2023 updated section to the correct CI email box and clarified when to contact CI

(183) IRM 3.14.2.7.7.1(6) e - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 moved the note and changed to a caution at the beginning of e, clarified that KCSPC cannot make adjustments to 706 and 709, and updated Cincinnati routing information

(184) IRM 3.14.2.7.7.2(11) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 changed table information from -K freeze to -R freeze

(185) IRM 3.14.2.7.7.2(12) g,h,i - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated freeze process to REQ77 TC 570 to set a -R freeze

(186) IRM 3.14.2.7.7.2(13) a - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated freeze process to do not set a freeze for zero tax

(187) IRM 3.14.2.7.8(1) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added the section title for Q- minus freeze

(188) IRM 3.14.2.7.8(5) b - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 clarified research steps, added description of TC 150 .00 return, and changed freeze to -R

(189) IRM 3.14.2.7.8(15) d - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 clarified steps in assigning TPNC if a math error is found

(190) IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6 - Notice Disposition section updated to include each label as a section since figures were deleted

(191) IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6.24 - Added Label 24 to match notice and OLNR programming

(192) IRM 3.14.2.7.10.7 - Updated section for correct Notice Review language and to identify only leads can approve hold as a disposition

(193) IRM 3.14.2.7.11 - Added signature letter section and steps per Counsel feedback

(194) IRM 3.14.2.7.12(9) g - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted reference to Exhibit 3.14.2-7 which has been deleted

(195) IRM 3.14.2.7.14.1(8) a - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added if balance will be less than $5.00 retype the notice

(196) IRM 3.14.2.7.15(3) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 clarified key 52 generation criteria

(197) IRM 3.14.2.7.17.3(4) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added exception for certain forms filed before September 2022 due to Notice 2022-36

(198) IRM 3.14.2.7.17.4(3) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 removed MIC 48 it is not currently used in pipeline processing

(199) IRM 3.14.2.7.17.8 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated note to explain OLNR display of 01/01/0001

(200) IRM 3.14.2.7.19 - Case Resolution removed from general review procedures to a stand alone section 3.14.2.7

(201) IRM 3.14.2.7.19.1(2) c - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 removed if unable to pull check as HAL process was stopped in 2013

(202) IRM 3.14.2.7.19.1(3) a - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added exception to clarify when not to contact another TE

(203) IRM 3.14.2.7.19.2(1) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 removed adding machine tape and changed to worksheets, screen shots, etc

(204) IRM 3.14.2.7.20(15) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added and the taxpayer does not need to receive a notice suppress the CP 260

(205) IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5(3) b - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added information to print the notice when unpostable is in question

(206) IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5(5) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 emphasized all other information is correct before using Entity disposition

(207) IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5(5) a - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 added use of IAT address tool for entity changes

(208) IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5(9) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 label 3 information changed. Not allowable on notices other than balance due

(209) IRM 3.14.2.7.24 - Deleted Federal Payment Levy Program section as Notice Review does not review these notices

(210) IRM 3.14.2.9.1(1) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated note to remove obsolete 941C information

(211) IRM 3.14.2.9.3(1) b - Changed protective claim to protective return per Counsel feedback

(212) IRM 3.14.2.9.4(1) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added titles to citation

(213) IRM 3.14.2.9.4(2) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added titles to citation

(214) IRM 3.14.2.9.4(3) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 corrected title of Form 3244

(215) IRM 3.14.2.9.4(4) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 changed subsequent to pending when talking about credits and added found to payments to meet void criteria

(216) IRM 3.14.2.9.5 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added citation heading for Manual Intervention CAF/RAF/SC

(217) IRM 3.14.2.9.7 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added words to form complete sentences

(218) IRM 3.14.2.9.7(2) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated if/then chart to explain account correction procedures more clearly

(219) IRM 3.14.2.9.7(6) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 deleted paragraph due to incorrect processing information

(220) IRM 3.14.2.9.7(7) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added the word taxpayer to figures

(221) IRM 3.14.2.9.7(8) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 deleted paragraph due to incorrect processing information

(222) IRM 3.14.2.9.7(9) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 deleted paragraph due to incorrect processing information

(223) IRM 3.14.2.9.10(1) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated FIRPTA information by a foreign seller and acronym

(224) IRM 3.14.2.9.10(3) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated resources and definition of FIRPTA Act

(225) IRM 3.14.2.9.10(4) - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 FIRPTA AMT removed from IRM due to processing changes

(226) IRM 3.14.2.9.12 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 international added to heading

(227) IRM 3.14.2.9.20(2)b - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added Form 7004 can be filed for filing extension for Form 1042

(228) IRM 3.14.2.9.21(2) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added must be filed on or before March 15

(229) IRM 3.14.2.9.21(4) - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added refer to the table below for requirement for withholding payments

(230) IRM 3.14.2.9.26(1) - Changed personal representative to executor per Counsel feedback

(231) IRM 3.14.2.9.26(2) - Changed Non Resident Alien not a citizen of the United States to nonresident not a citizen

(232) IRM 3.14.2.9.26(2) b - Deleted repealed Section 2521 and changed Non Resident Alien not a citizen of the United States to nonresident not a citizen

(233) IRM 3.14.2.9.31(2) b - Changed other foreign sourced income to certain other foreign sourced income per Counsel feedback

(234) IRM 3.14.2.10 - Removed date replies ended and updated CP replies received are not worked in Notice Review

(235) IRM 3.14.2.11 - Added section for TPNCs and provided each form with a subsection

(236) Figure 3.14.2-3 - Changed figure from Form 3465 to the correct Form 5101

(237) Figure 3.14.2-4 - Deleted as the figure contained incomplete data. Information has been incorporated into the IRM for Erroneous Refund labels 3.14.2.6.2.1

(238) Figure 3.14.2-5 - Deleted incorrect Form 3465 as correct Form is 12356

(239) Figure 3.14.2-11 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(240) Figure 3.14.2-12 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(241) Figure 3.14.2-13 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(242) Figure 3.14.2-14 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(243) Figure 3.14.2-15 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(244) Figure 3.14.2-16 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(245) Figure 3.14.2-17 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(246) Figure 3.14.2-18 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(247) Figure 3.14.2-19 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(248) Figure 3.14.2-20 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(249) Figure 3.14.2-21 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(250) Figure 3.14.2-22 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(251) Figure 3.14.2-23 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(252) Figure 3.14.2-24 - Deleted figure and moved to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.6

(253) Exhibit 3.14.2-1 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 updated CP 161 to include Form 1065

(254) Exhibit 3.14.2-1 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 updated possible Form types for CPs 126, 132, and 133

(255) Exhibit 3.14.2-1 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 changed the CP type for CPs 147, 173, 225, 267 and 268

(256) Exhibit 3.14.2-1 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 deleted obsolete CP 368

(257) Exhibit 3.14.2-1 - Updated to add Form 1065 to CPs 131, 131A, 132, 133, and 268

(258) Exhibit 3.14.2-2 - Updated to add Form 1065 to CPs 131, 131A, 132, 133, and 268

(259) Exhibit 3.14.2-3 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 clarified wording for CP 173 a reduced overpayment due to assessed ES penalty

(260) Exhibit 3.14.2-3 - Updated to add Form 1065 to CPs 131, 131A, 132, 133, and 268 and changed CP 161 to all BMF forms

(261) Exhibit 3.14.2-4 - Updated Form 1065 as of 1-1-2024 no longer informational only

(262) Exhibit 3.14.2-5 - Removed duplicate key 06 in Category H

(263) Exhibit 3.14.2-6 - Deleted TPNC exhibit to add to section 3.14.2.11 for TPNCs with ERS links when applicable

(264) Exhibit 3.14.2-6 - Updated BMF NRPS title and input 1420 for the correct Control D report

(265) Exhibit 3.14.2-7 - IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023 deleted exhibit as it is incomplete and outdated. A full Form 5792 with information will be added to the Notice Review BMF National Job Aids

(266) Exhibit 3.14.2-7 - Updated title Control D NRPS Appended Data Pending Transactions TEP for clarity

(267) Exhibit 3.14.2-8 - Updated title Control D NRPS Appended Data Unpostable GUF for clarity

(268) Exhibit 3.14.2-9 - Updated title Control D NRPS Appended Data Pending Resequencing for clarity

(269) Exhibit 3.14.2-10 - Updated to match programming updates for 2024 for CPs 107, 117 to CP 161 conversion and adding Form 1065 to CPs 131, 131A, 132, and 133

(270) Exhibit 3.14.2-11 - Changed title for clarity Adding and Deleting Extensions FRM77 and reversed adding and deleting extensions on the page

(271) Exhibit 3.14.2-14 - Deleted since Form 990-C is obsolete

(272) Exhibit 3.14.2-20 - Added to suppress an adjustment notice, changed title for clarity and added balance due original figures notice disposition and changed title Applying Credit Flow Chart- Tax Examiner Manual Credit Transfer

(273) Exhibit 3.14.2-21 - Changed title Pending Transaction Flow Chart - Systemic (Rolled) Pending Credit Transfer for clarity and added balance due original figures notice disposition

(274) Exhibit 3.14.2-22 - IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023 added OLNR/NRPS heading to explain penalty codes for other than IDRS

(275) Exhibit 3.14.2-22 - Deleted exhibit and moved data to a more usable section 3.14.2.7.4.6.6

(276) Exhibit 3.14.2-24 - Lines updated for ease of reading

(277) Exhibit 3.14.2-26 - Added information to verify BRTVU figures with the exhibit tax rates to verify the tax period as a possible reprocess may be needed and made pictures a chart to be 508 compliant

(278) IRM 3.14.2 - IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023 minor editorial changes have been made throughout this Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) (e.g., line number updates, spelling, punctuation, links, etc.) and editorial changes to tables to ensure 508 compliance

(279) IRM 3.14.2 - Minor editorial changes have been made throughout this Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) (e.g., line number updates, spelling, punctuation, links, etc.) and editorial changes to tables to ensure 508 compliance

Effect on Other Documents

IRM 3.14.2, Notice Review - Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review, dated November 8, 2022, effective January 1, 2023, is superseded. This IRM incorporates the following IRM Procedural Updates (IPUs): IPU 23U0405 issued 03-16-2023, IPU 23U0484 issued 04-03-2023, IPU 23U0566 issued 04-28-2023, IPU 23U0714 issued 06-09-2023 and IPU 23U0804 issued 07-07-2023.

Audience

Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review tax examiners primarily in Kansas City and Ogden, Submission Processing Campuses.

Effective Date

(01-01-2024)

James L. Fish
Director, Submission Processing
Wage and Investment Division

Program Scope and Objectives

(1) This section provides instructions to the Submission Processing Notice Review function for reviewing Business Master File (BMF) Computer Paragraph (CP) notices. These notices are selected for review by the Notice Review Processing System (NRPS).

Note: Notices may also be mandated for review by Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), management, policy statements, etc.

(2) Purpose: This section provides BMF Notice Review personnel with instructions for reviewing CP notices that have been selected by the Notice Review Processing System (NRPS). Reviews are conducted with the goal of improving both the accuracy and quality of information the IRS sends to the taxpayers. The Notice Review process helps to ensure the information received by taxpayers is complete and correct.

(3) Audience: These procedures apply to Wage and Investment (W&I) Submission Processing (SP) Business Master File (BMF) Notice Review personnel, located primarily in Kansas City and Ogden:

  • Supervisory Tax Examining Technician

  • Lead Tax Examining Technician

  • Tax Examining Technician

  • Supervisory Clerk

  • Lead Clerk

  • Clerk

(4) Policy Owner: Director, Submission Processing

(5) Program Owner: Specialty Programs Branch, Post Processing Section

(6) Primary Stakeholders: Other areas that may be affected by these procedures include (but are not limited to):

  • Accounts Management (AM)

  • Chief Counsel

  • Compliance

  • Information Technology (IT) Programmers

  • Large Business and International (LB&I)

  • Submission Processing (SP)

  • Tax Exempt and Government Entities (TEGE)

Background

(1) Notice Review is the process where tax accounts with specific, pre-determined account activity, are selected for manual review. Most cases involve review of a generated notice, but some account conditions trigger a review to intercept and correct possible processing errors and potential erroneous refunds (example: refund transcript). This process allows tax examiners (TEs) to analyze the account and the notice to decide if the information on the notice is complete and represents the most current account information before the BMF Computer Paragraph (CP) notice is mailed to the taxpayer. Notice Review employees use the Notice Review Processing System (NRPS) Package, Control D, and Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) to ensure the information for each notice and account is correct. Any changes to the notices are made using the On Line Notice Review (OLNR) system.

(2) The ultimate goal of this process is to allow the Service the opportunity to change inaccurate information on the notice before mailing to reduce taxpayer inquiries, both written and by phone. The end result will give the taxpayer the most accurate and current tax account information available at the time of mailing. The review of refund transcripts can decrease taxpayer burden and reduce the cost to the Service for recovery efforts of erroneous refunds.

Authority

(1) The following provide authority for the instructions in this IRM:

  1. Title 26 of the United States Code (USC) or more commonly known as the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).

  2. All Policy Statements are contained in IRM 1.2.1, Servicewide Policies and Authorities, Servicewide Policy Statements. All Policy Statements for Submission Processing are contained in IRM 1.2.1.4, Policy Statements for Submission Processing Activities.

Responsibilities

(1) The Campus Director is responsible for monitoring operational performance for the Submission Processing campus.

(2) The Operations Manager is responsible for monitoring the performance of their assigned operation.

(3) The Team Manager/Lead is responsible for performance monitoring and ensuring employees have the tools to perform their duties.

(4) The Team Employees are responsible to follow the instructions contained in this IRM and maintain updated IRM procedures.

Program Management and Review

(1) Program Goals: Review Computer Paragraph (CP) notices to verify the accuracy of the information to ensure notices received by the taxpayer are complete and correct.

(2) Program Reports: The NRPS system produces several types of reports, which can be accessed on Web Control-D. See IRM 3.14.2.4.1.2 NRPS Output Files for more information.

(3) Program Effectiveness: The program goals are measured by using the following tools:

  • Embedded Quality Submission Processing (EQSP)

  • Balanced Measures

  • Managerial Reviews

(4) Annual Review: The processes outlined in this IRM should be reviewed annually to ensure accuracy and promote consistent tax administration.

Acronyms/Abbreviations/Definitions

(1) This table lists Acronyms, Abbreviations and Definitions.

Acronyms and Abbreviations

Definition

AC

Action Code

AM

Accounts Management

BFS

Bureau of Fiscal Services

BMF

Business Master File

CADE

Customer Accounts Data Engine

CAF

Centralized Authorization File

CC

Command Code

CNM

Contact Not Made

COB

Close of Business

CP

Computer Paragraph

CRD

Correspondence Received Date

CRN

Credit Reference Number

DC

Document Code

DLN

Document Locator Number

DP

Data Processing

DPE

Deemed Payment Election

EFT

Electronic Funds Transfer

EFTPS

Electronic Federal Tax Payment System

EIN

Employer Identification Number

ELF

Electronic Return Filing

EPE

Elective Payment Election

ERS

Error Resolution System

ES

Estimated Tax

EUP

Employee User Portal

FTD

Federal Tax Deposit

FTF

Failure to File

HCTC

Health Coverage Tax Credit

IAT

Integrated Automation Technologies

IDRS

Integrated Data Retrieval System

IRC

Internal Revenue Code

IRM

Internal Revenue Manual

IRN

Item Reference Number

LB&I

Large Business and International

LCF

Local Control File

MEC

Math Error Code or Minimum Essential Coverage

MeF

Modernized Electronic Filing

MFT

Master File Tax Code

MMDDYY

Month Month Day Day Year Year

NR

Notice Review

NRPS

Notice Review Processing System

OLNR

On Line Notice Review

OSPC

Ogden Submission Processing Center

POA

Power of Attorney

RA

Reporting Agent

RAF

Reporting Agent’s File

RDD

Return Due Date

RPC

Return Processing Code

RPD

Return Processable Date

RPS

Remittance Processing System

RTF

Return Transaction File

RTR

Remittance Transaction Research System

SERP

Servicewide Electronic Research Program

SSN

Social Security Number

TAS

Taxpayer Advocate Service

TBOR

Taxpayer Bill of Rights

TC

Transaction Code

TE

Tax Examiner

TEGE

Tax Exempt & Government Entities

TIGTA

Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration

TIN

Taxpayer Identification Number

TOP

Treasury Offset Program

TPNC

Taxpayer Notice Code

TRS

Transcript Request System

UPC

Unpostable Code

W&I

Wage and Investment

XREF

Cross Reference

Related Resources

(1) The following resources may assist in performing the work as outlined in this IRM:

  • Servicewide Electronic Research Program (SERP)

  • Notice Review Processing System (NRPS)

  • On Line Notice Review (OLNR)

  • Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS)

  • Employee User Portal (EUP)

  • Remittance Transaction Research (RTR) System

  • Control D

  • Account Management System (AMS)

IRM Deviations

(1) Service Center Directors, Headquarter Branch Chiefs, and Headquarter Analysts do not have the authority to approve deviations from IRM procedures. Any request for an exception or deviation to an IRM procedure must be elevated through appropriate channels for executive approval. This will ensure other functional areas are not adversely affected by the change, and it does not result in disparate treatment of taxpayers.

(2) See specific guidelines in IRM 1.11.2, Internal Management Documents System, Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) Process. Request for an IRM deviation must be submitted in writing and signed by the Field Director, following instructions from IRM 1.11.2.2.4(3). Any disclosure issues will be coordinated by the Program Owner. No deviations can begin until reviewed by the Program Owner and approved at the Executive Level. All requests must be submitted to the Submission Processing Headquarters IRM Coordinator.

Prioritization of Work for BMF Service Centers

(1) The goal of the Notice Review Departments is to complete their BMF selected notices by the established cutoff times.

(2) The cycle will load Friday and will close out the second Monday at 2:00 AM.

(3) If there is a possibility that the entire cycle will not be reviewed, the centers cannot extend the cycle and must prioritize the work in the following order:

  • TPNC (sometimes referred to as Math Error Code) 90 (Key 009)

  • Large Corp Notices (Key 006). These are worked by the Large Corp Teams but should be completed in their entirety each cycle.

  • IRC 965 Keys (Keys 16, 50)

  • Manual Intervention Listing. If listings are not processed within cycle, they will default to "held" inventory creating a backlog of inventory in Notice Review.

  • Any notice selected through the LCF (Keys 82, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99).

  • BPD/IPF Notices (Key 18) OGDEN ONLY.

(4) If after the priorities listed above are completed and resources are available to continue cycle processing, then process the remaining notices in the following order:

  • Follow any priority updates provided by Headquarters if 100% of sample cannot be completed.

  • Refund Selection Keys (start with refund transcripts)- Be mindful of command code NOREF cutoff times.

  • Balance Due Keys (start with Keys 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 ).

  • CP 267 (Keys 11, 12, 34, 36, 71, 72, 83).

  • All other selected notices not mentioned above.

(5) Notify the BMF Notice Review HQ analyst if cycle review will not be completed. Provide the HQ analyst with the reason why the cycle was not completed.

Note: These priorities may be modified by the HQ analyst based on organizational requirements.

Notice Review Program Guidelines

(1) Notice Review employs the following to achieve its goal:

  • Quality

  • Timeliness

  • Interest Reduction

  • Effectiveness

  • Completeness

Quality

(1) The Notice Review area performs reviews on the following products:

  • Math Error Notices - These notices are generated as a result of the assignment of taxpayer notice codes (TPNCs) also known as math error codes(MECs) by ERS/Rejects. Review is conducted to ensure the return was processed correctly and the appropriate Taxpayer Notice Code/ .Math Error Code was assigned during processing. MEC is often used synonymously with TPNC throughout the IRM and in Notice Review training.

  • Adjustment Notices - These notices are generated as a result of adjustments input by areas throughout the Service. Review is conducted to ensure the adjustment was input correctly and is correctly reflected on the notice.

  • Settlement Notices - These notices generate based upon specific conditions of issuance upon settlement/posting of the return. Review is conducted to ensure the return was processed/posted correctly and the appropriate notice was issued.

  • Associated Notices - If a notice is selected for review, any additional notice that generated for the same taxpayer as the selected notice is reviewed for accuracy.

  • CAF/RAF Notices - These are notices that are issued to an authorized representative. Research is performed to ensure the recipient is listed as an authorized representative for the return and tax period listed on the notice and whether or not they are authorized to receive notices.

  • BMF Refund Transcripts - These are service center notices that contain information on pending refunds. Review is conducted to ensure the accuracy of the refund prior to issuance to minimize erroneous refunds.

(2) Notice accuracy is increased when appropriate feedback is provided to all areas that contribute to the generation of erroneous notices or refunds.

(3) An effective method must be developed to provide feedback to the responsible processing functions at a local level.

Reminder: This feedback must be provided weekly during the current filing season.

(4) For the process to work, Notice Review TEs must be allowed time to assemble and provide feedback information to the team lead, who will contact the appropriate functional area.

(5) The Online Notice Review (OLNR) Disposition Reports can be used as a tool to identify error trends with CPs and keys that could indicate processing issues. There are two basic formats for these reports:

  1. The CP Format provides a breakdown of each selection key by CP number for a given cycle.

  2. The Key Total Format provides a breakdown of each notice by selection key for a given cycle.

(6) The Cumulative history reports show year-to-date totals for the above reports. The weekly reports only show data for those keys with current cycle activity. The history reports show data for keys that have had activity at any time during the year.

(7) The historical records are used to assist in feedback sessions with functional areas that cause the generation of notices. Provide your Headquarters Analyst a monthly list of error trends so that it can be shared with the appropriate Headquarters processing analyst.

(8) If the IRM contains inconsistencies and/or conflicting information, immediately submit this information to the Headquarters Analyst for resolution. Be sure to include all applicable local analysts and personnel.

Caution: Do not establish local procedures without first contacting the Headquarters Analyst.

(9) The Servicewide Electronic Research Program (SERP) is the program used to distribute IRM changes and IRM alerts to the service centers. IRM changes are sent to the SERP Area who then posts the updated version on SERP the next business day. IRM alerts are issued for a variety of reasons and generally will not update the IRM. These include changes that affect only the current cycle. Examples can be Command Code NOREF day or time change due to Holiday processing.

Quality Assurance Research

(1) The following resources are utilized to review and correct notices, transcripts and accounts for accuracy:

  • Paper Tax Return (as appropriate)

  • Employee User Portal (to review electronic returns)

  • IDRS

  • OLNR

  • RTR

  • IAT

  • Control D

  • SERP (IRM Research/Job Aids/Tools)

(2) Information common to all returns must be verified and compared to the CP notice and the information contained in IDRS and the NRPS package. Research is required to ensure that the tax return was processed correctly and accurately reflected in IDRS. The notice, IDRS or both are updated as appropriate.

(3) Some of the most common IDRS research command codes used by Notice Review can be found in IRM 3.14.2.6.2 , Common Command Codes Used in Notice Review.

Timeliness

(1) ALL selected notices must be reviewed, corrected and timely mailed to minimize any negative impact to the taxpayer. For Notice Review, timely means ALL of the following:

  • Marking the disposition of ALL selected notices using the OLNR web-based application on or before the closeout .

  • Completing ALL adjustments affecting refunds within one week of the transaction code (TC) 841 posting

  • Inputting adjustment actions on ALL other cases by the notice 23C Date

Caution: Every effort should be made to input all necessary IDRS transactions during the notice cycle.

Interest Reduction

(1) To help reduce the amount of interest IRS pays on refunds:

  1. IRS has a 45-day interest-free period (from the later of the return due date, return received date, or the date the return was received in processable form) in which to process taxpayer refunds. By law, refunds not issued within the 45-day period (180 days for qualifying overpayments resulting from tax deducted and withheld under Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code) must include credit interest.

  2. Revisions to the process are made when necessary to review AND correct overpaid accounts without paying unnecessary interest.

(2) Reviewing, correcting, and mailing ALL notices timely allows the taxpayer the full allotted time to pay any outstanding balances. Generally, a taxpayer has 21 calendar days from the date of the notice and demand for payment (10 business days for notice amounts of $100,000 or more) to pay the outstanding balance without incurring interest charges after the date of the notice and demand. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

(3) For proper guidance when reducing, computing or discussing interest, refer to IRM 20.2, Interest.

(4) BMF Refund Transcript (CP 388) is reviewed to ensure the interest being paid on applicable refunds is accurate and corrected if necessary prior to issuance. See IRM 3.14.2.6.12 for more information on BMF Refund Transcripts.

Effectiveness

(1) The review of Math Error notices helps to identify those notices that historically have high error rates. It also provides valuable feedback that is used to refine selection criteria.

(2) The review of adjustment notices helps to identify and correct erroneous adjustments to ensure the accuracy of the module and the notice.

(3) The review of settlement notices allows the Notice Review area to identify deficiencies in programming changes to ensure that all notices are generated in accordance with established conditions of issuance.

(4) The review of CAF/RAF and manual intervention notices ensures that only authorized representatives receive a copy of the notice to prevent unauthorized disclosure.

(5) The review of BMF Refund Transcripts ensure the accuracy of refunds and interest paid on refunds (as applicable) prior to issuance. Refund Transcript selection criteria can be modified to address and combat fraud, schemes, etc. to prevent erroneous refunds.

(6) The LCF can be utilized to select notices based on specific criteria to ensure accuracy with regard to the implementation of new legislative changes and/or the creation of new notices, etc.

Completeness

(1) Generally, you must review the entire tax return, and ALL tax modules related to a notice or transcript selected for review by utilizing the NRPS Package and IDRS. The review can include, but is not limited to the review of items below:

  • Entity Module(s)

  • Outstanding Credit Balance Modules

  • Cross-reference Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs)

  • Related Names

  • Freeze Conditions

(2) See IRM 3.14.2.6 (General Review Procedures), for additional guidance.

(3) The ultimate goal of Notice Review is to verify the accuracy of the information contained in all notices selected for review before mailing. All changes made to the taxpayer's account must be correct and completed before the cycle close out. (There are some exceptions.)

Computer Paragraph (CP) Notices

(1) A CP notice is a computer-generated message resulting from:

  • A tax examiner entering taxpayer notice codes (TPNCs) on a return

  • A Master File analysis of a taxpayer’s account

  • Certain transactions posting to an account

(2) Notices can generate to:

  • Request information or payment from a taxpayer

  • Educate a taxpayer

  • Clarify an issue (i.e., explain a Math Error identified on their tax return)

(3) Most notices contain the following information:

  • Taxpayer’s name

  • Address

  • Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

  • Tax period

  • Tax form

  • A computer generated message

  • Note: An EIN, SSN, ITIN or IRSN can be used for Form 8288. An IRSN will have a W following the number and an SSN/ITIN will have a V following the number. An SSN will be used for Forms 706 and 709. Valid SSNs will be input with a V following the number and invalid SSNs will be input with a W following the number.

(4) Three types of notices worked in Notice Review are:

  • Settlement

  • Information

  • Campus

  1. Settlement Notices tell the taxpayer of payments due, interest and/or penalties due, math errors, or adjustments the Campus has made to the taxpayer’s account. The three types of settlement notices reviewed by Notice Review are:

    • Math Error Notices generate when a tax return, containing a math error, posts to the Master File. Error Resolution normally identifies the math errors. The tax module may include math, clerical, or credit errors.

    • Non-Math Error Balance Due Notices generate when a return, with no math error, posts to the Master File. The tax module may include tax, credits, penalties, interest, or a combination of all four. The CP 161 is the balance due notice for all BMF forms .

    • Adjustment Notices generate when certain types of Data Processing (DP) or Examination adjustments post to an account. All adjustments made in Notice Review are Data Processing adjustments.

      Reminder: All types of Settlement Notices are subject to review.

  2. Information Notices generate when information needs to be sent to a taxpayer. Notice Review selects Informational type notices that explain credit elect and the offsetting of money to other balance due tax modules within the account. These notices are referred to as Associated Notices.

  3. Campus Notices generate to notify the Campus, Territory Office, or Area Office of a condition that needs further action to bring the taxpayer’s Master File account into current status. This category includes Refund Transcripts, which are the only Campus notices reviewed in Notice Review.

    Note: For a description of all notices, see Document 6209 Section 9. To view an exhibit of a notice, refer to SNIP http://gatekeeper.web.irs.gov/snipmain.aspx.

Notice Review Processing System (NRPS) and Online Notice Review (OLNR)

(1) The Notice Review Processing System (NRPS) selects settlement notices, adjustment notices, associated notices and refund transcripts for review by analyzing data from the following sources:

  1. CP Notice Records: NRPS also uses this information to print a copy of selected notices for the review.

  2. Entity and Tax Modules: NRPS uses the Transcript Request System (TRS) to obtain data. This information is sent to each campus exclusively for NRPS processing. NRPS prints this information in transcript format as part of the NRPS package.

  3. Return Transaction File (RTF): NRPS extracts RTF data records for each selectable settlement notice. NRPS packages also contain printouts of this information.

  4. Pending Transactions: NRPS uses data from transactions that have not yet posted at the campus as part of the selection criteria for certain keys. See table below for Pending Transaction Sources and Possible Pending Transactions.

  5. Pending Transaction Sources

    Possible Pending Transactions

    Enterprise Computing Center at Martinsburg (ECC-MTB) Resequence File

    Adjustments (TC 29X/30X)

    Unidentified Remittance Files (URF)

    Extensions (TC 460)

    Tape Edit Program (TEP) (pipeline and corrected unpostable files)

    Merge Transactions (TCs 001, 011, and 04X)

    Generalized Unpostable Framework (GUF) and Current Cycle ECC-MTB Unpostable Files

    Credit Transfers [Document Codes (DC) 24, 34, 48, or 58 transactions]

    Excess Collection (XSC) File

    Credit Transfers [Document Codes (DC) 24, 34, 48, or 58 transactions]

    Generalized Mainline Framework (GMF) Error File

    All other significant (non-zero) transactions

    Reject File

    Rejected transactions

(2) The Online Notice Review (OLNR) System allows Tax Examiners to review notice elements, determine notice disposition, and retype notices online. OLNR is used in conjunction with NRPS. It does not replace the need to review the NRPS package for each notice.

  1. Selected taxpayer notices are not printed until after the NRPS batches have been reviewed and OLNR goes through its weekly "closeout" process (term used for end-of-cycle processing that controls notice printing). This allows the system to avoid printing notices that should be voided, and also allows full editing capabilities in case a notice needs correction prior to mailing.

  2. Notices that are not reviewed before cycle closeout will automatically default to the "NR" (Not Reviewed) disposition and after cycle closeout will be printed and mailed to the taxpayer. This default provides a more correct notice accuracy rate, since only notices that are reviewed in a given cycle are compiled into notice accuracy numbers for reporting.

Notice Selection Process

(1) Notices are selected by NRPS based on established selection criteria. These criteria are divided into categories. Each category contains a list of Keys that have been assigned specific selection criteria. The categories were established to separate notice types and help establish a priority of review. Notices are selected in category order as follows:

  • Category A - Special Handling Required

  • Category B - High Priority Selection-Local Selection

  • Category C - Federal Tax Deposit (FTD) Rollover

  • Category D - Balance Due and Even Balance Notices

  • Category E - Overpaid Notices

  • Category F - Adjustment Notices

  • Category G - Refund Transcripts

  • Category H - Low Priority Local Selection

  • Category I - Balance Due Low Priority

(2) Within each category the notice is analyzed in sequence by selection priority. Once a notice meets the criteria for a key within a category, the remaining selection keys in that category are bypassed and the analysis continues through the remaining categories. If the notice meets selection criteria in another category, it is assigned a secondary selection key; all remaining categories are bypassed, and analysis stops. (Analysis is limited to one primary and one secondary selection key.)

(3) The selection process continues from category to category in alphabetical order. When completed, the process will result in one of the following conditions:

  1. All selection criteria was applied to the notice, but the notice was not selected for review.

  2. The notice was selected for review meeting only one selection criteria.

  3. The notice was selected for review meeting two selection criteria.

(4) Selection Criteria-The NRPS selection criteria is only applied to selectable notices and transcripts.

  1. The selection criteria is divided into categories containing similar conditions or notice types.

  2. Each category is assigned a priority based on the importance of the selection criteria within the category.

  3. Each selection criteria is assigned a two-digit numerical selection key and a numerical priority.

  4. The selection criteria is applied against the notice in ascending priority order until either the notice is selected for review or the selection criteria for the category is exhausted.

  5. If the notice is selected for review, the remaining selection criteria for the category is not applied against the notice.

  6. Note: A numerical group number is assigned during the selection analysis, and is used to sort and batch the NRPS packages. The group number is decided by the priority of the review and is used to associate similar selections together.

(5) The selection process requires the following:

  1. Entity and Tax Modules: The Transcript Request System provides Master File data for use in the analysis process. This data is separated from other Master File data, then shipped to each Campus for use by NRPS processing and displayed in transcript format as part of the NRPS package.

  2. Transcribed Tax Return Data: an RTF data record is extracted for each settlement notice subject to NRPS selection. This data is used in the selection process and included in the NRPS package for selected notices.

(6) The selection process requires in-house transactions-certain transactions which have not posted to the Master File by the notice cycle are required by NRPS processing, they include:

  • Adjustments (TC 29X) (TC 30X)

  • Credit Transfers (Document Codes 24, 34, 48, and 58)

  • Merge Transactions (TCs 001, 011, 04X)

  • Extensions of Time to File (TC 460)

  • Any transactions with non-zero transaction amounts

(7) The transactions listed above are extracted from the following files:

  • ECC-MTB Resequence

  • Unpostables (current cycle at ECC-MTB and GUF)

  • TEP (all pipeline transactions)

  • Unidentified Remittance File

  • Excess Collections (XSC)

  • GUF Error

  • Rejects (Transaction failed campus validity check)

  • FTD File

(8) Notice Data-All selected notices are displayed in the NRPS package.

(9) The NRPS package will include all current cycle notices, selected/associated notices and/or refund transcripts.

(10) A contents sheet will be included with each package, and will provide the following information:

  • Selected notice

  • Selection Key and literal key description

  • Pending transactions

  • Documents requested

  • Other (non-selected) notices

(11) A NRPS batch consists of the following:

  • NRPS Batching Sheet: Identifies the beginning of each batch

  • NRPS Packages: 1 to 20 notices per batch

  • NRPS Selection List: A list of the notices contained within the batch

(12) Manual Intervention List-This list will show, in notice sequence number order, all notices that were not selected for review but require manual intervention for any of the following conditions:

  1. Central Authorization File (CAF) Mismatch: Central Authorization File name/address information to be added.

  2. Reporting Agent File (RAF) Mismatch: Reporting Agent File name/address information to be added for Form 940, Form 941, Form 944, and Form 945.

  3. Both CAF and RAF Mismatch (MM): Central Authorization File name/address information to be added and Reporting Agent File name/address information to be added for Form 940, Form 941, Form 944, and Form 945.

  4. Service Center Mismatch Address File (SC): address information needs to be reviewed and verified.

(13) NRPS Batch Control Sheet: Contains a line for each batch (Notice Review copy) or a line for each batch with a document request (Files copy). It is also used as an assignment control document.

NRPS Selection Keys

(1) For specific information on NRPS Selection Keys, see Exhibit 3.14.2-5.

Note: For detailed information on the Local Control File, see IRM 2.4.45 , Command Code NRP97. For detailed information on the Notice Review Processing system, See Program Requirement Package (PRP) 160 Section 54. Valid percentages for Local Control File: 1%, 10%, 25%, 33%, 50%, 75%, and 100%.

NRPS Output Files

(1) After NRPS completes the selection process, it combines all of the selection information into NRPS Batches. A NRPS Batch consists of the following:

  • NRPS Batching Sheet

  • NRPS Packages

  • NRPS Selection List

(2) NRPS are viewed using Control-D. See BMF Job Aids for additional information on NRPS.

(3) NRPS produces several additional types of output:

  • NRPS Batch Control Sheet

  • NRPS Document Charge-Out

  • NRPS Batch Return Request List

  • Manual Intervention List

  • NRPS Selection Report

  • NRPS Non-package Selection List

  • NRPS Duplicate Selection List

  • NRPS Associated Notice Listing

  • Note: A description of each of these is in IRM 3.14.2.4.1.6 (Other Output).

(4) All of the above print-outs generate from the following Listing of Output Files:

File Name

Description

NOT 1320/P

Notice [Quick (Q) Print] Listing

NOT 1330

NRPS Selection

NOT 3431

Back-end Notices

NOT 3440

Back-end Notices

NOT 3445

Back-end Assistant Commissioner International (ACI) Notices - Ogden Service Center (OSC)

NOT 3446

Back-end ACI CP 220 (OSC)

NOT 3480

Back-end Routing and Stuffer

NOT 394/AG

Redesign Notices (CPs 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 123, 124, 125, 128, 134 R/B, 138, 145, 161,162, 169, 173, 210, 215, 220, 225, 260, 267, 268)

NOT 3135

CP 297 and CP 297A Selected Certified Mail Listing

NRP 1410

NRPS Selected and Associated Report

NRP97

Command Code used to update, add, delete or change requested NRPS Packages

NRP 9841

Local Control File records

NORI - B

NOREF Tape

NOR0 142

Refund Intercept

1603D12

NRP CP Totals

NRPS Batch Sheet

(1) The Batch Sheet is the first sheet of each batch. It contains the following information:

  • Page Number

  • Batch Number

  • Sort Group- Special, BALANCE DUE NOTICE or OVERPAID NOTICE

  • Current Cycle

(2) See figure below for what is contained in the NRPS Batch Sheet.

NRPS Batch Sheet

NRPS Packages

(1) NRPS packages contain various types of information needed to review each selected CP Notice or Refund Transcript. Each batch may contain up to 20 selected notices.

Note: Packages for overpayment notices must be viewed online first. Most packages contain only one notice. However, the NRPS Package will contain all Selectable or Associated CP Notices that generate in the current cycle for a taxpayer if one or more is selected for review. Each NRPS package contains the following:

  1. Package Contents Page : View online as the first page of each NRPS Package. This page contains the following information:

  2. NRPS Package Contents:

    A list of all Selected or Associated CP Notices or Refund Transcripts in the package with CP number and Document Locator Number (DLN)

    The Selection Key Number along with a brief description of the Key

    A list of pending transactions

    A list of requested vouchers and documents

    Manual Intervention Indicators

  3. Online Notice Information : Depending on the CP number of the selected notice, this may either be a duplicate of the live notice, or a shortened version. The shortened version, displays only the notice record information, such as dollar amounts and TPNC numbers, as opposed to Taxpayer Bill of Rights language and TPNC explanations.

  4. Entity Transcript: This displays the entity information for the notice Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).

  5. Tax Module Transcript (optional) : This displays the tax module transactions for the notice TIN.

  6. Transcribed Posted Return Data: This displays transcribed return fields for selected Settlement Notices

  7. 813 List: This list displays only for Remittance Processing System (RPS) Discrepancy cases.

NRPS Selection List

(1) This list is the last page of each batch. It shows the following information for each Selected CP Notice in the batch:

  • Count (item number on the list)

  • Sequence Number

  • DLN

  • CP Number

  • Primary Selection Key

  • Secondary Selection Key

Other NRPS Output

(1) NRPS produces two different (but related) Batch Control Sheets.

  1. The Notice Review copy has one line for each batch, showing the number of Selected and Associated CPs and Document Requests in each batch.

  2. The Files Function copy has a line for each batch, showing the number of Document Charge-outs in each batch.

(2) The NRPS Document Charge-out provides information that the Files Function needs to pull documents for Notice Review to use in reviewing CP Notices.

(3) The NRPS Batch Return Request List is a cover sheet that separates the Document Charge-outs by batch and contains a line for each charge-out.

(4) The Manual Intervention List provides a list (in notice sequence number order) of all notices that were not selected for review but may require manual intervention.

  1. See IRM 3.14.2.5.3 (Manual Intervention CAF/RAF/MM/SC) for additional information and procedures.

(5) The NRPS Selection Report contains various statistical data including the number of CPs selected. This report is sorted by CP Number and Selection Key. See Exhibit 3.14.2-6 (BMF NRPS Selection Report).

OLNR Information

(1) The OLNR program was developed to eliminate manual correction of physical notices. Before OLNR, Notice Review clerks were required to pull paper notices and retype or use sticker labels to update the notice.

(2) OLNR allows users to easily monitor and track production of notice inventory.

(3) OLNR allows access to disposition reports that provide year-to-date information and allow managerial users to track patterns in notice changes.

OLNR Retype Capabilities

(1) OLNR allows users to edit most notice fields so that notices can be retyped to reflect current account data in IDRS.

(2) Some specific OLNR retype capabilities are:

  1. the ability to correct entity on selected and associated notices.

  2. the ability to correct data fields on most selected notices including Penalties and Interest fields.

  3. the ability to add, change or delete MECs/TPNCs using a drop-down list.

  4. the ability to add a label to applicable notices.

  5. the ability to correct or void entity fields on manual intervention notices.

  6. the ability to correct or void the entity on CAF/RAF copies of notices or void the entire notice (even if the primary notice is mailed).

  7. the ability to convert from one CP to another CP.

  8. the ability to void an unnecessary notice so the taxpayer does not receive it.

(3) For specific information on how to utilize the OLNR program, refer to the BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701.

OLNR Notice Conversion

(1) The OLNR system allows the user to convert one CP Notice type to another, when account actions/adjustments require a different type of notice be sent to the taxpayer. Example: An incorrectly transcribed return identified during review of the notice, needs an adjustment to the account on IDRS. The review and adjustment results in the removal of all math errors but the taxpayer account will still have a balance due. The original notice must be converted from a math error notice to a non-math error, balance due notice (CP 161).

(2) Most field values from the original notice will be transferred into the conversion notice, where they can then be adjusted by the examiner, if necessary.

(3) If any IDRS adjustment actions will be reflected in the converted notice, use the appropriate adjustment hold code to prevent unnecessary adjustment notices.

(4) When converting from an overpaid to a balance due notice you will need to input the correct pay by date. Refer to the posting cycle chart in the BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701.

OLNR Access and Notice Disposition

(1) OLNR for the correct site production must be requested in BEARS. OLNR manager is used by specific personnel to monitor inventory and run data reports. OLNR manger requires a separate BEARS request.

(2) Once access has been approved navigate to OLNR with the correct site link. Refer to the OLNR section of the BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701 BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701.

(3) Once the correct OLNR link has been accessed, choose the BMF inventory. Then locate the correct batch to be worked using the search box. Enter the batch in the box and hit enter on your keyboard. Open the correct batch by mouse clicking on the number displayed.

(4) The Notice Disposition screen will then appear on the screen. It contains all of the sequence numbers for the selected batch. As each case in the batch is reviewed, the user selects the disposition code for the desired notice action.

(5) The OLNR Notice Disposition Program sends the selected disposition codes to the mainframe. The disposition data is used to compile the Notice Disposition Report. The disposition code entered for each notice will determine how the notice will be handled by the back-end printing programs.

OLNR Notice Disposition Codes

(1) Available notice disposition codes in alpha order are:

  1. E - Entity-Only Notice Change. The notice is completely correct except for a name or address issue.

  2. H - Hold Notice - The notice will not be mailed in the current cycle. This disposition must be approved by Headquarters with the exception of a quality error.

  3. L - Label Notice - Informational labels will be added to the top of the notice. Follow IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5 for when to label.

  4. P - Print Notice - The notice matches account data and the taxpayer needs the information.

  5. R - Retype Notice - When the notice needs to be changed to match current account conditions or multiple actions must be taken such as Entity and Label.

  6. V - Void Notice - The taxpayer should not receive a notice. These notices are removed from the print file and will never be received by the taxpayer. See IRM 3.14.2.7.23.3 for voiding notices.

(2) If a refund is intercepted/ deleted /stopped then the correct notice disposition above should be used in conjunction with "I". Example: Review of the notice and account conditions identify a misapplied payment. The refund should be stopped and the misapplied payment transferred out of the module, however, the taxpayer still needs the notice for another math issue. Choose "RI" as the OLNR notice disposition to make the appropriate notice changes.

OLNR Quality Review and Held Notices

(1) Every effort must be made to review, correct, and select disposition of notices in the current cycle to minimize negative impact to the taxpayer. Do not use "H" disposition in OLNR to hold notices past cycle without Headquarter analyst approval.

Exception: If quality review of a notice results in a Tax Examiner error, the quality review unit should mark the notice disposition as" H" to allow for review and correction of the error. The notice must be corrected by the TE or production team in the cycle the notice generated.

(2) The OLNR system has programming limitations which can cause notices to fall out as a systemic held when the cycle closes out. On Mondays, (except Monday holiday weeks then Tuesday) a lead needs to research and resolve the systemically held notice and make sure the notice disposition is marked and any interest and penalties updated.

(3) If the TE or production team disagree with the quality review error, the production team has two business days to rebut the error. If the error is being rebutted, the production team must notify Headquarters analysts if the notice will be held past cycle close out.

(4) If the held notice disposition is allowed by HQ, notices should be worked as soon as the necessary information or document(s) are received to minimize any further delay to the taxpayer and possible additional accrual of penalties and/or interest.

(5) If a Balance Due notice is held beyond cycle (with approval), change the pay-by date to be consistent with the pay-by date of balance due notices generating in the cycle of the held notice's release. Recalculate the interest, penalties, and any other applicable fields. When inputting a disposition of “H” you must put a control status of “B” on the module and enter a STAUP for 8 weeks. When releasing the hold, reduce the STAUP to the appropriate number of weeks so that a collection notice is mailed to the taxpayer in the appropriate timeframe.

Clerical Procedures

(1) This section describes the clerical procedures performed during the Notice Review process.

Clerical Function

(1) The clerical function provides a wide variety of services critical to the NRPS system. These services, outlined in this section and in IRM 3.14.2.5.2, assist Notice Review TEs (and other customers) in providing accurate information to the taxpayer. The clerical support staff:

  • Orders and sorts tax returns

  • Distributes NRPS packages and related documents to the TEs

  • Corrects erroneous, and undeliverable notices

  • Stops refunds

  • Resolves CAF, RAF, MM, and SC mismatches on notices that generate on the Manual Intervention List

Clerical Function Priorities

(1) This subsection contains instructions dealing with clerical function priorities. It includes instructions for associating tax returns and payment vouchers, reviewing priority, intercepting requests from other areas, notice corrections, and releasing notices to Receipt and Control.

Associating Documents from Files

(1) When a return is needed to review a notice and/or transcript, request the document(s) needed using Form 2275 and route to Files per campus directions. The clerical staff is to monitor this basket daily and manually fax the Form 2275 requests to Files with a cover sheet identifying them as Notice Review NRPS Document Requests.

Note: If Efax is being utilized then, input “Notice Review NRPS Document Request” in the subject line when sending the Efax to Files. Contact your local Planning and Analysis (P&A) analyst to identify the preferred method of communication with your Files site.

(2) All necessary documents (adjustment documents and tax returns) are associated with each batch before releasing to TEs. All NRPS batch sheets that do not need documents are routed directly to Notice Review.

Additional LCF Selection

(1) Error Resolution System (ERS) may request that Notice Review select and correct a specific notice:

  1. ERS Tax Examiner must prepare Form 3465 and send it with the return to Notice Review.

  2. Local Control File (LCF) Key 091 is used to select the notice for review by DLN.

  3. Notice Review Clerical Support will associate the return and Form 3465 with the NRPS batch and release the case to the Tax Examiner Unit.

Priority of Review

(1) The Clerical Support Unit will distribute the work in the order indicated below: Refer to IRM 3.14.2.1.8 for additional information.

  1. Selected Overpayment Notices and Refund Transcripts-Tax examiner must complete this review before the pre-determined cut-off of CC NOREF (4:00 PM Eastern Time, Thursday). Local management must decide the disposition of overpayment notices not reviewed by the cut-off. In doing so, consider prior cycle error rates of the individual CP Notices and selection keys.

    Caution: Treat notices selected by BMF Key 52 as overpayment notices because the current cycle refund is the reason for the review.

  2. Selected Balance Due Notices.

Intercept Requests from Other Areas

(1) It is not the responsibility of Notice Review to stop refunds at the request of another area. If a request is received via phone or fax, inform the requestor that they should contact their own area to have the refund stopped. If the requestor indicates that they do not have access to IDRS or do not have CC NOREF in their profile, they should contact their area to address this issue.

(2) Other functions may request that an incorrect notice be corrected or stopped. However, it has to be a selectable notice, and the request has to be received in Notice Review within established deadline cut off times.

  1. See below for the deadlines for requesting a notice:

  2. If the request is for

    Then the Request Must Be Received By

    A current cycle notice

    Close of Business (COB) Thursday before the 23C Date of the notice.

    A subsequent cycle notice

    The request must be received by 12:00 PM Thursday (local time) before the notice cycle.

  3. Notice Review Clerical Team uses Command Code NRP97 (Local Control File) to select the notice.

    Note: Tell other functions that the notice request deadline is Thursday 12:00 PM local time per LCF local procedures.

Manual Intervention CAF/RAF/MM/SC

(1) Manual intervention may be required on selected and non-selected notices.

(2) The notices generated on the Manual Intervention List do not meet NRPS selection criteria, however, it has been decided that they do require some sort of manual review and correction. Manual intervention conditions are as follows:

  1. Central Authorization File (CAF) mismatch.

  2. Reporting Agent’s File (RAF) mismatch.

  3. Both CAF and RAF (multiple) mismatch issues (MM)

  4. Service Center (SC) address mismatch.

(3) If the notice is not selected by NRPS, the notice (and the manual intervention condition) appears on the Manual Intervention List. These appear in batches beginning in the 9000 series (9xxx) in OLNR. Manual Intervention batches 96XX are worked by Large Corporation employees only.

  1. The list shows one line for each notice, sorted by notice sequence number.

  2. Maximum of 25 to a batch.

(4) If the notice is also selected by NRPS, the manual intervention information will be on the Package Contents page of the NRPS Package/Control D. If a manual intervention condition is present, the tax examiner must resolve it in addition to resolving the potential notice issue during the review. The clerical staff is only responsible for resolving the notices that generate on the Manual Intervention Listing.

(5) The Centralized Authorization File (CAF) is a computerized system of records which houses authorization information from both powers of attorney and tax information authorizations. The CAF system contains several types of records, among them taxpayer and representative records, tax modules and authorizations. For more information see IRM 21.3.7, Processing Third Party Authorizations onto the Centralized Authorization File (CAF).

(6) Authorizations recorded on the CAF are generally submitted on:

  1. Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative

  2. Form 706, U.S. Estate Tax Return

  3. Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization

  4. Oral Tax Information Authorization (OTIA), paperless Form 8821

(7) Form 8655, Reporting Agent Authorization, is used to authorize a designated agent to assist an employer in making required tax deposits and tax information filings to federal, state, and local governments. For more information refer to IRM 21.3.9, Processing Reporting Agents File Authorizations. The Form 8655 allows a reporting agent the authorities listed below:

  1. File and sign certain tax returns filed electronically.

  2. Prepare FTDs and submit FTD information electronically.

  3. Receive duplicate copies of official notices, correspondence, transcripts or other information with respect to the electronic returns filed by the agent.

  4. Receive duplicate copies of official notices, correspondence, transcripts, filing frequency information or other information with respect to the FTDs submitted electronically by the agent.

  5. Provide information, as an “other third party,” to assist the IRS in deciding whether or not reasonable cause exists for penalty abatement when related to a filing or payment made electronically by the agent. Under these circumstances, the agent can be advised as to whether or not the penalty will be abated at the time the determination is made.

(8) Service Center Manual Intervention resolutions are required when the address is missing fields (example 00000 for the zip code) or the input fields do not match the United States Postal Service verified address.

Processing Notices with a Central Authorization File (CAF) Mismatch

(1) The CAF copy of the notices should generate with the representative’s name and address on the notice. If the CAF copy is missing this information, it is considered a CAF mismatch condition and will be notated on the Notice List.

(2) NRPS will compile all CAF mismatch notices and include them on the Manual Intervention Listing. A literal will print out on the list indicating the CAF mismatch by notice sequence number and CP number.

(3) Research a CAF mismatch on CC CFINK with Taxpayer's TIN, and the specific MFT and tax period of the notice module.

  1. Review CFINK fields carefully to decide if the representative is authorized to receive notices.

    Caution: Make sure CAF STATUS on CFINK is GOOD STANDING before updating CAF notice information. Only representatives in GOOD STANDING and listed as YES for notice should receive notices.

  2. If a representative is found in good standing and yes for notice receipt, update CC CFINK with the CAF number(example XXXX-XXXXXR) overlaying the EIN and transmit to view the representative’s address. Repeat for each listed representative who is eligible to receive a notice. See below for CFINK Representative Decision Table:

  3. If

    Then

    YES is present in the CC CFINK NOTICE field

    1. The representative is authorized to receive notices. Use the CAF Status Decision table below to verify the representative should receive a notice.

    2. Type the name and address of each representative(s) on the notice tab and send the notice.

    NO is present in the CC CFINK NOTICE field.

    1. The representative is not authorized to receive notices.

    2. Delete the CAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

(4) Check the CAF status line for any of the following words; Undeliverable, Suspended, Deceased, Disbarred, Retired or Good Standing. If present, follow the instructions in the CAF Status Decision table below:

If

Then

The word Undeliverable is present on the CAF status line;

  1. The representative is no longer authorized or the mail is undeliverable.

  2. Delete the CAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

The words Disbarred, Suspended, Retired or Deceased is present on the CAF status line;

  1. The representative is no longer authorized.

  2. Delete the CAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

The words Good Standing are present on the CAF status line;

  1. The representative is authorized.

  2. Type a % then input the representative's name on the Sort Name Line in OLNR and include the representative's address, city, and state on the appropriate lines under the CAF Mismatch Tab.

    Note: More than one representative may be authorized to receive notices. Repeat the steps above for each representative.

Note: If the name of the second representative is the same or similar to the first representative, and the address is identical, do not use the second representative. Delete the second CAF copy if applicable. If the representative for the CAF is the same representative for the RAF, delete the RAF copy.

(5) If RECORD NOT FOUND for the taxpayer on the CAF file, the representative is NOT authorized. Delete the representative notice copy.

Note: For more information regarding notice disposition for representative notices , see, IRM 3.14.2.6.1.2.

Processing Notices with a Reporting Agents File (RAF) Mismatch

(1) The RAF contains information about the authorizations that taxpayers give to their reporting agents for employment tax modules. The authorization allows reporting agents to file Forms 940, 940(sp), 941, 941(sp), 941-SS, 941-NMI, 943, 943(sp), 944, 945, 1042 or CT-1 for the taxpayer. The authorization also allows for reporting agents to make payments or deposits for Forms 940, 941, 943, 944, 945, 720, 1041, 1042, 1120 and/or CT-1.

(2) Reporting Agents File (RAF) notices are similar to CAF notices, in that a copy of the notice will generate to the taxpayer, and a copy will generate to the Reporting Agent. The RAF copy of the notice should generate with the representative’s name and address on the notice. If the RAF copy is missing any or all of this information, it is considered a RAF mismatch condition and will be identified on the Manual Intervention Listing with the literal RAF MIS.

(3) Use CC RFINK to obtain authorization information regarding the reporting agent.

  1. When CC RFINK is input with the Taxpayer EIN only, a list of MFTs and beginning tax period for the taxpayer will be displayed along with the reporting agent’s name, EIN and authorization information. Delete the RAF notice copy in OLNR if all representative tax periods (column TAXPRD) are after the notice tax period.

(4) When CC RFINK is input with the Taxpayer EIN only, the last column on the response screen is the Notice/Action/Payment (NAP) column. This column contains three fields which provide representative information:

  1. The first field in the NAP column is the Notice Indicator. The Notice Indicator identifies whether the reporting agent is authorized to receive copies of notices with a Y for yes or an N for no. See the Table below for a description of the values available for the Notice Indicator.

    Caution: The Notice indicator and Action indicator must be reviewed before taking action in OLNR.

    If RFINK NAP Notice Indicator is:

    Then

    Y

    The reporting agent is authorized to receive notices

    N

    The reporting agent is not authorized to receive notices

  2. The second field in the NAP column is the Action Indicator field. The Action Indicator field identifies the status of the representative.

    Note: See the Table below for a description of the values available for the Action Indicator

    If RFINK NAP Action indicator is

    Then

    A - Add

    Representative has been added and is allowed to receive a notice if the Notice indicator is also yes.

    D - Delete

    Representative has been deleted and is not allowed to receive a notice for that tax period regardless of the Notice indicator. Delete the RAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

    E - End Dated

    Representation has ended but a notice may still be sent if the tax period is before the end date period and the Notice indicator is also yes.

    I - Inactive

    Representative status is not active and is not allowed to receive a notice for that tax period regardless of the Notice indicator. Delete the RAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

    R - Revoked

    Representative status has been revoked and is not allowed to receive a notice regardless of the tax period or Notice indicator. Delete the RAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

    U - Undeliverable

    Previous representative notices have been returned as undeliverable. Do not send a notice. Delete the RAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

  3. The third field in the NAP is the Payment Indicator Field. The Payment Indicator identifies whether the reporting agent is authorized to make payments/deposits. This field does not have impact on notices.

    Note: See the Table below for a description of the values available for the Payment Indicator:

    If

    Then

    “P” is present

    The reporting agent is authorized to make payments and/or deposits.

    Blank

    The reporting agent is authorized to sign and file returns but not authorized to make payments and/or deposits.

    Note: Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS) modules will have a payment indicator of P.

    Note: See IRM 2.3.16-4 Command Code RFINK - Output Format for more information.

(5) If a representative is found, after transmitting CC RFINK with the notice EIN, without a definer, verify the starting tax period. If the notice tax period and MFT are identified as having a representative, verify the Notice Indicator and Action Indicator have statuses allowing representative notices per paragraph 4 above.

  1. If the Notice Indicator and Action indicator statuses allow notices, input RFINK definer R and type or copy and paste the reporting agent’s EIN over the taxpayer EIN and transmit to receive detailed information which contains the representative mailing address.

  2. If

    Then

    CC RFINK shows a Notice Indicator Y , the tax period on the notice is within the range of beginning and ending tax periods, and the Action Indicator allows a notice

    Choose E disposition in OLNR and type the name and address of each representative(s) on the CAF/RAF entity tab to send the notice.

    CC RFINK shows a Notice Indicator N or the tax period is not within date range, or the Action Indicator does not allow a notice

    Delete the RAF notice using the Delete CAF/RAF check box on the CAF/RAF entity tab in OLNR.

    Note: If the representative for the CAF is the same representative for the RAF, void the RAF copy.

(6) For more information regarding notice disposition for representatives see, IRM 3.14.2.6.1.2.

Processing Manual Intervention Notices with CAF and RAF Mismatch (MM)

(1) Research the CAF Mismatch using IRM 3.14.2.5.3.1.

(2) Research the RAF Mismatch using IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2.

(3) Update all OLNR entity tabs as necessary.

Processing Manual Intervention Notices with an Address Mismatch (Service Center Issues-SC)

(1) Service Center Manual Intervention cases require careful review of the full address due to possible missing fields (example: 00000 for the zip code) or state and zip code mismatch conditions verified against United States Postal Service Zip Code Lookup.

(2) Use all available research tools including but limited to CCs FINDE, NAMEE, and the IAT Address tool.

(3) Once a full address is identified, use the USPS Zip code look up tool to verify the found address against postal service standards.

(4) Update the OLNR entity tab with the new/corrected address.

(5) Update the address in IDRS. For more information see IRM 3.14.2.7.1.3.3.

Note: The Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) Address tool MUST be used by the centers to make address changes in IDRS.

NRPS Local Control File

(1) The NRPS Local Control File processing is designed to allow each Campus the option to obtain additional notices for review. BMF has a priority option that when exercised, moves the analysis for the selection from Category H to the second highest Category B. The Local Control File priority option does not override the Category A selection criteria.

(2) There are three programs used by Clerical to update and maintain the NRPS Local Control Database.

  1. Program NRP97 is used by Notice Review to add, change and delete records on the Local Control Database. Program NRP97 is an IDRS Command Code accessed from any IDRS terminal. The request must be done by 12:00 PM (local time) Thursday before the new cycle is loaded. For more information see IRM 2.4.45, Command Code NRP97.

  2. Program NRP98 is a batch processing program executed by operations each Friday. This program creates Local Control File tapes for input into the weekly NRPS processing. Local control reports are produced detailing the contents of the Local Control File. These reports are intended to be reviewed by Notice Review before the input of the Local Control tape files into the weekly National Account System (NAS) program. NRP98 is run on Saturday AM before running NRP11.

  3. Program NRP99 is a batch processing program executed by Operations after the completion of the weekly NRPS processing. This program deletes records from the Local Control Data Base as a result of the NRPS processing, or when a TIN or DLN record has remained on the Data Base for six weeks. Local Control reports are produced by this processing. These reports show which records were deleted and why they were deleted and detail the records remaining on the Data Base.

  4. Note: Refer to IRM 2.4.45, IDRS terminal input of CC NRP97.

(3) NRPS Local Control Data Base consist of ten NRPS record types:

  • NRPS-TIN-REC

  • NRPS-DLN-REC

  • NRPS-TPNC-REC

  • NRPS-MFT-TAXPRD-REC

  • NRPS-CPNUM-REC

  • NRPS-BAL-DUE-REC

  • NRPS-LG-CORP-REC

  • NRPS-ADJ-REC

  • NRPS-Employment-CD-REC

  • NRPS-MISC-REC

(4) Each record type may be updated by command code NRP97 with a unique command code definer. The NRP97 CC Definer table below is a list of both the definer codes and the record types:

Definer

Record Type

T

SSN/EIN

D

DLN

N

TPNC

M

MFT/PERCENTAGE

C

CP NUMBER/PERCENTAGE

B

Balance due amount

L

Large Corporation

A

ADJ REASON CODE/PERCENTAGE

E

EMPLOYMENT CODE/AMOUNT

I

Miscellaneous IMF/BMF OPTIONS

  1. These command code literals appear on the BASIC OPTIONS menu screen generated by command code NRP97.

  2. Besides the updating options (display, change, add, delete), there are two options provided on the command code screens. The OPTION-MENU is used to display the Basic Options menu screen on which the user may select another option to continue updating another NRPS record type. The EXIT TAP option is used to clear the entire screen and continue to input another command code if desired, or to sign off the IDRS terminal.

(5) Do not run NRPS command code to update records in between the weekly runs NRP98 and NRP99. However, you can use them for research during this period. If any records have been updated in between these two runs, these updated records will not appear on the NRPS Data Base after NRP99 run. This restriction will ensure continuity in the data base throughout the weekend NRPS runs.

(6) Data Retention: Records will only be deleted from the NRPS Local Control Data Base under the following circumstances:

  1. EIN (except Large Corporation), ERS DLN and Full DLN records are automatically deleted when selected for review or after six weeks if not selected.

  2. Any record may be manually deleted by selecting the appropriate Option from the Option Menu, keying in enough information to identify the record. Then use the X to select the Delete action and hit XMIT key.

(7) Data change: Any existing local control record may be altered as desired. To use this capability:

  1. Select the appropriate Option from the Option Menu.

  2. Enter enough information to identify the record.

  3. Alter the record as desired and use X to select the change action.

  4. Hit the XMIT key to save the changes.

(8) Selection Keys- The following is a list of the Selection Keys assigned when a notice is selected for review by Local Control:

  1. 06 - Large Corporation selection

  2. 90 - EIN Selection

  3. 91 - ERS DLN selection

  4. 92 - CP number Selection

  5. 93 - Balance Due Amount Selection

  6. 94 - Full or Partial DLN Selection

  7. 95 - Penalty Code Selection

(9) Substitute Keys: Selection Keys 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, and 99 are reserved for use as Substitute Selection Keys. Substitute Keys can only be used to replace Selection Keys 90 through 96. Large corporation, TPNC, Exception Override and normal criteria selections do not have substitute keys. Terminology:

  1. Batch processing is simply a computer term for any computer program that executes without human intervention except for duties normally performed by a computer operator.

  2. Interactive Processing is the opposite of Batch processing. This is a computer program designed to interact with a person, normally using a remote terminal as the interactive device.

Note: Percentages valid on Command Code NRP97 (Local Control File) -1%, 10%, 25%, 33%, 50%, 75%, and 100%.

General Review Procedures

(1) The following section contains procedures Notice Review TEs should follow when reviewing notices and transcripts.

(2) TEs must verify the tax return information, if available, contained on the notice by utilizing the information in the NRPS Package and IDRS research Command Codes to ensure the notice contains correct information.

(3) At the beginning of each cycle, NRPS provides a charge out sheet (based on the assigned selection key) to Files for returns that may be needed for review. However, the selections key is not always an indication that a return should be ordered from Files. The return is not always necessary when reviewing certain keys and notices.

  • Appropriate IDRS research using CC’s TXMODA, BRTVU, TRDBV, etc., should be completed. If the research is not conclusive, the return should be ordered from Files.

  • The return must be ordered from Files if necessary for review to ensure the accuracy of the notice.

  • If the return is needed and was not requested via a NRPS charge-out (described above), request the return using CC ESTAB. If unable to secure the document from files via ESTAB, initiate a special search request, using Form 2275, Records Request, Charge and Recharge. Mark notice disposition H as approved by Headquarters.

  • Efile (ELF) returns can be reviewed using BRTVU or TRDBV. Some Forms 941, 943, 944 and 945 (depending on DLN) can be reviewed using the Employee User Portal (EUP) to access Modernized e-File (MeF) and viewing the Return Request Display. In addition, in 2023 scanned paper 940 and 941 returns received from Lockbox locations, will be viewable in MeF and can be identified with Filing Location Codes (first two digits of the DLN) 40, 42 (KCSPC) and 91(OGSPC).

  • If you are reviewing a math error notice with a balance due of $250,000 or more or an overpayment of $100,000 or more, you are required to have the return. Request the return using CC ESTAB. Input CC NOREF using the IAT tool and mark the notice with an H disposition. Correct the notice disposition when case is completed.

  • The return is generally needed when reviewing Key 54. See IRM 3.14.2.6.15 for complete instructions.

  • If the return is not provided, the entity portion must be reviewed to ensure that the taxpayer will receive the notice and it is correct.

(4) All related tax modules and associated notices must be reviewed and resolved, as applicable, when a notice is resolved. No additional count is permitted for associated notices and/or modules resolved with the notice module.

(5) The notice module may contain multiple issues. All issues must be resolved before marking notice disposition. Refer to all appropriate sections of IRM 3.14.2 to ensure proper analysis and resolution of notice issue(s).

(6) Use the appropriate CC (TERUP, NOREFD, etc.) to reverse actions that may have been performed in error. Be mindful of specific time frames associated with your reversing actions. Contact the team lead for clarification if unsure. Some of the more common Command Codes used by Notice Review can be found in IRM 3.14.2.7.2, Common Command Codes used in Notice Review.

(7) History Items are required when taking action on the notice module. If the notice module is not available on CC TXMOD, a history item is not necessary. Do not create a module just to leave a history item.

(8) If research indicates an OPEN control base on the notice module, take the following actions:

  • Always contact the employee identified on an OPEN control base in "A" status prior to taking any action on the account.

    Exception: Do NOT initiate contact with the employee, if the open control is assigned to a clerical unit. Clerical units are often identified by all zeroes in the last 5 digits of the employee number (i.e. XXXXX00000), although numbers other than zero may also be used.

    Caution: Certain Freeze Codes require contact regardless of status code on the module. For a listing of these Freeze Codes, refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.6 entitled, Freeze Codes.

  • After two attempts at contact (phone or e-mail) regardless of response, or if no response is received within two days after contact is initiated, take the appropriate action to resolve the notice.

  • Note: When taking an action on a module with an OPEN case control, place the employee with the OPEN control in “B” status, take the appropriate action, then place the employee back in “A” status.

(9) To ensure consistency and adherence to the processing procedures contained in IRM 3.14.2, do NOT establish local procedures without first contacting the Headquarters analyst. To maintain the accuracy of IRM 3.14.2, corrections and change requests can be sent to the IRM author or program owner in several ways. See, IRM 1.11.6.6, Providing Feedback About an IRM Section - Outside of Clearance, for further details.

Note: Before submitting corrections and/or change requests for IRM 3.14.2 via the SERP Feedback Application, consult the lead or manager for assistance to verify if the request for an IRM change or correction is valid.

(10) The following information and instructions attempt to address situations that are encountered most often when reviewing notices. These instructions cannot address every possible situation and/or issue encountered . They are to be used in conjunction with all the information contained in IRM 3.14.2 and classroom training. When in doubt, contact your team lead or manager.

Authorized IDRS Access

(1) You are permitted to access only those tax modules required to accomplish your official duties. While working assigned cases, SP employees may come across some accounts that are blocked on IDRS. These accounts can be identified by the IDRS security violation message, “Unauthorized Access to This Account”. If you receive this message, input an H Disposition to hold the notice and forward the case (e.g., BMF Tax Form, copy of IDRS transcript or NRPS quick print) to your manager. Managers will notify the local Planning and Analysis Staff, who will scan the case and send the encrypted information to the≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡account mailbox to request access to the account. Managers will retain the original case in a file awaiting access (can take up to 5 business days). Once access has been granted, the case can be worked following applicable procedures.

Additional Review Requirements

(1) After completing the General Review procedures located in IRM 3.14.2.7, continue with the following instructions found in IRM 3.14.2 as appropriate:

  • Math Error Condition - IRM 3.14.2.7.7

  • CP 267 and CP 268 - Q- Freeze - IRM 3.14.2.7.8

  • CP 161 Balance Due Notices - Non-Math Error IRM 3.14.2.7.9

  • CP 162 Balance Due Notice - Non-Math Error IRM 3.14.2.7.10

  • Reviewing Notices with Remittance Processing System "RPS" indicators - IRM 3.14.2.7.11

  • Refund Transcripts - IRM 3.14.2.7.12

  • Required Payment or Refund under Section 7519 - Form 8752 - IRM 3.14.2.7.13

  • Adjustment Notices - IRM 3.14.2.7.14

  • Selection Keys - Additional Review Required for Notices Generated Under Keys 09, 33,52, 54, 55, and 91 - IRM 3.14.2.7.15

  • CP 173 - ES Penalty - IRM 3.14.2.7.16

Manual Intervention Centralized Authorization File (CAF) and Reporting Agents File (RAF)

(1) If Manual Intervention conditions on the notice module are identified on the NRPS contents page, use the following to determine notice resolution and disposition:

  1. If the notice generates with the representative's name and address in the entity, manual intervention will indicate match.

  2. If the notice generates with the representative's name and address blank, manual intervention will indicate mismatch

  3. Manual intervention may indicate any combination of CAF Match, CAF Mismatch, RAF Match, or RAF Mismatch.

  4. Use CCs CFINK and RFINK on IDRS to decide notice disposition for CAF/RAF mismatch and locate an authorized representative's name and address.

Note: For more complete instructions for reviewing CAF/RAF notices please refer to ,IRM 3.14.2.5.3, Manual Intervention CAF/RAF/MM/SC , IRM 3.14.2.5.3.1, Processing Notices with a Central Authorization File (CAF) Mismatch and/or IRM 3.14.2.5.3.2, Processing Notices with a Reporting Agents File (RAF) Mismatch.

(2) Notice disposition when a valid Authorized Representative is not located. Refer to the Invalid Representative Disposition Table below.

If

And disposition of original CP is

Then

NO is present on CFINK or NO is present on RFINK

Print

Select OLNR disposition E (Entity) and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy.

NO is present on CFINK or NO is present on RFINK

Label

Select OLNR disposition R (Retype) and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy. Then select the appropriate label from the Label Drop Down Menu.

NO is present on CFINK or NO is present on RFINK

Retype

Select OLNR disposition R and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy.

NO is present on CFINK or NO is present on RFINK

Void

No action required.

Disbarred, Suspended or Deceased is indicated

Print

Select OLNR disposition E and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy.

Disbarred, Suspended or Deceased is indicated

Label

Select OLNR disposition R and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy. Then select the appropriate label from the Label Drop Down Menu.

Disbarred, Suspended or Deceased is indicated

Retype

Select OLNR disposition R and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy.

Disbarred, Suspended or Deceased is indicated

Void

No action required.

If the representative address is undeliverable

Print

Select OLNR disposition E and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy by checking the box located on the Entity Tab Screen.

If the representative address is undeliverable

Label

Mark OLNR disposition R and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy by checking the box located on the Entity Tab Screen. Then select the appropriate label from the Label Drop Down Menu.

If the representative address is undeliverable

Retype

Mark OLNR disposition R and void the CAF or RAF Entity copy by checking the box located on the Entity Tab Screen.

If the representative address is undeliverable

Void

No action is required.

(3) Notice disposition when an authorized representative's address is located. Refer to the CAF/RAF Notice Disposition table below.

Disposition of Original CP

CAF/RAF Match Additional Action Required

CAF/RAF Mismatch Additional Action Required

PRINT

None

  1. Select the OLNR disposition E.

  2. Add the CFINK or the RFINK address information to the CAF or RAF Entity Copy on the OLNR server.

VOID

None

None

RETYPE

None

  1. Select OLNR disposition R.

  2. Add the CFINK or the RFINK address information to the CAF or RAF Entity copy on the OLNR server.

LABEL

None

  1. Select OLNR disposition R.

  2. Add the CFINK or the RFINK address information to the CAF or RAF Entity copy on the OLNR server.

  3. Select the appropriate label.

Account Information

(1) Verify the following items for each selected notice:

  • Employer Identification Number

  • Document Locator Number

  • Name

  • Address

  • Return Received Date

  • Tax period

  • Signature(s) for refund returns only

  • Taxpayer correspondence (if applicable)

  • Payments and credits

  • Discovered remittance (if applicable)

  • Dishonored payments and bad check penalties

  • Offsets

  • $100 million refunds

  • Pending transactions

  • Slipped blocks and mixed data blocks

Employer Identification Number (EIN)

(1) Compare the EIN on the return (if the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice or if the return is available for viewing on EUP) to the notice quick print. EIN discrepancies must be routed to Entity Control. The majority of business returns require an EIN, but an SSN followed by a one letter code is used for Form 8288, Form 709 and Form 706 (V for valid SSN and W for an invalid SSN on BMF). Use CC NAME with the proper definer if you have reason to believe the EIN may have been changed. It may be necessary to use CC BMFOL if the account is for an EIN that is not available on CC TXMOD.

Document Locator Numbers (DLN)

(1) Always verify the DLN on your return with the DLN on the notice or NRPS package to ensure that you are reviewing the proper document. If the DLNs do not match, follow local procedures to request the correct document.

Name and Address

(1) Refer to the instructions below to determine if changes should be made to the Primary Name Line.

  • If there is a misspelling, typographical error, or extra characters (e.g., extraneous %) in the first name line or Continuation of first name line (CONT-OF-PRIM-NM), correct the misspelling, typo or extra characters using CC ENREQ.

  • If a Trustee name on the notice is different from the Trustee name on the return, send to Entity. Exception: If et al (and others) following a name, do not forward to Entity.

(2) If the return is available (if the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice or if the return is available for viewing on EUP), compare the name on the tax return to the name on the notice or entity part of the Transcript.

  • If the name on the return is illegible, check the signature, return envelope or other attachments to determine the taxpayer’s name.

  • If the name on the notice is different, check CC INOLE under the EIN for the correct Master File name.

(3) If the taxpayer is requesting a Trustee name change, send to Entity.

(4) Because of the nature of the BMF tax account, ALL OTHER FIRST NAME LINE CHANGES MUST BE SENT TO ENTITY FOR CONSIDERATION. An error will be charged if name changes other than those listed above are initiated by a Notice Review employee.

Note: Follow your local procedures when routing your document to Entity.

(5) Before deleting a refund for a Primary name correction, decide if the taxpayer will be able to cash the check.

If the taxpayer will be able to cash the check:
  • Allow the refund.

  • Use IAT and OLNR to correct the name on IDRS in accordance with the guidelines in paragraphs 1-4 above.

If the taxpayer will not be able to cash the check:
  • Stop the refund.

  • Correct the name on IDRS and OLNR if the difference is a misspelling or typographical error.

  • Release the refund ( 290 .00 posting delay of 1).

(6) Address - Compare the address on the tax return if available (if the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice or if the return is available for viewing on EUP) with the notice or refund transcript address. The notice must match the return. If the address is illegible, check the return and all attachments for clarification. If the notice and return do not agree, use the zip code directory, USPS, to verify street, city, state and zip code.

Note: The Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) tool MUST be used by the centers to make address changes.

(7) The FINALIST program is standardization software used by the United States Postal Service (USPS) to ensure addresses are valid and correct. FINALIST knows if building numbers are valid and is used to ensure the IRS’s outgoing mail, notices, tax packages, etc., comply with the USPS address standards.

  1. An address that is entered into IDRS and does not meet the USPS standards WILL NOT update and/or post with the input address.

  2. The USPS allows thirteen characters (including spaces) for city names. FINALIST will abbreviate city names if needed to reduce the number of characters to thirteen.

  3. FINALIST will also abbreviate street names if over 13 characters. However, a list of abbreviations used by FINALIST is not available.

    Note: Abbreviated street or city names are acceptable regardless of the FINALIST program or Pipeline processing. Do not change. Allow the abbreviation.

    Example: PENNSYLVANIA AVE posts as PENN AVE; WASHINGTON DR is posting as WA DR

(8) The general guidelines to follow when making address changes are below:

  1. Never change an address to an in care of unless the request is signed by the taxpayer or authorized representative. If a return, extension, etc., is received with an "in care of "address and is signed by the taxpayer, process the change.

  2. Change the address if signed correspondence is received from the taxpayer with the old street address lined through and a new address is written in.

  3. If the return has a response written on it, accept the information as coming from the taxpayer. Process the change even if the return is not signed.

  4. If a photocopy is received without an original signature, do not change.

  5. Requests for changes of address from Certified Public Accountants (CPAs), attorneys, etc., will be honored only if we have a valid Power of Attorney on file. Use CC CFINK to check for Power of Attorney.

(9) The entity must be changed in the following instances:

  1. The notice contains an incorrect or misspelled street suffix. Even though the Post Office can deliver by street name alone in most cases, all street suffixes (e.g., Avenue, Boulevard, Circle, Drive, Road, Street etc., or their acceptable abbreviations) must be correct on the notice, regardless of where the error originates.

  2. If the notice has incorrect or missing bldg./trailer/apartment number/Suite/Room you must make the correction.

  3. If the notice has an “in care of” symbol (%) with no name or representative, remove the “%” from the notice and IDRS. It is not necessary to send to Entity.

  4. If the return or notice contains both a PO Box number and a numbered street address, put the PO Box in the street address field and the street address in the location address on ENMOD. Correct the address on OLNR to the PO Box.

  5. If a number is shown as part of the city, it must be spelled out. See example in the “Guide to Changing City” table below.

  6. Address on Notice

    Corrected to Notice

    29 PALMS

    TWENTY NINE PALMS

    1000 OAKS

    THOUSAND OAKS

  7. If North, South, East or West, (or N, S, E or W) is shown at the beginning of the city name, no change is necessary.

  8. A city or town name (that is too long) will only be abbreviated for lack of space in the IDRS field.

  9. Correct obviously misspelled cities and incorrect abbreviations. If you have any questions about valid abbreviations refer to IRM 3.24.38.3.4.14.8, Street Address. Use the USPS web site or other internet search engines to determine the correct spelling or abbreviation of an address.

  10. FT and ST are allowable abbreviations and do not need to be spelled out.

    Note: Use of the USPS web site is not required on every notice. Refer to the team leader if in doubt about any part of an address.

(10) When notices are printed with LOCAL as the address. The following instructions must be followed:

  1. Use CC ENMOD to find the latest entity information on a taxpayer.

  2. Input a CC FINDS/FINDE to obtain the taxpayer's current address information.

  3. Follow local procedures to find the location address if available.

  4. If none of the procedures shown above give a current address to use, then change the address to GENERAL DELIVERY after using the United States Postal Service (USPS) web-site to verify the zip code.

    Note: Do not mail a notice with LOCAL as the address.

  5. If the notice contains % or C/O name on the address line, add to the "In Care Of" line and delete from the address line.

  6. If the notice contains an address in the "In Care Of" name line that is identical to the address line, delete the "In Care Of" line.

Service Center Addresses

(1) Selected notices may contain a service center address. When the notice has a Service Center Address, follow the instructions below.

(2) Research the module. If there are ID Theft (IDT) Indicators on the notice module, do NOT update the address.

Note: RIVO updates an address to a service center address when working certain IDT cases. For more information on these types of cases see, IRM 25.25.4.5 and IRM 25.25.4.6

. If RIVO updated the address to a service center address, then RIVO is the area that should update that service center address to an actual address. Do NOT update the address if there is a service center address with identity theft indicators.
  1. ID Theft Indicators (RIVO markers) will appear on CC ENMOD, TXMOD, UPTIN or TRDBV. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  • ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡

    Note: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  • ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  • ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  • ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

(3) If ID Theft indicators are on the module, input an “H” disposition for the notice and refer the case to the lead who will refer to HQ for additional guidance.

(4) If there are no ID Theft (IDT) Indicators on the notice module, use the following research methods to locate the correct address and update the notice and IDRS module accordingly:

  1. Use CC ENMOD to find the latest entity information on a taxpayer.

  2. Research the return, AMS and EUP, if available to determine the correct address.

  3. Use CC FINDS/FINDE to obtain the taxpayer's current address information.

  4. If the current address is found, mark the E disposition and update the address on the notice, then update the address in IDRS.

Return Received Date

(1) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ Any return received ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ after the RDD must have the envelope attached and will carry the stamped IRS Received Date as the return received date unless the postmark date is on or before the RDD (as extended). See IRS Received Date Decision Table below.

Exception: A late filed return that was overlooked in processing may not be stamped. An incorrect received date will adversely affect penalty and interest computations.

If the postmark date is

Then the return received date is

On or before the RDD and the postmark was made by the United States Postal Service, or a designated private delivery service under IRC Section 7502(f)

The RDD will be the return posting date regardless of when the return was received.

After the RDD

The IRS Received Date (IRS Date Stamp) will be the return posting date.

(2) The TC 610 date on the tax module is the return received date. The DUE/RCVD DATE field in the NRPS package also shows the received date.

(3) If there is a question about the received date, decide the correct received date in the following priority:

    Note: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  1. Earliest postmark date on envelope

  2. Taxpayer signature date

  3. Julian control date minus 10 days in the DLN

  4. Current date minus 10 days.

(4) IRC 7503 provides that, in the case where the due date for filing or paying falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return or payment is considered to have been timely filed or made on the due date if it is mailed on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. “Legal holiday” means any legal holiday in the District of Columbia, or any Statewide legal holiday of the State where the taxpayer files their returns.

(5) The Failure to File (FTF) penalty is the only penalty that should be adjusted manually for Return Received Date recomputation issues. Interest should not be adjusted manually. When the FTF is adjusted manually the computer will adjust the interest. (See IRM 3.14.2.6.17.1 Recomputation of Interest and Penalties-General.)

Tax Period

(1) For Business Returns, the type of return filed can have varied period/year endings. They are:

  1. Calendar Year: These are for a consecutive 12-month period ending on December 31. The tax period for this type of return is in the format CCYYMM. The acronym CCYYMM stands for the Century (CC), the Year (YY). the Month (MM). Each acronym is represented in 2 digit format, so it would appear on Business Returns as 202312.

  2. Fiscal Year: These are for a consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of a month other than December.

  3. Example: A return with a tax period ending January 31, 2023, would indicate a tax period of 202301.

  4. Short Year: These are for a consecutive period of fewer than 12 months. (See IRM 3.14.2.6.4.6 Short Period Returns.)

  5. Quarterly: These returns are filed 4 times a year (within a consecutive 12-month period beginning January 1, and ending December 31)

  6. Example: A first quarter return (January - March 31) would indicate a tax period of 202303 in format CCYYMM; second quarter, (April -- June 30) would indicate a tax period of 202306 in format CCYYMM, etc.

(2) Compare the year on the tax return (if the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice or if the return is available for viewing on EUP) to the tax period on the notice or on the NRPS Package Contents Page.

  1. Look for cross-outs and changes to the tax period part of the return.

  2. Note: Taxpayers often file their returns using the incorrect year tax forms.

  3. Fiscal year returns are indicated at the top of the tax return.

  4. If the return is posted to the wrong tax period, reprocess the return to the correct tax period. (See IRM 3.14.2.6.18 Reprocessing Returns.)

Signatures

(1) Tax returns are legal documents and must have a signature.

Exception: The following are processed without signatures:

  • Returns prepared by IRS under IRC 6020(b), referred to a Substitute for Returns or SFRs.

    Note: If the taxpayer signs the SFR it becomes the return of such person under IRC 6020(a).

  • Returns prepared by Examination, for example SFR (Substitute for Return).

  • Dummy returns filed by IRS.

  • Returns filed under IRC 501(d) (Religious or Apostolic Organizations).

  • A blank return with a CP 139 attached (e.g., notification that Form 941 or Form 940 may no longer be required because four consecutive 941 tax years were received with "NO LIABILITY").

  • Correspondence containing a signature and jurat is attached showing that the taxpayer is responding to an IRS letter.

  • Re-entry returns originally filed electronically (MeF). The presence of E-File printouts or Tax Return Print (TRPRT) may identify these returns as in lieu of an actual return.

(2) A signature must be on the return, statement or other document required under the tax laws and regulations, unless, the signature is on an attachment to the return or other required document (e.g. letter/check, etc.) and contains a JURAT that the taxpayer is signing the return or other required document under penalties of perjury.

(3) Tax return preparers may use a signature stamp to facilitate signing large numbers of returns; see facsimile signature, below. Taxpayers, however, must continue to sign returns with original signature.

(4) Facsimile signatures- Internal Revenue Procedure 2005-39 outlines the use of facsimile signatures by corporate officers or duly authorized agents when filing certain employment tax returns or certain information returns. The Revenue Procedure includes the following tax forms:

  • Form 94X series and any variant, including but not limited to Form 940, Employer's Annual Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return; Form 941, Employer's QUARTERLY Federal Tax Return; Form 941-SS, Employer's QUARTERLY Federal Tax Return (American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the U.S. Virgin Islands 2023 and prior); Form 943, Employer's Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees; Form 944, Employer's ANNUAL Federal Tax Return; Form 945, Annual return of Withheld Federal Income Tax, and Form 941X, Form 943X, Form 944X, and Form 945X

  • Form 1042, Annual Withholding Information Return for U.S. Source of Foreign Persons.

  • Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income Allocated Tips.

  • Form CT-1, Employer's Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return.

  • The facsimile signature may be in the form of a rubber stamp, mechanical device or computer software program. The corporate officer or authorized agent is responsible for ensuring their facsimile signature is affixed to return. For more detailed information, please refer to Revenue Procedure 2005-39.

(5) If the signature is missing on a tax return requesting a refund and the tax module contains a Computer Condition Code (CCC) 3 or E in IDRS, process the notice module as if the tax return was signed.

(6) If CCC 3 or E are NOT present review the return attachments and ENMOD to verify a letter has been sent to the taxpayer requesting a signature. If indication of a signature request letter cannot be found, stop the refund and send a 143C letter requesting a signature. Follow procedures in IRM 3.14.2.7.11.

Taxpayer Correspondence Attached to Return

(1) If taxpayer correspondence is discovered attached to the return, review it and follow through as necessary. Follow Policy Statement P-21-3 (formerly Action 61) requirements if more than 25 days have elapsed from the date the return was received.

(2) If the correspondence is requesting action to be taken on the notice module, see Correspondence Decision Table below.

If

Then

The action can be taken

Take the necessary action.
Retype the notice as appropriate.
Update History on IDRS, indicting CORRW/RTN as first History Item; indicate notice disposition with second History Item.
Mailing of the notice within cycle will satisfy Policy Statement P-21-3 (formerly Action 61) requirement.

The action cannot be taken

Photocopy the tax return and the original letter.
Attach the photocopy of the letter to the original tax return.
Route the original letter with a copy of the tax return to Accounts Management. (Write photocopy on the copy of the tax return.)
An Interim letter is required if more than 25 days have elapsed from the return received date.
Update the account History to indicate action(s) taken.

(3) If the taxpayer is requesting an Installment Agreement or indicates an inability to pay and there is no indication the letter was forwarded to Collections:

  1. Copy the letter and attach the copy to the return.

  2. Notate the original letter was sent to collections.

  3. Route the original letter to Collections.

  4. Make sure the taxpayer's name, address, and EIN is indicated on the correspondence.

  5. Input a CC STAUP for 9 cycles.

  6. An Interim letter is required if more than 25 days have elapsed from the return received date.

  7. Update the account History to indicate action(s) taken.

(4) Route Reasonable Cause requests to Accounts Management.

  1. If the account is in balance due status, input CC STAUP for 9 cycles.

  2. An Interim letter is required if more than 25 days have elapsed from the return received date.

  3. Update the account History to indicate action(s) taken.

  4. The table below can be used as a guide to determine reasonable cause.

Examples of Reasonable Cause

Death, serious illness, or injury of the taxpayer or their immediate family

Unavoidable absence of the taxpayer

Destruction by fire or other casualty of the taxpayer's place of business or records

Delay due to erroneous information from an Internal Revenue Service employee. See IRM 20.1.1.3.2.2.5, Erroneous Advice or Reliance, regarding the conditions for reasonable cause.

Delays caused by, or related to, civil disturbances outside of the taxpayer's control

Timely requested forms not received timely

Advice or aid sought in preparing returns from Internal Revenue Service representative on or before the due date, but through no fault of the taxpayer, they were unable to see a representative

Taxpayer is unable to determine the amount of deposits or tax due for reasons beyond the taxpayer's control

Taxpayer does not have access to their records

Events beyond the control of the taxpayer. For example, the Post Office shredded the taxpayer's return, a bank substantiates the taxpayer's claim that the delay was caused by the bank, etc.

Taxpayer relies upon their accountant, and reasonable cause for the accountants' failure can be established

While inability to pay is not reasonable cause forlate filing, lack of funds is reasonable cause for failure to pay ONLY when it is shown that the taxpayer was unable to pay despite their exercise of ordinary business care and prudence. (Make this determination using the information available in the taxpayer's statement.)

(5) If correspondence indicates missing information that was not added when the tax return was processed, or requests assistance in computing tax or credits that is beyond the scope of Notice Review:

  1. Void the notice.

  2. Route to Accounts Management.

  3. Make sure the taxpayer's name, address, and EIN is indicated on the correspondence.

  4. Input CC STAUP for 9 cycles if the account is in balance due status.

  5. An Interim letter is required if more than 25 days have elapsed from the return received date.

  6. Update the account History to indicate action(s) taken.

(6) If the correspondence is referencing a tax module(s) other than the notice module:

  1. Check IDRS for an open control base. See IDRS Open Control Base Decision Table below.

  2. If

    Then

    There is an open control base

    Route the original letter to the tax examiner who has the case controlled.
    Indicate correspondence attached to original return on routing document.

    There is no open control base and the requested action has not been taken

    Input CC STAUP for 9 cycles.
    Route case to Accounts Management.
    Indicate correspondence attached to original return on routing document.

(7) The guidelines for Policy Statement P-21-3 (formerly Action 61) are established to ensure the taxpayer receives an accurate, professional and timely response to correspondence submitted to the Service. In Notice Review, we will be responsible for sending interim responses to correspondence attached to original tax returns when it is decided the action requested has not been taken. If it can be decided the action requested has been taken, the mailing of the notice will satisfy our responsibility for the requirement.

Payments and Credits

(1) This subsection contains instructions dealing with payments and credits. It includes information on discovered remittance, dishonored payments, Bad Check Penalties and Bank Adjustments.

Discovered Remittance

(1) When reviewing tax returns, especially Non-Math Error Balance Due notices, thoroughly search all attachments (including envelopes) for payments.

(2) Use the following procedures to process a discovered remittance:

  1. Prepare Form 3244 (Payment Voucher) in duplicate.

  2. Attach the carbon copy to the front of the tax return under the Entity section.

  3. Use CC ACTON to input a history item of DISCREMIT on IDRS.

  4. Input CC STAUP for 8 cycles on all balance due modules.

  5. Void, retype, or label the original notice as required.

  6. Prepare Form 4287 - Record of Discovered Remittance.

  7. Give remittance and the original copy of Form 3244 to team lead.

Dishonored Payments and Bad Check Penalties

(1) A penalty is imposed on dishonored checks or other forms of payment that are returned from a financial institution unpaid.

(2) Bad checks penalty associated with the dishonored payment will be identified on Master File and IDRS as a TC 280 (manually computed and assessed penalty) or TC 286 (systemically computed and generated penalty).

(3) If a Dishonored Payment transaction (TCs 611, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681, or 691) and penalty (TC 280 or 286) are pending on the notice module:

  1. Delete any refund resulting from the dishonored/bad check.

  2. If the refund was deleted, wait for the TC 841 to post.

  3. Input CC STAUP for 6 cycles if a balance due remains.

  4. Retype the notice to include the Dishonored Payment Penalty (Notice Penalty Code 04). Update the balance due, refund amount, or credits on the notice using CC COMPA and CC INTST.

    Note: Use CC COMPA to update the module because CC INTST will not be accurate until the TC 280 or 286 posts.

  5. Issue a manual refund for large dollar refunds if it can be done within the 45 day period, if the taxpayer is still entitled to a refund despite the dishonored payment/bad check.

(4) For additional information, see IRM 20.1.10.7.

Bank Adjustments

(1) There may be instances where payments are encoded incorrectly on a taxpayer’s account. If an obvious encoding error is discovered, refer to the Bank Adjustments Decision Table below.

If

And

Then

The payment can be located on Remittance Transaction Research (RTR) system

The amount of the check matches the amount posted to the account

No further research is needed. Resolve the notice issue.

The payment can be located on RTR

The amount of the check does not match the amount posted to the account

This may be an encoding error. Print a copy of the check from RTR and follow the directions in the boxes below.

Math error notice and the notice module is overpaid and a refund is scheduled to be released

The payment is less than what the taxpayer is claiming

1. Allow the refund.
2. Mail the notice.
3. Contact the Payment Correction Team (at the SP site that processed the payment) for resolution.

Math error notice and the notice module is overpaid and a refund is scheduled to be released

The payment is more than what the taxpayer is claiming

Note: If the verified payments total $5,000.00 or more, issue a manual refund for the corrected refund amount. Void the notice, leave a history and follow Item 4 in next box.

1. Intercept the refund using CC NOREF via the IAT tool.
2. Use Refund Deletion code 99.
3. Close your control base.
4. Contact the Payment Correction Team (at the SP site that processed the payment) for resolution.

The notice is a non-math error notice

Notice is balance due

Void notice.
Leave History Item
Input CC STAUP for 9 cycles.
Contact the Payment Correction Team at the SP site that processed the payment) for resolution.

Notice is a non-math error notice

Notice is credit or even balance

Void notice.
leave History Item.
Intercept Refund and/or freeze credit on module.

Note: When working CP 267 or CP 210, if there is a bank adjustment, the credit must be frozen or refund intercepted so the bank adjustment can be done prior to the credit being erroneously refunded.


Contact the Payment Correction Team at the SP site that processed the payment) for resolution.

The notice is a math error notice with a balance due

The notice has EFTPS payment(s)

Mail the notice. Contact the Ogden Payment Correction Team at 801-620-7801 for resolution.

Offsets

(1) Internal Revenue Code IRC 6402 (a) allows the IRS to offset payments against tax liability. Internal Revenue Code IRC 6402 (c)-(f) require a taxpayer’s overpayment be applied to any outstanding non-tax debts including child support, federal agency non-tax debt, state income tax obligations or certain unemployment compensation debts owed to a state. Offsets under IRC 6402 (c)-(f) must be made prior to crediting the overpayment to a future tax (credit elect) or allowing a refund. This application of a tax overpayment is called a refund offset. Refund offsets to child support, federal agency non-tax debts, state income tax obligations and unemployment compensation debt are handled by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service (BFS) through the Treasury Offset Program (TOP). This occurs after a refund is certified by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for payment by BFS, but before the refund check is issued or direct deposit is transferred to the taxpayer’s bank account. For additional information see IRM 21.4.6.

(2) There are three types of refund offsets:

  • Tax offset,

  • Treasury Offset Program (TOP) offset, effective 01/11/1999

  • Debtor Master File (DMF) offset, prior to 01/11/1999

(3) A tax overpayment must offset to an outstanding tax debt before it offsets to non-tax debts or is applied to a credit elect.

(4) The priority of offsets within TOP are:

  1. Office of Child Support Enforcement: Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) (payments to the state) and/or

  2. Non-Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (non-TANF) (payments to the custodial parent through the state)

  3. Federal Agencies

  4. State income tax obligations

  5. Unemployment compensation

(5) Command Code (CC) INOLE contains debt liability indicators based on information received from BFS. BFS debt records are updated daily; however, IRS CC INOLE is only updated weekly. Therefore, CC INOLE may not have the most current debt information. The indicators are used to identify an IRS freeze or tax debt, TOP non-tax debt, or both. These indicators are shared with Electronic Return Originators (EROs) on the Electronic Filing (ELF) acknowledgement file, and used by the EROs to determine whether to approve a Refund Anticipation Loan (RAL) The indicators are the letters: N, I, F, B. For a complete explanation of each code refer to IRM 21.4.6.4.

(6) CC TXMOD also contains debt liability indicator, found directly below the TC 846 and is displayed in the form of the number “0” or “1”. The indicator is set at the time the TC 846 is generated on the module and is shown as: DMFLIAB-> 1 or DMF-LIAB-IND>0.

(7) Offsets occur when credit is moved between different tax modules and/or taxpayer accounts. Credits can be moved manually, or are computer generated.

Note: "Money should not be moved manually with offset or lump sum transaction code if the Refund Statute Expiration Date (RSED) has expired. However, a payment can be moved if it was made less than 2 years before the claim was filed."

Caution: All existing modules with a balance due ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ must be satisfied before inputting a manual refund or manually transferring a credit elect.

Credit Elect-TC 830/TC 710 and 836/TC 716

(1) Review the return to decide if the taxpayer requested that all or part of their overpayment be applied to the subsequent tax period.

Caution: If any balance due module contains an -E Freeze, do not manually offset credit to satisfy the module.

(2) When the request is transcribed properly from a current period return, the computer will automatically offset the credit (TC 836/716) if it is available.

Caution: If credit elect is $ .99 or less the amount will not be automatically offset by the computer. In this instance the tax examiners do not have to manually transfer the credit.

(3) If the full amount of the credit is not available when the return posted:

  1. For Form 1041, Form 1120, Form 1120-C, Form 990-T, and Form 990-PF, the computer continues to offset as more credit becomes available until the full credit elect amount is satisfied. This capability only exists up to one year after the original tax period ending date.

    Example: Up to December 31, 2021 for a 202012 tax return.

  2. For Form 940, Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, Form 945, Form 720, Form CT-1, and Form 1042 the computer will not offset additional credit elect after the return posting cycle. A manual credit elect transfer must be input for subsequent offsets on these forms. (Input CC ADD48 on IDRS using TC 830/TC 710.)

(4) The following notices pertain specifically to credit elect situations:

  1. CP 147 - will only generate on an income tax return. It is issued when additional credit(s) become available and are computer offset.

  2. CP 145 - must be pulled and associated with the case when adjusting an account if the credit elect will be affected.

(5) Forms 940, 941, 943, 944, and 945 - When the refund box is checked, Integrated Submission and Remittance Processing (ISRP) System or Data Input System (DIS) will input a Refund Indicator, which generates the Computer Condition Code S at posting. When neither box is checked or the Applied to Next Return box is checked, the refund indicator is not input, Computer Condition Code E generates at posting, and the overpayment is applied to the next return (credit elect). Follow the instructions below:

  1. Verify that the entries match the Computer Condition Code posted to the notice module.

  2. If there is an overpayment on the account that will refund, and any of the following occur, apply the credit elect using (6) below:

    • Neither of the boxes are checked.
    • The return is not available.
    • The Computer Condition Code E is present on the notice module.

(6) If the Data Transcriber did not properly transcribe the credit elect request and the credit is refunding:

  1. Delete the refund.

  2. Use CC ADD48 to manually transfer the credit elect amount as a TC 830/TC 710. Be sure to use posting delay codes to allow time for the TC 841 to post to the module before the TC 830 posting.

(7) For Form 941 and Form 944, if the taxpayer entered the credit elect or total FTD credits on the Advanced Earned Income Credit line in error and an erroneous TC 766 credit is present, delete the refund. Adjust the TC 766, using CC REQ54 on IDRS. Manually transfer the claimed credit elect if not already offset by the computer.

(8) Master File will not automatically offset requests for credit elect on prior year income tax returns and/or subsequent requests on all non-income tax returns.

  1. Use CC BMFOL to review the subsequent period.

  2. Manually input all subsequent credit elects on all prior year returns.

  3. Caution: Never transfer credit elect from a module with an expired RSED.

  4. Transfer claimed credit elect directly to a module separated by more than one tax period (e.g., 20XX03 to 20XX09), if all of the modules in between claim the same credit elect, are settled modules, and no penalties or interest will abate. Use the correct dates and an Override Code "2" on the Doc Code 48 transfer.

  5. All other offsets (TC 826 or 896) have priority over a credit elect offset. Only reverse one of these offsets in favor of a credit elect when a TC 826 offsets to the subsequent period, and penalties and interest will decrease if a timely credit elect posts.

  6. Refer to the Credit Elect and Credit Offset Decision Table below.

If

Then

The subsequent tax period has a balance due

Delete the refund.

The credit elect will cause penalties and interest assessed on the subsequent period to partially or fully abate

Retype the settlement notice or void the CP 145.

Taxpayer claimed the credit on the subsequent tax period and the credit elect field on the subsequent module has a significant amount

Manually offset the credit elect.

Otherwise

Allow the refund.

(9) When increasing tax or reversing credits on the notice module, reverse all or part of a notice cycle credit elect to cover the debit. Input CC ADC48 using TC 832/712 on IDRS.

  1. Delete any current cycle refund on the subsequent module. Reverse the offset using a posting delay code to allow time for the TC 841 to post before the TC 712.

  2. Do not reverse a credit elect that was offset in a different cycle from the notice cycle.

  3. Example: If the notice generated in cycle 20XX15 and the TC 836 posted in cycle 20XX08, do not reverse the TC 836.

  4. Retype the original notice to include the CP 145. If a notice cannot be mailed take no action.

(10) If the credit elect from the prior year module (TC 716) was intended for another account, use CC ADD48 to transfer the credit with a TC 712/TC 710:

  1. Use the TC 716 date as the TC 712 date

  2. Use the date the credit was originally available as the TC 710 date.

  3. Reverse a TC 826 offset if there is a pending manual credit transfer

(11) When manually transferring credit elect, input TC 830/TC 710:

  1. If all payments or credits are timely ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡, use the due date of the return as the 830/TC 710 date. Otherwise, use the date of the credit creating the overpayment as the TC 830/TC 710 date. In the case of a tax decrease (TC 291/295), use the due date of the return or latest payment date.

    Exception: For Form 1120 with a tax period ending in 06, the TC 830/836 date is the RDD plus one month. For example: on a 20XX06 return the due date is 101520XX and the TC 830/836 date is 111520XX. For Form 1120 returns beginning after 12/31/2015 (excluding those with a tax period ending in 06) , the TC830/836 date is the RDD (there is no need to add a month). Refer to IRM 21.7.4.4.5 (5), Estimated Tax Overpayment Credit Elect-General,IRM 21.7.4.4.5.

    Note: Multiple TC 830s may need to be input depending on the date the credit is available. Always transfer the most recent credits first.

  2. If a tax adjustment or credit transfer creates, or is a part of the overpayment, time the offset (TC 830) to post after the adjustment or credit transfer, by inputting a Posting Delay Code (See Use of Posting Delay Codes Table).

    Note: Timing the actions will allow all of the transactions to post and will prevent unintentional refunds and unpostables. If the required overpayment amount is not available, the computer will resequence the TC 830 for one cycle. The exact amount of credit must be available or the TC 830 will unpost.

    Reminder: An adjustment notice will generate the same cycle as a penalty reversal if a Failure to Deposit (FTD), Failure to File (FTF), Failure to Pay (FTP) (decrease only) or Estimated Tax (ES) Penalty recomputes.

  3. Refer to the Use of Posting Delay Codes chart below.

  4. If

    Then

    The penalty or interest will recompute because of an adjustment action.

    Note: If penalties and interest will not recompute, the Posting Delay Code on the TC 830 is not required.

    Use appropriate Posting Delay Codes to time the transactions to post in the following order:

    1. Adjustment or credit transfers and TC 290 .00 adjustments, if preventing an adjustment notice.

      Note: When inputting a credit transfer follow instruction in IRM 3.14.2.7.20

    2. The TC 830.

    3. The TC 571, if required.

      Caution: Check prior periods for debit modules before inputting the TC 830/TC 710. If no E Freezes are present, manually offset applicable credit to the debit module(s) with the earliest CSED(s) before applying forward. Use TC 820/700 with CC ADD24. Time the transaction to post in the same cycle as the TC 830/TC 710.

    A Doc Code 34 credit transfer will create the overpayment, use a Freeze Code 1 on the transfer.

    1. Input TC 290.00, Hold Code 3, appropriate Posting Delay Code, if the adjustment notice must be suppressed. See Note below.

    2. Input TC 830/TC 710, Doc Code 48, appropriate Posting Delay Code on the debit side of the transfer.

    3. Release module freeze, appropriate Posting Delay Code to post after the TC 830 if there is remaining credit that must refund.

    A Doc Code 24 or 48 credit transfer will create the overpayment, use a TC 570 on the credit side of the transfer.

    1. Input TC 290.00, Hold Code 3 if the adjustment notice must be suppressed. See Note below.

    2. Input TC 830/TC 710 with Doc Code 48.

    3. Release module freeze. Use appropriate Posting Delay Code to post after the TC 830 if there is remaining credit that should refund.

    A Doc Code 54 adjustment will create the overpayment, use Hold Code 4 on the adjustment.

    Input the TC 830/TC 710 on a Doc Code 48.

    Reminder: The TC 830 will release any remaining credit on the module when Hold Code 4 is used.

    Note: For more information on selecting the appropriate Hold Code, see, IRM 3.14.2.7.6.3, Hold Codes and IRM 20.1.2.2.10, Hold Codes and Notices.

  5. See the Credit Elect Notice Disposition chart below to determine the correct notice disposition.

  6. If

    And

    Then

    The CP 145 or settlement notice with the credit elect pop-in paragraph will be mailed to the taxpayer.

    Master File cannot systemically offset the additional credit elect.

    1. Manually transfer the credit elect (see above).

    2. Use label #7 to reflect the credit elect.

    The CP 145 or settlement notice with the credit elect pop-in paragraph will be mailed to the taxpayer.

    Master File can systematically offset the additional credit elect.

    1. Let Master File offset the credit. Do not input a TC 830/TC 710.

    2. Use Label #2. Allow the CP 147 to generate.

    All of the requested credit elect amount has now been applied.

    A CP 145 generated.

    Void the CP 145.

    All of the requested credit elect amount has now been applied.

    A settlement notice generated with the credit elect pop-in paragraph.

    Retype the notice to exclude the pop-in paragraph or void if returning to taxpayer’s original figures.

    The total credit elect applied is still less than the taxpayer’s figures.

    A CP 145 generated.

    Retype the CP 145.

    The total credit elect applied is still less than the taxpayer’s figures.

    A settlement notice generated with the credit elect pop-in paragraph.

    Retype the notice to correct the dollar amounts in the pop-in paragraph.

(12) Keep the following in mind when manually transferring credit elect:

  1. Use an Override-Date Indicator 2 on both sides of a Doc Code 48 if the debit and credit transaction dates are different.

  2. Use the date of the credit being reversed as the reversal transaction date.

  3. Do not transfer credit elect for an amount exceeding the available credit on the module.

  4. Do not transfer credit elect with a transaction date earlier than the due date of the return.

  5. Do not transfer credit elect with a transaction date earlier than the credit or payment that created the overpayment.

    Note: In the case of a tax decrease (TC 291/295), use the due date of the return or latest payment date.

Lump Sum Credit Offset-TC 826/706 and 820/700

(1) Master File offsets available credit (with a TC 826/706) to an account on which a taxpayer has a balance due. A notice will generate to tell the taxpayer of the offset:

Note: This offset to a debit account has priority over a requested credit elect except when an -A Freeze is present.

(2) CP 138 generates when an overpayment offsets to another tax liability.

(3) Use a Doc Code 24 credit transfer with a TC 701/821 to reverse an offset to a tax liability. Include a TC 570 on the credit side (TC 821) if the credit must be held. A Bypass Indicator is unnecessary.

  1. Make sure the reversal date matches the original offset date. Use CC BMFOLT to review a module that is not in the NRPS package or on IDRS.

  2. Caution: The TC 826 date may differ from the corresponding TC 706 date.

  3. Reverse multiple transactions in the order that the TC 826s appear on the module. Do not lump transactions together.

  4. Reverse a TC 826 offset if there is a pending manual credit transfer

(4) If an adjustment will leave a balance due on a module:

  1. Reverse the offset. Refer to the Offset Reversal Decision Table below.

  2. If

    Then

    There is a current cycle TC 826/706 offset

    Reverse it in whole or in part to satisfy the balance due. Do not reverse a prior cycle TC 826 unless timely credits are located to satisfy the account.

    The module that received the offset has a current cycle refund

    Delete the refund. Reverse the TC 826 using a Posting Delay Code to allow time for the TC 841 to post before the TC 821.

(5) Use CC ADD24 with a TC 731/851 to reverse offset interest (TC 736/ 856).

Note: Use CC REQ54 with a TC 772 to reverse the TC 776. Use Hold Code 3 if needed.

(6) Void or retype the CP 138.

(7) When manually transferring offsets, input TC 820/700 on CC ADD24.

  1. Use the later of the Return Due Date (RDD) or the date of the credit creating the overpayment as the TC 820/700 date.

  2. Caution: Never transfer lump sum credit from a module with an expired RSED.

  3. Multiple TC 820s may need to be input depending on the date credit is available. Always transfer the earliest available credits first.

TOP OFFSET

(1) Bureau of the Fiscal Service (BFS) initiates refund offsets to outstanding federal tax debts, child support, state income tax obligations and unemployment compensation debts via the Treasury Offset Program (TOP). These offsets are referred to as TOP offsets. A TOP offset appears on the module as:

  • TC 898 with an Offset Trace Number (OTN), an offset amount, and a debtor-TIN field, if the offset is for a secondary spouse.

  • OTN - Starting with 1 indicates primary taxpayer debt.

  • OTN - Starting with 2 indicates secondary taxpayer debt.

(2) TOP offsets occur after the IRS has certified a refund to BFS for payment (TC 840/846 on account), but before BFS direct-deposits the refund overpayment or mails the refund check.

(3) A TOP offset reduces the amount of the IRS refund by the amount of the TC 898 offset.

(4) A TOP offset does not affect IRS’ ability to stop a refund through (CC) NOREF, or the time frame involved to do so.

(5) A TOP offset Bypass Indicator (BPI) is assigned to all manual and systemic refunds issued to BFS by IRS. The BPI is a one-digit indicator that identifies for BFS whether the refund is eligible for offset by TOP.

(6) The BPI is posted/displayed along with the TC 840/846 on all output screens such as TXMOD, IMFOL, BMFOL, and on MFTRA transcripts.

(7) There are ten BPIs, 0 through 9. For a complete definition of BPI codes refer to IRM 21.4.6.4.2.1.

(8) TOP offsets are made against any refund issued from the following MFTs: 02, 03, 07, 10, 13, 29, 34, 44, 46, 52, 60, 63, 64, 77, and 78, unless a BPI is systemically generated on the refund or input on a manual refund. See IRM 21.4.6.4.2.1, TOP Offset Bypass Indicator (BPI).

Note: For specific questions concerning offsets refer to IRM 21.4.6, Refund Offset.

$100 Million Refunds

(1) An account with an overpayment of $100 million or more requires that a manual refund be issued because a TC 846 will not generate. Assign these cases to a work leader the same day they are received in the unit.

Note: Refer to Document 6209 Document 6209 Freeze Codes for release of the -X Freeze.

(2) Use current procedures for resolving deletes to work the case:

  • Verify all unclaimed credits.

  • Offset the overpayment as needed to cover any debit balances.

  • Abate any interest caused by an overpayment not due the taxpayer.

(3) The account must be satisfied or in debit status before closing the control. If another area has an open control on the case, contact that area, and route all available documents to that area (remember to document this action on IDRS).

Exception: The control base may be closed if there is an -L Freeze (see IRM 3.14.2.6.6.13 ) on the module and a Revenue Agent (RA) has advised that the credit not be refunded due to legal implications. Remember to document this action on IDRS.

(4) If, after any adjustments, the account has a credit balance less than $100 million :

  1. Offset credit to any debit-balance modules.

  2. Prepare a manual refund for the excess credit.

  3. Input manual refund using CC RFUNDR.

(5) If, after any adjustments, the account has a credit balance of $100 million or more, the Accounting Function must issue the manual refund:

  • Prepare Form 3753.

  • Send a copy of the original return, transcript, Form 3753, all prints essential to manual refunds, and any other documents about the case to the Accounting function. Refer to IRM 3.14.2.6.2.2, Manual Refunds, for more information.

(6) Close the control base after all account transactions post.

(7) Keep photocopies of the return and the transcript on file for future reference.

Analyzing NRPS Data Sheet Appended

(1) NRPS extracts this data from the following sources:

  • Generalized Unpostable Framework (GUF) and Unpostable Files

  • Taped Edited Program (TEP) File

  • Error Resolution System (ERS) File Revenue Receipts

  • Unidentified Remittance and Excess Collection File

  • Resequencing File (RS)

  • Generalized Mainline Framework (GMF) Error, Block Out of Balance (BOB), and Reject Files (RF)

Pending Transactions

(1) Pending transactions are account actions that have not posted to the taxpayer’s account by the notice cycle.

(2) Pending transaction data consist of transaction codes, dates, and amounts, account identifying information, and other pertinent data. This data appears with the name of its source file (GUF, TEP, etc.) under the Pending Transaction heading on the NRPS Package Contents Page. (See Document 6209, Section 14, Document 6209 Pending Transaction Identification Codes/IDRS Merge Related Transaction Codes ).

(3) Due to CADE 2 accelerating IDRS updates the amount of pending transactions should be reduced.

Unpostable Transactions

(1) Unpostable transactions are transactions that require corrective action before posting to the Master File.

(2) Unpostable Codes (UPCs) identify the set of conditions that caused the transaction to be unpostable. Unpostable Reason Codes specify the various conditions that can be present for each UPC.

Note: Document 6209, Section 8, contains descriptions of UPCs and RCs along with a list of unpostable resolution codes (URCs). This information will help decide the corrective action to take. See Document 6209 Section 8B Unpostable Codes and/or Document 6209 Unpostable Resolution Codes

(3) The GUF and the Unpostable Files show pertinent information about unpostable transactions on IDRS, including:

  • Transaction Code

  • Date

  • Dollar Amount

  • TIN

  • MFT

  • Tax Period

  • Cross Reference (XREF) Account

Reviewing Unpostable Transactions

(1) A pending Unpostable will display one of the following identification codes next to the Transaction Code:

  1. Unnn or UP-An open unpostable transaction nnn is a numeric unpostable codes (e.g., 198 or 175).

  2. CU -A corrected unpostable. The transaction should post in the cycle displayed on IDRS

  3. DU -A deleted unpostable. This transaction will not post and has been deleted from the module.

  4. NU-A nullified unpostable to be resolved by the Rejects Function or by the originating tax examiner.

  5. Reminder: If the account is not on your local database, research controls or actions being taken on the remote database.

(2) Use CC UPTIN on cases open on the Unpostable File to provide useful information to the Unpostables Function. Only the Unpostables Function can correct and close a case on the Unpostable File.

Note: The originating tax examiner may need to resolve closed cases.

  1. Use the unpostable code to decide what caused the unpostable.

  2. If Unpostables has closed the case, an Unpostable Resolution Code (URC) will describe the resolution (See Document 6209, Section 8b and reference IRM 3.12.279). Use this information to decide how the transaction will affect the notice and the notice module. Correct the notice (See IRM 3.14.2.7.10 Notice Disposition and IRM 3.14.2.6.14 , Adjustment Notices) and resolve the case. No further action is required on the unpostable.

  3. If the case is still open, check the transaction information to decide the cause of the unpostable. Overlay the CC UPDIS response screen with CC UPCASZ and input any history item information that will be useful in resolving the unpostable case.

    Note: If the case is still open ,check the transaction information to determine the cause of the unpostable and how it will effect the notice module and add the appropriate disposition to the notice.

  4. If the transaction can be posted as it is, leave a history item indicating that Unpostables should post the transaction without a change. The transaction may have been unpostable when it first reached the Master File.

(3) When a Notice Review Tax Examiner receives notification of an unpostable, the transaction has usually been deleted on IDRS. Use the Unpostable Code information to correct the transaction. Refer to the Unpostable Decision Table below.

Note: Unpostables will open a control base for the originating tax examiner and include the transaction on the Nullified Distribution Listing.

If the

Then

Error condition can be corrected

Reinput the transaction with the corrected information.

Error condition cannot be corrected

Close the base. Input any necessary history items, TC 570s or CC STAUPs. Delete any incorrect refunds.

Adjustment or credit transfer was already input by someone else

Do not enter a duplicate transaction. Close the control base.

(4) Refer to the chart below for Common Unpostable Codes and Resolutions.

UNPOSTABLE CODE

ERROR CONDITION

RESOLUTION

UPC 305

A credit transfer input without a Bypass Indicator or a TC 570, attempts to post to a settled module.

  • When transferring a payment to a settled module, use CC UPTIN to tell the Unpostable (UP) Unit to allow the credit to post.

  • If the module balance changes to a credit balance and the credit is not to be released, input a TC 570 using REQ77, FRM77.

UPC 313

Incorrect TC was used to reverse original TC in module. (no matching TC found)

Determine what the correct TC should have been. Use CC UPTIN to alert the Unpostables unit to post with the correct TC. ( Input correct TC in remarks)

UPC 316

Transaction date of credit transfer does not match date of the related TC.

Use UPTIN to tell UP unit to post with the correct date. (Input correct date in remarks)

UPC 316

Money amount not matching

Input credit transfer with correct amount.

UPC 316

Doc Code 24 credit transfer input for EFT payment without inputting the EFT indicator

Re-input credit transfer using ADD/ADC24 with EFTPS indicator 1 or using ADD/ADC 34. (EFTPS indicator is not required)

UPC 325

TC 820 or 830 amount exceeds the credit balance in the module

Re-input the transaction by either waiting until the credit will be available or reducing the amount of the TC 820/830.

UPC 328

A tax adjustment without Priority Code 8, is within $10.00 of a previous tax adjustment

Decide if the adjustment is not a duplication. Re-input the adjustment with Priority Code 8.

(5) See IRM 3.12.279, titled BMF, Combined Annual Wage Reconciliation (CAWR), PMF Unpostable Resolution, for further information concerning resolving any of the UPC’s listed above.

Note: UPTIN can only be used if the case is open on the UPTIN file.

Note: The Unpostables Unit cannot correct money amounts.

Preventing Unpostable Transactions

(1) Avoiding unpostables requires that the proper Priority Codes, Hold Codes, Bypass Indicators, Freeze Codes (or TC 570), and Posting Delay Codes be input with adjustment actions. When inputting a credit transfer, follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.20. Use of the IAT tool is suggested to help prevent date and transaction code unpostable transactions. The following are actions to take to prevent unpostables:

  • Decide the correct TC.

  • Use Doc Code 24 to transfer credits between Master Files when a secondary TC is needed, or when changing the date on a posted transaction.

  • The debit and credit parts post separately on ADC 34 (3 cycle) and ADD 34 (2 cycle).

  • The debit and credit parts post together on ADC 24 and ADD 24.

(2) Review each account carefully before entering an adjustment or credit transfer.

Note: The use of Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) when inputting credit transfers is preferred. The IAT tool was designed to help reduce unpostable transactions and to prevent erroneous transactions from posting.

(3) Consider the effects of pending transactions, previous actions, freeze codes, module balances, and posted manual penalty and interest adjustments. Also consider the effects of the transaction being input.

(4) Contact any tax examiner with an open control base in A status only to coordinate actions on modules and prevent erroneous and duplicate adjustments. See IRM for additional instructions for contacting IRM 3.14.2.7(8).

(5) To prevent Unpostable Tax Adjustments (Doc Code 54):

  1. Be sure the adjustment is not a duplicate of a previous adjustment.

  2. Consider previous tax adjustments before inputting a subsequent adjustment, especially those within $10 of a previous adjustment.

  3. Look for manual adjustment of penalties and interest (TCs 160, 161, 170, 171, 340, 341 and 240 with PRN 722 or 723) that need correction or recognition when inputting an adjustment.

  4. Use the correct MFT, tax period, and name control.

  5. Input the correct Item and Credit Reference codes. Consider posted amounts and limitations for each code being input. Do not reduce Reference Number 886 below zero.

(6) To prevent Unpostable Credit Transfers (Doc Codes 24, 34, or 48):

  1. Follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.7 Credit Transfers.

  2. Use the correct reversal transaction code for the posted transaction code.

  3. Example: Use TC 672 to reverse TC 670.

  4. Use the correct MFT, name control, and tax period.

  5. When transferring overpayments, make sure the credit to be transferred is available on the module. The TC 830/820 amounts cannot exceed the credit balance on the module.

  6. When transferring payments from an account, make sure the dates on both sides of the credit transfer match. The money amounts must not exceed the amounts of the transactions being reversed.

  7. Exception: TC 826 and TC 706 can have different transaction dates. Use the correct dates for the debit and credit transactions when reversing these transactions. See IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5.2 Lump Sum Credit Offset (TC 826/706 and TC 820/700) procedures.

  8. Use a Bypass Indicator 1 to allow the credit to refund, or use a TC 570 or Credit Freeze Code 1 to freeze the credit when transferring TCs 650, 660, or 670 to a full paid tax module (status 10 or 12) and the posting of the credit will create an overpayment of $1.00 or more.

  9. Use a Bypass Indicator 1 to allow the credit to refund, or use a TC 570 or Credit Freeze Code 1 to freeze the credit when transferring TCs 650 or 670 to a balance due tax module when the payment is dated later than the period ending and the posting of the credit will create a credit balance of $10.00 or more.

  10. Use a Credit Freeze Code 1 or input a TC 570 on the credit side of the transfer if the credit will be held. This will generate a -R Freeze.

  11. Note: Two TC 570s will not post simultaneously on a module, you should use only one TC 570 for multiple credit transfers.

  12. An EFT indicator is required on a 24 Doc Code for EFT deposits.

  13. Use a Posting Delay Code to delay the posting of a transaction so that it matches the posting cycle of another transaction. Enter 1 through 6 to delay the posting of a transaction for one to six cycles, respectively.

  14. Example: Use a Posting Delay Code to delay the posting of a Doc Code 48 debit transaction until a Doc Code 34 credit transaction posts.

Common Command Codes Used in Notice Review

(1) Command Codes are used to perform taxpayer account research to aid in case resolution and to initiate changes to taxpayer accounts on IDRS (Integrated Data Retrieval System).

(2) The BMF Notice Review employees should use the Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) tools. The IAT tools simplify taxpayer account processing by assisting the user with IDRS research and input. They are desktop productivity enhancing tools.

(3) If an IAT tool is not available, or an employee has a problem with the IAT TASK Manager (ITM), the account action should be processed manually on IDRS. If you have any questions or concerns contact your lead for help. For additional information regarding IAT functionality, reference the Job Aids on the Integrated Automation Technologies website..

(4) Below are the most commonly used IDRS Command Codes in Notice Review with a brief description of its use. For more information on the command codes listed below refer to the IDRS Command Code Job Aid:

    1. See Command Codes ACTON - BMFOL in the table below.

    2. Command Code:

      Used to:

      ACTON

      Open or close control base and input history items. See IRM 2.3.12, Command Code Acton, for more information.

      ADD/ADC24

      Transfer one payment at a time or reverse one offset at a time.

      ADD/ADC34

      Transfer one to four payments at one time. The credit side of the transaction will post one cycle after the debit side.

      ADD/ADC48

      Input credit elect transactions

      ADJ54 (response screen for REQ54)

      Input adjustments including 290.00 freeze releases.

      AMDIS

      Review a display of any action or potential action initiated by the Examination Function.

      Note: The definer A (AMDIS A) limits access to a particular module.

      .

      BMFOL

      Research of nationwide entity and tax data information posted to the Business Master File (BMF)

    3. BMFOL is a very important research tool for Notice Review tax examiners. The below table defines the BMFOL definers used for research.

    4. Definer

      Display File Source

      MFT and Tax Period

      Result

      A

      Y

      Y

      Adjustment transactions including trans code, posted date, among, cycle, DLN, codes and other dates

      B

      Y

      Y

      CFOL038 Screen message or error screen.

      C

      N

      N

      Tax Module screen associated with input check symbol/check number, CFOL041, or CFOL042

      D

      Y

      N

      Deposit Schedules for Forms 941, CT-1, 943, and 945.

      E

      Y

      N

      Entity information including cross-ref TIN, freeze codes, indicators, codes, and posted transactions

      F

      Y

      N

      FTD coupon ordering information

      H

      N

      N

      Help screen

      I

      Y

      N

      On/off-line status of entity and tax modules, merge information, sign of module balance, posted return indicator, and IDRS service centers

      K

      Y

      Y

      Form 941 Lookback information

      L

      Y

      N

      Last tax module satisfied

      N

      Y

      N

      Index of Retention Register Tax Modules that do not have an associated Vestigial Entry

      O

      Y

      N

      Exempt organization information

      P

      Y

      N

      Payment Summary

      R

      Y

      Y

      Return DLN, cycle posted, transaction date, some schedules, codes, exemptions, amounts

      S

      Y

      Y

      Status histories

      T

      Y

      Y

      Control DLN, exemption total, settlement information, amounts, freezes, indicators

      U

      Y

      Y

      CAWR information

      V

      Y

      N

      Vestigial data (retention register)

      W

      Y

      Y

      Quarterly Form 941 information.

      Z

      Y

      N

      Audit history information

      #

      N

      Y

      Refund Checks (up to 5) associated with a particular TIN/MFT/Tax Period.

    5. See Command Codes BMFOR - COMPA in the table below.

    6. Command Code:

      Used to:

      BMFOR

      Access BMF retention tax modules from accounts that merged to a new TIN after the tax module had been dropped to retention IRM 2.3.59.4.

      BRTVU

      Review the transcribed and posted data for BMF returns. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.57.

      BNCHG (response screen for ENREQ input)

      Enter an entity change to an account on the TIF.

      CFINK

      Access the Centralized Authorization File (CAF), which contains information on the type of authorization that a taxpayer has granted a representative. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.31.

      COMPA

      Manually compute penalties and interest. The correct definer must be used when calculating the penalty. Refer to the CC COMPA Definers chart below. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.29.

    7. COMPA must be input with the correct definer to accurately manually compute penalties and interest. Follow the chart below for definer input.

    8. Definer

      Description

      C

      1. Before 01/01/1999 for a Non-Corporate Taxpayer

      2. Before 01/01/1995 for a Corporate taxpayer, regardless of the overpayment amount.

      3. On or after 1/1/95 for a Corporate taxpayer and the overpayment amount is less than or equal to $10,000.

        Caution: If the overpayment exceeds the $10,000 GATT threshold, the excess amount represents the portion of the overpayment that is subject to the lower GATT rate, and the overpayment will be computed at the GATT interest rate (COMPAG), regardless of the overpayment amount. See IRM 20.2.4.9.2 , Determining the GATT Threshold.

      A

      On or after 01/01/1999 for a Non-Corporate taxpayer

      D

      Used to compute debit interest. Provides percentages, factors, and dates for the computation. Limited to one computation per request.

      E

      Used to compute Estimated (ES) Penalty, accumulates and displays page totals, and provides estimated tax from and to dates in a formatted screen display for MFTs 02, 05, 33, and 44.

      F

      Used to compute Failure to Pay Penalty (FTP) (TC 276).

      G

      Credit interest after 12/31/94 for a Corporate taxpayer and the overpayment amount is greater than $10,000, or the GATT threshold has previously been met (See IRM 20.2.4.9.2, Determining the GATT Threshold.)

      M

      Used to compute multiple independent credit interest computations on the same page.

      R

      Used whenever several independent interest calculations are desired on the same page.

      S

      Used for the manual computation of the Estimated Tax Penalty.

      4

      Used with certain estate tax modules. Computes interest at 4%.

      5

      Used to compute interest at 45% of the current normal interest rate, and displays details of the interest computation on the response screen.

    9. See Command Codes ENMOD - INOLE in the table below.

    10. Command Code:

      Used to:

      ENMOD

      Request a display of a particular taxpayer's name, address, Fiscal Year Month (FYM) and filing requirements.

      Note: This CC is a prerequisite for CC ENREQ.

      ENREQ

      Make name, address, and miscellaneous changes to the data recorded on a taxpayer’s entity module (ENMOD).

      ESTAB

      Request or recharge documents. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.62.

      FIND (Definer E or S)

      Search for matching name(s) and address(es). For more information refer to IRM 2.3.60.

      FRM49

      Reprocess a return to a prior year (quarter) module with a TC 140 present. For more information refer to IRM 2.4.26.

      FRM77

      Response screen for REQ77 allows input of informational transactions on an account.

      FTDPN

      Manually compute FTD penalty on Form 940, Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, Form 945, Form 1042 and Form CT-1. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.28.

      IADIS

      Display all Installment Agreement data available on IDRS.

      INOLE

      Research the National Account Profile (NAP) file, which contains Master File entity information on all taxpayers by TIN. For more information, see IRM 2.3.47. Refer to the CC INOLE Definers chart below.

    11. The chart below explains which definer to use when researching TIN information with CC INOLE.

    12. Definer

      Description

      G

      Used when TIN type is unknown.

      S

      Displays name line information available for any account associated with the TIN.

      T

      Displays name line and street address for all accounts with the same EIN.

    13. Command code INTST computes the correct outstanding balance, including interest and failure to pay accruals, to the date specified in the input of the command code. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.29. The list of INTST definers is in the chart below:

    14. INTST definer:

      Definer Functionality:

      A

      Has the same capabilities as INTST no definer. In addition, accruals will be computed to the input date plus 10 days, 15 days and 21 days or any dates input, as long as they are less than 30 days.

      B

      Has the same capabilities as CC INTST no definer. In addition, it computes a separate total for other assessed penalties.

      D

      Is used to display FTP and Interest calculations.

      N

      Has the same capabilities as INTST no definer. In addition, accruals will be computed to the input date plus 30 days, input date plus 45 days, and input date plus 60 days.

    15. See Command Codes LETER -TRDPG in the table below.

    16. Command Code:

      Used to:

      LETER

      Input IDRS letters. For more information refer to IRM 2.4.6

      LPAGD

      Delete IDRS letters on the same day the letter was input.

      MFREQ

      Bring a module to the TIF for review on TXMOD.

      Note: Various definers can be used. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.10

      NAME (Definers B and E)

      Allow IRS employees access to the national file name and address data located at ECC-MTB. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.60.

      NOREF

      Delete (or intercept) a refund. Automatically establishes a control base with use.

      Note: Refer to IRM 3.14.2.6.1(4) (Refund Intercept) for valid definers for CC NOREF and IRM 2.4.37.

      PIEST

      Display an explanation of an estimated tax penalty (TC 176) computation. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.41.

      PIFTD

      Display an explanation of an FTD penalty (TC 186) computation.

      PIFTF

      Displays the computation of the Failure to File Penalty (TC 166).

      Note: CC PIFTF must be used to decide if the FTF penalty will recompute after payments are moved into and out of a module.

      PWACT

      Input answers to security questions which Activates PWMGT. This allows users the capability to reset their IDRS password and unlock their profile.

      RECON

      Show updates to for TXMOD to match BMFOL, bypassing the normal one to two week processing cycle. This is especially helpful to compute correct interest and penalty. See IRM 2.3.10 for more information.

      REQ54

      Originate an adjustment to a tax module for tax, penalty, interest and other dollar amount information. For more information please see IRM 2.4.16.

      REQ77

      Originate an informational transaction (such as an extension or reprocess information) input on the response screen FRM77.

      RFINK

      Research the Reporting Agent File. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.16

      SFDISP

      Display all authorized CC in an employee’s security profile. Also displays accessible sites and password management status.

      STAUP

      Delay, accelerate, or skip the issuance of notices to taxpayers. For more information refer to IRM 2.4.28.

      SUMRY

      Request a chronological listing of all available tax modules on IDRS (active on the TIF) for a particular TIN. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.11.

      TERUP

      Delete/ "tear up" an adjustment transaction, including credit transfers, name and address changes, etc., made to a taxpayer's account. For more information refer to IRM 2.4.13.

      Caution: The originator of the adjustment must input CC TERUP by 6:00 p.m. of the same day of input to ensure the transaction will be deleted/ "torn up". For specific swing shift cutoff times, see your work lead.

      TRDBV

      Review tax return and related schedule data transcribed or received from electronically filed returns. Similar to BRTVU. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.73.

      TRDPG

      Response screen from input of TRDBV allows specific input of return data/pages.

    17. Command Code TXMOD is used to request all tax module information for a specific tax period on the Tax Information File (TIF). The display consists of Entity data, posted returns, posted transactions, pending transactions, control base information and reject data if available on IDRS TIF. The display shows the latest control DLN of the return. Use the following definers to access a specific module of a particular TIN. Refer to the CC TXMOD Definers chart below. For more information go to IRM 2.3.11

    18. Definer

      Description

      A

      Displays all tax module information for an account.

      C

      Displays control base and history data.

      L

      Displays pending transactions only.

      N

      Displays notice data.

      P

      Displays posted and pending transaction data.

      S

      Displays Campus and Master File status history data.

      X

      Displays status history and notice data.

    19. See the table below for common Notice Review unpostable command codes.

    20. Command Code:

      Used to:

      UPCASZ

      Add history information and comments to the CC UPRES screen.

      UPDIS

      Input the unpostable sequence number to bring up the response screen CC UPRES on IDRS. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.48.

      UPRES

      Review and resolve an unpostable case. Response screen to input of CC UPDIS with unpostable sequence number.

      UPTIN

      Display unpostable case data, including the unpostable sequence number used to input CC UPDIS. For more information refer to IRM 2.3.37.

Unidentified Remittance and Excess Collections Files

(1) When there is insufficient information to properly apply credits to a taxpayer’s account (e.g., when a taxpayer does not claim a payment and the correct taxpayer cannot be located), funds may be transferred to the Unidentified Remittance File (URF - 4260 Account) or the Excess Collections File (XSF - 6800 Account). If a return is later filed claiming those payments, it may be necessary to request a transfer to move the payments from URF or XSF to the Master File. Please refer to IRM 3.17.220 Accounting and Data Control - Excess Collections File, for further guidance. If the credit is an FTD/EFTPS payment, the last five digits will reflect the FTD/EFTPS number into 9 through 13 digits of the original DLN. This will create a unique control number which reflects the credit’s origin.

(2) When a credit or payment is moved to the Excess Collection File (XSF) or the Unidentified Remittance File (URF), a Transaction Code (TC) 971, Action Code (AC) 296 must be input on the module, please refer to IRM 21.2.4.3.10.1(1) b. This is the final audit trail that indicates that all available research sources have been used. This requirement was part of the Excess Collection Task Group and was started in 1/2007. This applies to Excess Collection only.

Note: TC 820 may indicate that a payment has been moved from the taxpayer’s account to URF or XSF. If the cross-reference TIN and tax period (next to the transfer DLN) are all zeros or nines, the credit was transferred to either the URF or the XSF. Matches with these files are displayed on the NRPS Appended Data page.

  1. Research CC XSINQ/URINQ for credits claimed by taxpayers.

  2. Credits less than 12 months old are applied to the Unidentified Remittance File. Credits over 12 months old are applied to Excess Collections. An application to move credits to Unidentified Remittances can be made in the 11th month.

  3. Exception: Credits with Document Codes 48, 58, or 65 may be added to the XSF regardless of age.

  4. Generated Refundable Credit (TC 766) will be accepted by Excess Collections.

(3) Excess Collections File (6800 Account)

  1. When credits and payments are over one year old and have not been applied back to a taxpayer's account on Master File, they are moved into the 6800 Account.

(4) If necessary to transfer credits or payments to the Unidentified Remittance File or Excess Collections File, see work lead.

Requesting Payments from Unidentified Remittance File (Form 8765)

(1) Use CC URINQ to verify the availability of the credit.

  1. Complete the Form 8765. (See Figure 3.14.2-6, entitled, Form 8765 and Instructions listed below.) Attach current prints of CC's URINQ, BMFOL, or TXMOD to Part 1 of the form.

    Note: Current, for the purpose described throughout this section (3.14.2.7.3), denotes less than 7 days old before routing cases for payment application.

  2. Note: Remember Form 8765 must be forwarded to the correct Campus based on the DLN of where the money was applied.

  3. Input a CC STAUP for 9 cycles on balance due modules. This will prevent the generation of a notice while the transfer is being processed.

(2) After requesting application of payment, treat the notice as if payment(s) will be applied to the module.

(3) If the refund statute has expired, the application to move credits from Excess Collections File (XSF) must not exceed the tax liability, interest, and penalties. There can be no refund or credit elect. Timely payments will abate all but taxpayer-reported assessed penalties. However, timely payments will result in the abatement of taxpayer-reported assessed estimated tax penalties which can be identified with a TC 170 with a DLN that matches the return DLN. If the module contains a TC 170 with a DLN that matches the return DLN, use CC ADJ54 to post TC 170 .00 to prevent abatement of the taxpayer-reported assessed estimated tax penalty.

(4) Follow local procedures if the notice module is a statute year, before routing it to the Excess Collection unit.

Form 8765 and Instructions

(5) The instructions for Form 8765 are as follows:

  1. Source of Credit - Select the IDRS Control File where the credit is located. Choices are XSF or URF.

  2. Application Type - Use M when the credit is to be applied to a Masterfile account (use N when credit is to be applied to a Non-Masterfile account or use T when the credit is to be applied to a general account rather than to a taxpayer’s account).

  3. File Control Number - Must match the number shown on the XSF or URF record. Attach an IDRS print of CC XSINQ or CC URINQ.

  4. Notice Indicator- Check only if Letter 2349G is to be sent to the taxpayer. Note: If the "M" or "N" application was not based upon information received from taxpayer, then Letter 2349CG should be sent to the taxpayer

  5. Date Return Filed - IRS Received Date of the return. Enter in MM/DD/YY format. If received date is unknown, leave blank.

  6. File Name Control- Enter 4-character name control as shown on XSF or URF.

  7. Application Name Control- Enter 4-character name control of the module to which the credit is to be applied (if M application).

  8. Transaction Code (1) - See IRM 3.17.10-11 for URF or IRM 3.17.220-13 for XSF for a valid list of TCs to be used on M applications.

  9. Transaction Code (1) Amount - Amount of the credit to be applied in relation to TC (1).

  10. Transaction Code (2) - See IRM 3.17.10-11 for URF or IRM 3.17.220-13 for XSF for a valid list of TCs to be used on M applications.

  11. Transaction Code (2) Amount - Amount of the credit to be applied in relation to TC (2).

  12. Transaction Code (3) - See IRM 3.17.10-11 for URF or IRM 3.17.220-13 for XSF for a valid list of TCs to be used on M applications.

  13. Transaction Code (3) Amount - Amount of the credit to be applied in relation to TC (3).

  14. Taxpayer Identification Number- TIN to which credit is to be applied (used on M and N applications only)

  15. Tax Period- Enter the tax period to which the M or N application is to be made. Enter in YY/MM format

  16. MFT- Enter 2-digit MFT if application is M or N.

  17. Remarks - Required Entry on all requests for application.

  18. Preparer Name - Required Entry. Enter name of the person preparing Form 8765.

  19. Employee Number - Required Entry. Enter the IDRS employee number of the person preparing Form 8765.

  20. Stop Number - Required Entry. Enter the Stop Number of the person preparing Form 8765.

  21. Phone Number - Required Entry. Enter the phone number of the person preparing the Form 8765

  22. Manager’s Signature - Required Entry.

  23. Date - Required Entry. Enter the date the Form 8765 was completed.

Requesting Payments From Excess Collections (Form 8765)

(1) To request a payment from Excess Collections File (XSF):

  1. Use CC XSINQ to verify the credit(s) is available.

    Note: The credit is not available if the remarks section of the XSINQ record indicates CLOS. Do not request transfer of the credit.

    Reminder: Remember Form 8765 must be forwarded to the correct Campus based on the DLN of where the money was applied.

  2. Complete Form 8765 to request the Excess Collection Function transfer payment/credit from XSF to the taxpayer's account. (See Figure 3.14.2-6, Form 8765 and Instructions.)

  3. Include a complete explanation of the reason for the request in the remarks section of Form 8765.

  4. Attach a current print (less than 7 days old) of CC TXMOD or BMFOLT and CC XSINQ to Form 8765.

  5. Route Form 8765 with attached research to the Excess Collection Team.

    Caution: If the refund statute has expired, the credit application must not exceed the tax liability, interest and penalties. Follow local procedures if the notice module is a statute year.

(2) After requesting application of the credit, complete notice disposition as if payment(s) will post to the module. Refer to the Notice Disposition Decision Table below.

If

Then

Payment(s) is timely and all penalties will abate.

Void notice and request subsequent notice utilizing LCF.

Payment(s) is late or unsure of TC 186 penalty recomputation.

Apply Label #2 and allow subsequent notice to generate.

(3) Input CC STAUP for 9 cycles on balance due accounts to prevent erroneous notices.

Special Notice Review Issues

(1) This subsection contains instructions related to miscellaneous issues such as:

  • Taxpayers meeting Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Criteria

  • Slipped or Mixed Blocks

  • Natural Disaster

  • Large Dollar Review

  • Short Period

  • Undeliverable

  • Conversion of Form 944 to Form 941

  • American Recovery Reinvestment Act of 2009

  • PII fraudulent returns

Taxpayers Meeting Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Criteria

(1) Taxpayers meeting TAS criteria will get priority handling. See IRM 13.1.7, Taxpayer Advocate Case Criteria, for additional information.

(2) If you are able to resolve and close the issue meeting TAS case criteria on the same day as the taxpayer contact, input history item (one day/CL). The definition of same day is within 24 hours. There will be times you can completely resolve the issue within 24 hours. There will also be times that you cannot completely resolve the issue within 24 hours. If you have taken steps within 24 hours to resolve the taxpayer's issue, these cases also meet the definition of same day. Do not refer these cases to TAS unless the taxpayer asks to be transferred to TAS. Refer to IRM 13.1.7.4, Same-Day Resolution by Operations.

  1. A case that meets the criteria above may be kept in the general area when the problem has been corrected.

  2. The taxpayer is advised of the name, phone number, and Identification (ID) number of the employee who resolved the problem.

  3. The taxpayer is provided the National Taxpayer Advocate toll-free number (877-777-4778) or TTY/TDD 800-829-4059, and is advised that TAS is available if further assistance is needed.

(3) When referring cases to TAS, use Form 911, Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (And Application for Taxpayer Assistance order) and forward to TAS in accordance with your local procedures.

Frivolous Claims

(1) The IRS is faced with a growing number of individuals who file frivolous tax returns based upon tax avoidance arguments that are not supported by law. A frivolous argument is used for the purpose of expressing dissatisfaction with the substance, form or administration of the tax laws by attempting to illegally avoid or reduce tax liabilities. A list of potential frivolous return arguments can be found in IRM 3.12.38-8.

(2) If it can be determined that a return is a frivolous claim, refer the notice and return to the Return Integrity Verification Operation (RIVO), Frivolous Return Program immediately.

(3) Use the procedures outlined in IRM 21.5.3.4.16.7, Identifying Frivolous Returns/Correspondence and Responding to Frivolous Arguments, when referring frivolous claims and/or correspondence to the Ogden Campus Frivolous Return Program.

Slipped Blocks and Mixed-Data Blocks

(1) "Slipped blocks" and mixed-data blocks occur when data from a document or payment posts to a module related to a different document or payment in the same block of DLNs. The erroneous data on the notice module usually belongs to the taxpayer whose document or payment is immediately before or after the notice document or payment in the DLN block sequence.

(2) Slipped Blocks have the following characteristics:

  1. A block (or part of a block) of documents or payments posted to the Master File incorrectly.

  2. The incorrect transactions have DLNs from other documents or payments in the same block.

  3. The DLN is usually from the document or payment immediately before or after the notice document or payment in the block sequence.

  4. A slipped block may result in erroneous refunds, incorrect notices, and/or lost or missing documents, returns, or payments.

(3) Mixed-Data Blocks have the following characteristics:

  1. A block (or part of a block) of documents or payments posted to the Master File incorrectly.

  2. The data is incorrect due to a transcription error.

  3. A mixed-data block may result in erroneous refunds and/or incorrect notices.

(4) Suspect a slipped block or a mixed-data block if any of the following conditions are present:

  1. The data on the notice module does not match the data on the document.

  2. A posted payment amount does not match the amount listed on the payment voucher.

  3. A payment is missing or is misapplied.

(5) Research and inspect the block:

  1. Review the Remittance Transaction Research (RTR) system to match checks with name/EIN. Refer to the RTR Decision Table below.

  2. If the Situation Involves

    And the Case is a

    Then

    Two or fewer taxpayers

    Slipped or mixed data block

    Resolve the case in Notice Review. (See IRM 3.14.2.7.19, Case Resolution.)

    More than two taxpayers

    Slipped block

    Recharge and route the BMFOL prints and RTR check prints to the Accounts Management Function's Adjustments/Payment Tracer Unit.

    More than two taxpayers

    Mixed-data block

    Recharge and route the BMFOL prints and RTR check prints to the Accounts Management Function (Adjustments).

(6) When routing the case:

  1. Input CC STAUP for 9 cycles on any balance due account.

  2. Input a TC 570 on any credit balance account.

  3. Close the Notice Review control base.

  4. Enter appropriate history items.

  5. Indicate in the remarks section of Form 3465 that a. through d. above have been completed.

(7) Make every effort to resolve or route slipped and mixed data situations in cycle.

Natural Disaster Procedures

(1) Use CC BMFOLT and/or CC ENMOD to check for FEMA disaster areas and use the date shown to calculate interest and penalties.

Note: CC ENMOD can have several FEMAs listed, so verify you are using the dates for the correct filing period.

(2) Notice Suppression - The Disaster Relief Memorandum identifies the covered disaster area (zip codes) and the beginning and ending dates for notice suppression and/or stuffer requirements. If systemic notice suppression is established by an - O Freeze, no further action is required to suppress notices.

Note: If an -O freeze is not reflected on the taxpayer’s account, whose address of record is in the covered disaster area, then input a TC 971 with an AC 688 via the IDRS tool to ensure that the account will not have any penalties and/or interest being assessed on it. Verify the area using Tax Relief in Disaster Situations before inputting a TC 971 AC 688.

(3) Penalty Adjustments - If the -O Freeze is not on the module, notices with zip codes in the impacted disaster areas may require penalty adjustments for the period designated in the Disaster Relief Memorandum. Use Local Control to select those notices with zip codes in the impacted disaster areas.  
Notice Review will review notices generated for taxpayers who have filed late tax returns, or submitted late payments during the disaster period. Notice Review will only address the Failure to File and Failure to Pay penalties if the following apply:

  1. If only the Failure to File penalty (TC 166) is assessed, the original or extended due date is within the disaster period, and the return received date is timely based on the disaster extended due date, abate the TC 166 for each month, or part of a month the penalty was assessed. See Federal Disaster Area IRC 7508A, IRM 20.1.2.2.2.2 .

  2. If only the Failure to Pay penalty (TC 276) was assessed and the original due date is within the disaster period, abate the penalty for each month and/or part of the month from the original due date to the extended due date that the tax remained unpaid.

  3. If both TC 166 and TC 276 penalties were assessed and the original or extended due date is within the disaster period, abate the part of the FTF penalty from the original or extended due date (if the original due date is within the disaster period). (See IRM 20.1.1, Introduction to Penalty Relief and IRM 20.1.2, Failure to File/Failure To Pay Penalties for abatement procedures.)

(4) If the taxpayer notates on the front of the return the designated disaster phrase, abate the TC 166 and TC 276 per instructions in (2) above.

(5) If the taxpayer correspondence attached to the return is requesting relief of any penalty because of disaster damage or disruption, take the following actions:

  1. Decide if the taxpayer qualifies for TC 166 and/or TC 276 relief based on the disaster criteria. If the taxpayer qualifies, abate the penalty(s).

  2. If taxpayer does not qualify for relief based on the disaster criteria but may qualify based on the Reasonable Cause criteria, route the case to Accounts Management. This includes taxpayer requests for FTD Penalty abatement.

(6) FTD and Reasonable Cause - All requests for abatement for FTD penalties received in Notice Review must be routed to Accounts Management for determination and resolution.

(7) Estimated Tax Penalty - If an Estimated Tax Penalty (TC 176) has been assessed, decide if the taxpayer was required to make an estimated tax payment during the disaster period. If the payment was received by the date required by the Disaster Relief Memorandum, abate the part of the estimated tax penalty assessed for the underpayment. Notate on the adjustment document, "Adjustment Due to Disaster". If in doubt, send case to Accounts Management for determination and resolution.

Large Dollar Review

(1) Upon identification, all Balance Due Notices of $100,000.00 or more must be reviewed for accuracy.

  1. An in-depth review of the entire account must be performed, because problems with other modules or TINs not directly related to the notice often surface at this time and must be expeditiously resolved to prevent future taxpayer and/or Accounts Receivable impact.

  2. Refer the case to the work lead if a questionable situation is identified, and corrective action cannot be determined by the tax examiner.

  3. When reviewing Form 1065 with partnership penalties review the prior year to see if the number of partners appear to be in error. Erroneous penalties may have been assessed because various other fields were picked up for the number of partners. If the penalty is in error, recompute and make the necessary adjustment, and retype the notice. For CP 162 instruction refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.

  4. Form 706 is filed under the decedent’s Social Security Number (SSN). When researching IDRS, input a "V" behind the decedent’s SSN (i.e., 000-00-0000V). The MFT is 52 and the tax period consists of six zeros (000000). Although the return is filed under the decedent’s SSN, research via BMF CC such as BMFOL and BRTVU. Also, input a "W" behind the decedent’s SSN to research accounts on the invalid segment.

  5. For Forms 706/709, use CC IMFOL to research the IMF SSN for possible misapplied payments.

    Note: An SSN beginning with 909-17 or any temporary TIN will not have any Master File information.

  6. For Form 709, the missing credit may be posted to the Form 1040 account (for returns check both SSNs). If the Form 1040 is overpaid, research CC RTVUE for the amount of credit the taxpayer claimed on the Form 1040 return. If credit is available for the Form 709, refer to the Form 709 Decision Table below.

  7. Form 709 Decision Table

    Delete the refund on the 1040 account. If the TC 846 has already posted, then print the notice. Do not debit the IMF account if the TC 846 has posted.

    Transfer the credit

    Input a CC STAUP for 9 Cycles on the Form 709 account

    Transfer the extension if no extension is posted on the 709

Note: If the taxpayer obtains an extension of time to file a calendar year income tax return (e.g., Form 1040) using Form 4868, the time to file Form 709 is also extended.

Short Period Returns

(1) A short period return must be filed by a subsidiary corporation when it becomes affiliated with a consolidated group (parent corporation). This step allows the subsidiary corporation to file an initial consolidated return with the parent corporation. Income not included in the consolidated return by a corporation, because it was not in the group for the complete taxable year, must be reported on a separate return. The due date of the return is decided by using the earlier of the due date of the original tax period of the parent corporation, or the due date of the original tax period of the subsidiary corporation. Do not confuse the original tax period with the short period.

  1. Research of the parent corporation accounts may be required to decide the due date.

(2) Review any short period Form 1120 to make sure the return was processed with the correct period information.

(3) Change in Accounting Period.

  1. An approved accounting period change for a Form 1120 can be identified on the Entity module by a TC 053 or a TC 054.

  2. For tax years beginning January 2016 through December 2025, the Form 1120 due date is the 15th day of the 4th month after the end of the tax year. See Exhibit 3.14.2-19 for more information.

  3. For tax periods prior to December 31, 2015 the Form 1120 return due date is the 15th day of the 3rd month after the end of the tax period. Example: A tax period ending December 31, 2015 is due March 15, 2016.

(4) Tax entities not in existence the entire year may file a short period return. Requirements for filing the return and figuring the tax are generally the same as if the return was for a full tax year that ended on the last day of the short tax year.

(5) Watch for any reprocessable returns.

Researching Undeliverable Notices

(1) Research ENMOD, NAMEE or FINDED for PN and AP address changes. Use the new address, if present.

(2) Use the address on the yellow Post Office Forwarding Label if it is different from the notice address.

(3) Use the address on the 3 x 5 card from the Files Function if a more current address was not found and the notice has an original DLN.

(4) Use the following procedures if a more current address is NOT FOUND:

  1. Use local procedures to send the notice to the Files function to be attached to the return.

  2. Input CC STAUP 51 for no cycles to issue a Taxpayer Delinquent Account (TDA) to the Collection function and suspend all Collection procedures.

Resolving Undeliverable Notices

(1) Do not change the entity based on the address on the 3 x 5 from Files, the Post Office label, or research:

  1. Follow local procedures to change only the address on the notice.

  2. Include Form 8822 (Change of Address) with the notice.

  3. Note: The taxpayer will use this form to authorize an address change.

  4. Label the notice with the appropriate label.

  5. Use CC ACTON to enter a history item if CC TXMOD is up on IDRS.

  6. Input a CC STAUP for six cycles on balance due accounts.

(2) Refer to the Label Decision Table for Refund and Overpaid Notices below to determine the appropriate label for Refund and Overpaid notices.

If

Then Mail the Notice With

A TC 846 posted to the module in the notice cycle

Labels #11 and #12.

A TC 740 posted to the module with 99999 in the DLN, setting an S- Freeze

Labels #11 and #12 if a new address is found. Note: The S- Freeze means that a refund check was returned as undeliverable

A TC 740 posted to the module between two TC 846s for the same amount

Labels #11 and #12 to the address shown on CC ENMOD. Note: The original refund check was returned as undeliverable and subsequently reissued.

No TC 846 is present on the module

Label #11.

(3) Refer to the Label Decision Table for Undeliverable Balance Due Notices below to determine the appropriate label for Undeliverable Balance Due Notices:

If a Payment

Then Mail the Notice With:

Posted since the notice cycle or is pending on the module,

Labels #3 and #9. Use CC INTST to decide the new account balance.

Has not posted since the notice cycle,

Label #9. Use CC INTST to decide the new account balance.

(4) Resolve Even Balance and Information notices by mailing the notice with Label #11.

Note: Use CC BMFOL if the account is not available on IDRS.

(5) Resolve Adjustment notices by mailing the notice with Label # 9 or any other applicable label from IRM 3.14.2.7.23.5, Labeling Notices.

(6) Assume that any subsequent notice that was mailed is also undeliverable. Update the original notice using the above instructions.

Exception: If module conditions indicate that the entity was corrected before the subsequent notice generated, assume that the notice was deliverable and take no action other than to correct the undelivered notice.

  1. If the subsequent notice is going out in the current cycle, void the notice if possible.

  2. Input a history item on IDRS.

(7) Paper clip all stuffers and attachments to the notice. Do not discard anything. Return the completed Undeliverables to the Clerical Unit to be mailed within the same cycle as received.

Form 944 Issues

(1) Taxpayers who file Form 944 should have total taxes of $1,000 or less. If over that amount, then a taxpayer can receive 3 notices for this condition depending on when the return is processed. All three notices give the taxpayer instructions on what form to file. The notices are

  1. CP 250A - You Are No Longer Eligible to File Form 944

  2. CP 250B - You Are No Longer Eligible to File Form 944

  3. CP 250C - You Are No Longer Eligible to File Form 944

(2) CP 250A is issued to taxpayers who file Form 944 and have a total tax liability on line 7 of Form 944 of more than $1,000, but the returns met the PCD (Program Completion Date), posting in or before cycle 09. This notice instructs the taxpayer that they are no longer eligible to file Form 944 and they must file quarterly using Form 941 for the current year.

(3) CP 250B is issued to taxpayers who file Form 944 and have a total tax liability on line 7 of Form 944 of more than $1000, but the return did not meet the PCD of cycle 09. This notice is for the returns processed between cycles 10 - 49. This notice instructs the taxpayer they will remain a Form 944 filer for the current year and to make the appropriate FTD's as required by the lookback analysis. These taxpayers will be allowed to remain Form 944 filers for the year because there is not a sufficient amount of time to notify them to file quarterly. Taxpayers that receive CP 250B will also receive CP 250C later in the year informing them that they will be changed to a Form 941 filer beginning in January the subsequent year.

(4) CP 250C is issued to Form 944 filers who received CP 250B earlier in the year, or File Form 944 after cycle 49 of the current calendar year. These taxpayers will not receive CP 250B, only CP 250C. This notice informs the taxpayer that because they exceeded the threshold for the Form 944 participation, they must file Form 941 for the upcoming year. This notice is generated in cycle 52.

Instruction for Form 944

(1) If the Taxpayer receives a CP 250A and a selected notice, generally a CP 145 Notice Review should:

  1. Transfer any credit elect amount(s) from Form 944 to the Form 941 first quarter return of the following year.

  2. Retype CP 145 to reflect Form 941.

    Exception: Use Label 7 to notify the taxpayer where the credit elect has been applied.

    Exception: If credit elect amount is zero mail CP 145.

(2) Notice Review will not be required to take any action for CP 250B and CP 250C.

Credit Payments to Issuers of Qualified Bonds

(1) The following are General Review Procedures for the Issuers of Qualified Bonds related to Form 8038-CP (MFT 46) procedures:

a) The following disposition codes are the only ones allowed to be used for CP 116s, CP 138s, CP 210s, CP 220s for Form 8038-CP (MFT 46) when utilizing the Online Notice Review (OLNR) application:
  • E (Entity): Use this disposition to make entity information changes or updates.

  • V (Void) : Use this disposition to void the notice completely because of inaccurate information.

  • VI (Void/Intercept): Use this disposition to void the notice and to intercept any refund on the module. It will only be applicable to CP 210s or CP 220s.

  • P (Print): Use this disposition to mail the notice to the taxpayer.

  • PI (Print/Intercept): Use this disposition to mail the notice and intercept the refund on the module. It will only be applicable to CP 210s or CP 220s.

Note: Generally, these notices will not carry any penalties.. However, CP 116, CP 210 and CP 220 may include Failure to File 8038-CP electronically or Failure to Pay penalty if a previously claimed credit was disallowed after a refund was issued .

b) The following disposition codes are the only ones allowed to be used for CP 380s , CP 384s and CP 388s generating for Form 8038-CP (MFT 46) when utilizing the OLNR application:
  • T (Transcript): Use this disposition to mark the account as a transcript and no other updates are needed.

  • TI (Transcript/Intercept): Use this disposition to just mark the account as a transcript and intercept the refund

Note: A CP 386s will never generate for a Form 8038-CP (MFT 46).

COVID-19 Related Employment Tax Relief

(1) This section of the IRM provides guidance on applying recently enacted legislation and administrative tax relief applicable to employment taxes.

(2) COVID-19 legislation includes:

  • Sections 7001, 7003 and 7005 of P.L. 116-127, Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) established new refundable employment tax credits for employers that provide qualified sick & family leave wages. Originally these credits were applicable to the period of leave employees took beginning April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020. Sections 286 and 288 of the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020 (P.L. 116-260) modified employment tax credits for qualified sick and family leave wages and extended these credits for leave taken through March 31, 2021. For more information see, IRM 21.7.2.7.1, Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages.

    Note: The qualified leave wages under FFCRA (as amended by the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020) are not subject to the employer’s share of social security tax (or the equivalent portion of the Railroad Retirement Tax Act Tier 1 tax). However, qualified leave wages under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARP) are subject to the employer’s share of social security tax but the available credit is increased by such amount.
    The American Rescue Plan of 2021 (ARP) under IRC 3131 and 3132 amended and codified similar credits to include qualified leave wages and certain other wage-related expenses (such as health plan expenses and certain collectively bargained benefits) paid for leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021. The paid leave credits under ARP are tax credits against the employer's share of Medicare tax (or the equivalent portion of the Railroad Retirement Tax Act Tier 1 tax).

  • Section 2301 of P.L. 116-136, Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act established a new refundable Employee Retention Credit applicable to qualified wages paid after March 12, 2020 and before January 1, 2021.

    Note: Section 206 of the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2020 (P.L. 116-260) modified the Employee Retention Credit for qualified wages paid after March 12, 2020 and before January 1, 2021. Section 207 of the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Relief Act of 2020 (P.L. 116-260) modified the Employee Retention Credit and extended it through June 30, 2021 and Section 9651(a) of ARP, amended and codified this credit under IRC 3134 to include wages paid after June 30, 2021 and before January 1, 2022. For more information see, IRM 21.7.2.7.2.3, Employee Retention Credit (ERC) - The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARP) Provisions.
    Section 80604 of the Infrastructure Act amended IRC 3134 to limit the availability of the Employee Retention Credit (ERC) in the fourth quarter of 2021 to employers that are recovery startup businesses. See IRM 21.7.2.7.2.4, Employee Retention Credit (ERC)- Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (Infrastructure Act) Provisions.

  • Section 3606 of P.L. 116-136, Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act authorized the Service to provide advance payment of the FFCRA credits to employers prior to the filing of their employment tax return. Form 7200, Advance Payment of Employer Credits Due to COVID-19, was created for that purpose. For more information see, IRM 21.7.2.7.5, Form 7200, Advance Payment of Employer Credits Due to COVID-19.

    Note: Section 3606 of P.L. 116-136, Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act, authorized advance payments of the Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages. Advance payments of the these credits associated with wages paid after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021.
    Section 2301(l) of the CARES Act authorized advance payments of the Employee Retention Credit. Advance payments of the ERC associated with wages paid after June 30, 2021 and before January 1, 2022.
    IRC 6432, added by Section 9501(b) of P.L. 117-2, The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 ( ARP), includes a provision authorizing advance payments of the COBRA premium assistance credit. See, IRM 21.7.2.7.3, COBRA Premium Assistance Credit — The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 ( ARP), for more information about that credit.

  • Section 2302 of P.L. 116-136, Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act defers the required payment due date for the employer’s share of social security taxes for wages paid between March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020, as well as deposits and payments due after December 31, 2020 that are required for wages paid during the quarter ending on December 31, 2020. See IRM 21.7.2.7.8, Deferred Payment of Social Security Taxes for 2020, for more information.

  • Notice 2020-22 states that employers that reduced deposits will not be subject to FTD penalties, so long as they paid qualified wages prior to the time such deposit was due and the amount not deposited was less than or equal to the anticipated amount of the associated credits as of when the deposit was due and the employer did not request an advanced payment of credits on Form 7200 in addition to reducing deposits.

  • Notice 2020-23 extended the due date for filing a claim for credit or refund due on or after April 1, 2020, and before July 15, 2020 for eligible persons (including individuals, trusts, estates, corporations, and any type of unincorporated business entities) to July 15, 2020.

    Note: The relief outlined in Notice 2020-23 applies to: filing returns or other documents, making payments, time-sensitive acts, such as filing a petition with the United States Tax Court, filing a claim for credit or refund of any tax, bringing suit upon a claim for credit or refund of any tax and all acts listed in Rev. Proc. 2018-58, 2018-50 IRB 990.

  • Notice 2020-35 extended the timeframe for making interest-free adjustments to correct employment tax reporting errors.

  • Notice 2020-65 allows for the deferment of the employee share of social security tax or the equivalent portion of Tier 1 railroad retirement taxes (RRTA) for wages paid during the period beginning on September 30, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, if an employee’s wages are less than $4,000 in any bi-weekly pay period (or the equivalent threshold amount for other pay period intervals). The due date for withholding and payment of the employee’s share of social security or the equivalent portion of Tier 1 railroad retirement taxes (RRTA) on applicable wages is postponed until the period beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on April 30, 2021.

    Note: Section 274 of the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020 (P.L. 116-260) extended the due date for payment of employee social security taxes deferred per guidance in Notice 2020-65 to December 31, 2021.

  • Notice 2021-11 modifies Notice 2020-65, 2020-38 I.R.B. 567 (September 14, 2020), by extending the time period during which employers must withhold and pay applicable taxes (as defined in Notice 2020-65). This notice provides that the end date of the period during which employers must withhold and pay applicable taxes is postponed from April 30, 2021, to December 31, 2021, and associated interest, penalties, and additions to tax for late payment with respect to any unpaid applicable taxes will begin to accrue on January 1, 2022, rather than on May 1, 2021. See Notice 2021-11, for more information.

(3) The American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) of 2021 (P.L. 117-2), was enacted on March 11, 2021. It altered and/or extended COVID-19 related relief for employment tax, including:

  • Section 9641 of ARP added new sections 3131, 3132, 3133 to the Internal Revenue Code to allow eligible employers to claim refundable tax credits that reimburse them for the cost of providing qualified sick and family leave wages with respect to qualifying leave taken by employees beginning on April 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021.

  • Section 9651 of ARP added new Section 3134 to the Internal Revenue Code, amended the Employee Retention Credit to include qualified wages paid after June 30, 2021 and before January 1, 2022.

    Note: The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act retroactively terminated the ERC for the fourth quarter of 2021 for all but a “recovery startup business.” The ERC under section 3134 of the Code, as amended by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, was limited to wages paid after June 30, 2021, and before October 1, 2021, unless the employer was a recovery startup business. An employer that was a recovery startup business could claim the employee retention credit for wages paid after September 30, 2021, and before January 1, 2022. See Notice 2021-65, for more information.

  • Section 9501 of ARP added new Section 6432 to the Internal Revenue Code, provides a temporary reduction in the premium that individuals would have to pay when they elect COBRA continuation health coverage following a reduction in hours or an involuntary termination of employment. The new law provides a corresponding tax credit for eligible employers. COBRA premium assistance is available for periods of coverage beginning on or after April 1, 2021 through periods of coverage beginning on or before September 30, 2021. This provision allows a credit (COBRA Premium Assistance Credit) against the employer share of Medicare tax in an amount equal to the premiums not paid by assistance eligible individuals for COBRA continuation coverage. The COBRA Premium Assistance Credit may be claimed on employment tax returns for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2021 depending on when the employer (or other entity that maintains the health plan) becomes eligible for the credit.

(4) There have been several revisions to Form 941 to administer the COVID relief specified above, beginning with the 2nd quarter of 2020. Annual employment tax forms (Form 943, Form 944, and Form CT-1) were also revised for tax year 2020.

Credits for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages

(1) Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages tax credits apply to qualified sick and family leave wages paid during the period beginning April 1, 2020 and ending September 30, 2021 (due to legislative extensions) and are included in the calculation of the Balance Due or Overpayment amounts reported in Part 1 of the Form 941 if claimed by the taxpayer.

Note: For more information on how to adjust these credits see, IRM 21.7.2.7.6.1, Form 94XX — Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021 and IRM 21.7.2.7.6.2, Form 94XX — Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021.

  1. The Sick Leave Credit can be claimed for the employee’s regular rate of pay, up to $511 per day and $5110 in total up to 80 hours for qualified sick leave wages paid, if the employee is unable to work or telework because they are subject to a COVID-19 quarantine or isolation order, advised to self-quarantine or if they have COVID symptoms and are seeking a medical diagnosis, and for leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021 if they are seeking or awaiting the results of a diagnostic test for, or a medical diagnosis of COVID-19 and the employee has been exposed to COVID -19 or the employee’s employer has requested the test or diagnosis, or obtaining an immunization in relation to COVID-19 or recovering from any injury, disability, illness or condition related to the immunization.
    The Sick Leave Credit can be claimed for 2/3 of the employee’s regular rate of pay up to $200 per day and $2000 in total for up to 80 hours per eligible employee, if the employee is unable to work due to caring for a qualified individual in relation to a specified COVID-related reason. The employer is also eligible for credits for allocable qualified health plan expenses for the employee and the employer’s portion of Medicare Tax, as well as for sick leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1 ,2021, the employer portion of OASDI and certain collectively bargained contributions allocable to the sick leave wages during the sick leave period.

    Note: Under ARP, the 80 hours of maximum qualified sick leave wages is determined without regard to any qualified sick leave wages paid with respect to leave taken prior to April 1, 2021, meaning ARP reset the number of hours effective April 1, 2021.

  2. The Family Leave Credit can be claimed for 2/3 of the employees regular rate of pay capped at $200 per day or $10,000 in total up to 10 weeks. The employer is also eligible for allocable qualified health plan expenses for the employee and employer’s portion of Medicare Tax, as well as, for family leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1 ,2021, the employer portion of social security tax and certain collectively bargained contributions allocable to the family leave wages during the family leave period. Beginning April 1, 2021, the aggregate cap on qualified family leave wages was increased to $12,000 in accordance with the American Rescue Plan. The $12,000 maximum in qualified family leave wages is determined without regard to any qualified family leave wages paid with respect to leave taken prior to April 1, 2021, meaning ARP reset the family leave wages effective April 1, 2021.

    Note: The Family Leave Credit can be combined with the Sick Leave Credit for pay up to 12 weeks (i.e. 2 weeks of sick leave and 10 weeks of family leave as outlined above).

(2) Qualified sick and family leave wages paid to employees by eligible employers are exempt from the employer’s share of social security taxes under the FFCRA, however, they ARE subject to the employer’s share of social security tax under ARP but the available credit is increased by such amount.

Note: Generally, the same wages can’t be used as both qualified sick leave wages and qualified family leave wages. The taxpayer may not benefit from both the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages and the employee retention credit with respect to the same wages. Additionally, under ARP, the credit for qualified sick leave wages and qualified family leave wages doesn't apply to wages taken into account as payroll costs for a Small Business Interruption Loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) that have been forgiven or in connection with shuttered operator grants and restaurant revitalization grants.

(3) Employers can elect to take advantage of these credits by:

  1. Retaining (i.e. not paying) the federal income tax withholding, employee’s share of social security and Medicare taxes and/or the employer’s share of social security and Medicare taxes for all employees up to the amount of the eligible Sick Leave and/or Family Leave credits.

  2. If deposits were reduced to zeroes as a result of (a) above and do NOT cover the full credit amount, the taxpayer could request an advanced payment(s) of the eligible Sick and/or Family Leave Credits (excluding any amounts retained by the reduction of federal tax deposits or payments outlined in (a) above) by submitting Form 7200 Advance Payment of Employer Tax Credits Due to COVID-19

    Note: The taxpayer will NOT be subject to federal tax deposit penalties for retaining eligible deposits/payments as outlined in (a) above provided the employer did not also seek payment of an advance by filing a Form 7200 for the same credit amount that is used to reduce deposits (an employer cannot avoid penalties by reducing deposits and seeking an advance for the same amount).

(4) These credits will post to the module as a TC 766 CRN 299 using the first day of the tax period as the transaction date unless the TC 766/767 is the result of an adjustment with an interest computation date, in which case, the interest computation date should be used as the transaction date. Keep this in mind when researching payment patterns and liability schedules.

Reminder: For 2020, CRN 299 is being used to identify COVID sick leave and family leave credit amounts. This 2020 CRN applies to MFTs 01, 11, 14 and 09.

(5) On Forms 941, 943, 944 and CT-1 returns, the taxpayer can claim a refundable credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021. Credit Reference Number 271 has been created for this purpose. These credits with post to the module as a (TC 766 CRN 271) using the first day of the tax period as the transaction date unless the TC 766/767 is the result of an adjustment with an interest computation date, in which case, the interest computation date should be used as the transaction date.

(6) The credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages can be a non-refundable credit, a refundable credit or both depending on the amount of the Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Lave Wages that can be claimed for a specific period and the amounts of other non-refundable credits being reported.

(7) For more information on the Credits for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages, see IRM 21.7.2.7.1.1, Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages-Families First Corona virus Response Act (FFCRA) Provisions, IRM 21.7.2.7.1.2, Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages-COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020 Provisions, IRM 21.7.2.7.1.3, Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages-The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 ( ARP) Provisions and IRM 21.7.2.7.1.4, Timing Considerations Applicable to Reporting Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages, Tax and Associated Credits.

Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 941

(1) The table below shows how the Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages are to be reported on Form 941:

Tax Period

Reported

To administer these credit Form 941 was revised to include:

202006, 202009 and 202012

If the taxpayer is reporting any qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, these wages are reported on lines 5a(i) and 5a(ii), respectively, and taxed at 6.2% for social security tax purposes. For leave taken before April 1, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 11b (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 13c (refundable portion).

  • Line 5a(i) Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 5a(ii)Qualified Family Leave Wages

  • Line 11b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

  • Line 13c Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 19 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 20 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages

202103

If the taxpayer is reporting any qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, these wages are reported on lines 5a(i) and 5a(ii), respectively, and taxed at 6.2% for social security tax purposes. For leave taken before April 1, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 11b (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 13c (refundable portion).

  • Line 5a(i) Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 5a(ii) Qualified Family Leave Wages

  • Line 11b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

  • Line 13c Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module

  • Line 19 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 20 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages

202106 and subsequent

  1. If the taxpayer is reporting any qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, these wages are reported on lines 5a(i) and 5a(ii), respectively, and taxed at 6.2% for social security tax purposes. For leave taken before April 1, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 11b (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 13c (refundable portion).

  2. Taxable qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021, are included on line 5a and taxed at 12.4% for social security tax purposes. For leave taken after March 31, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 11d (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 13e (refundable portion); and the nonrefundable portion of the credit is against the employer share of Medicare tax.

  • Line 5a(i) Qualified Sick Leave Wages*

  • Line 5a(ii) Qualified Family Leave Wages*

    Note: Taxable qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021 are included on Line 5a. Line 5a(i) and 5a(ii) are ONLY used for wages paid after March 31, 2020 for leave taken before April 1, 2021.

  • Line 11b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 11d Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken after March 31, 2021

  • Line 13c Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 13e Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 271 on the module.

  • Line 19 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 20 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 23 Qualified Sick Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 24 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 23

  • Line 25 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 23

  • Line 26 Qualified Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 27 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 26

  • Line 28 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 26

(2) The nonrefundable portion of the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, is limited to the employer share of social security tax reported on Form 941 remaining after being reduced by the following credits:

  • Form 8974 credit claimed for qualified small business payroll tax credit for increasing research activities,

  • the work opportunity credit for qualified tax-exempt organizations hiring qualified veterans and

  • any disaster credit claimed for qualified tax exempt organizations on Form 5884-D.

Note: Any credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, that is remaining at the end of the quarter because it exceeds the employer share of social security tax for the quarter is claimed on line 13c as a refundable credit.

(3) The nonrefundable portion of the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021, is limited to the employer share of Medicare tax on wages paid in the quarter.

Note: Any credit for qualified sick and family leave wages that is remaining at the end of the quarter because it exceeds the employer share of Medicare tax for the quarter is claimed on line 13e as a refundable credit.

(4) Qualified wages should NOT include wages that were used as payroll costs in connection with a Shuttered Venue Operator Grant under section 324 of the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-profits, and Venues Act; or a restaurant revitalization grant under section 5003 of ARP.

(5) For leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021, employers can receive both a Small Business Interruption Loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) and the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages; however, employers cannot receive both loan forgiveness and a credit for the same wages.

Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 943

(1) The table below shows how the Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages are to be reported on Form 943:

Tax Year

Reported

To administer these credits Form 943 was revised to include:

2020

The nonrefundable credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 is reported on line 12b and, if applicable, the refundable credit is reported on line 14d. These qualified sick leave wages and qualified family leave wages are reported on lines 2a and 2b, respectively. The employee share of social security tax on qualified sick and family leave wages are reported on lines 3a and 3b, respectively. Qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 aren’t subject to the employer share of social security tax. Qualified sick and family leave wages not included on lines 2a and 2b because the wages reported on that line are limited by the social security wage base are included on line 4. Qualified health plan expenses allocable to qualified sick and family leave wages are reported on lines 18 and 19.

  • Line 2a Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 2b Qualified Family Leave Wages

  • Line 3a Social Security Tax on Qualified Sick Leave Wages (multiply line 2a by 6.2% (0.62))

  • Line 3b Social Security Tax on Qualified Family Leave Wages (multiply line 2b by 6.2% (0.62))

  • Line 12b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

  • Line 14d Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 18 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 19 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages

2021

The nonrefundable credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 12b for leave taken before April 1, 2021 and on line 12d for leave taken after March 31, 2021. The refundable credit, if applicable, is reported on line 14d for leave taken before April 1, 2021 and on line 14f for leave taken after March 31, 2021. The qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021 is reported on line 2 while lines 2a and 2b are ONLY used to report wages paid for leave taken before April 1, 2021. The employee share of social security tax on qualified sick and family leave wages are reported on lines 3a and 3b, for wages paid for leave taken before April 1, 2021. Qualified health plan expenses allocable to qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 are reported on lines 18 and 19 and for leave taken after March 31, 2021 on lines 23 and 26. Amounts under certain collective bargaining agreements allocable to qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021 are reported on lines 24 and 27.

  • Line 2 Wages Subject to Social Security Tax*

  • Line 2a Qualified Sick Leave Wages*

  • Line 2bLine 2b Qualified Family Leave Wages*

    Note: Taxable qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken AFTER March 31, 2021 are included on line 2. Line 2a & 2b are ONLY used to report wages paid for leave taken BEFORE April 1, 2021.

  • Line 12b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021.

  • Line 12d Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 14d Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Taken Before April 1, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 14f Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Taken After March 31, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 271 on the module.

  • Line 18 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 19 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 22 Qualified Sick Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 23 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 22

  • Line 24 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 22

  • Line 25 Qualified Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 26 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 25

  • Line 27 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 25

(2) The nonrefundable portion of the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, is limited to the employer share of social security tax reported on Form 943 remaining after being reduced by the following credits:

  • Form 8974 credit claimed for qualified small business payroll tax credit for increasing research activities,

  • the work opportunity credit for qualified tax-exempt organizations hiring qualified veterans and

  • any disaster credit claimed for qualified tax exempt organizations on Form 5884-D.

Note: Any credit in excess of the remaining amount of the employer share of social security tax is refundable and reported on Form 943, line 14d.

(3) The nonrefundable portion of the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021, is limited to the employer share of Medicare tax on wages paid.

Note: Any credit for qualified sick and family leave wages that is remaining because it exceeds the employer share of Medicare tax is claimed on line 14f as a refundable credit.

(4) Qualified wages should NOT include wages that were used as payroll costs in connection with a Shuttered Venue Operator Grant under section 324 of the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-profits, and Venues Act; or a restaurant revitalization grant under section 5003 of ARP.

(5) For leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021, employers can receive both a Small Business Interruption Loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) and the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages; however, employers cannot receive both loan forgiveness and a credit for the same wages.

Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages Form 944

(1) The table below shows how the Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages are to be reported on Form 944:

Tax Year

Reported

To administer these credits Form 944 was revised to include:

2020

The nonrefundable credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 is reported on line 8b and, if applicable, the refundable credit is reported on line 10d. The employee share of social security tax on these qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on lines 4a(i) and 4a(ii). Qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 aren’t subject to the employer share of social security tax. Qualified health plan expenses allocable to qualified sick and family leave wages are reported on lines 15 and 16.

  • Line 4a(i) Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 4a(ii) Qualified Family Leave Wages

  • Line 8b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

  • Line 10d Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 15 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages

  • Line 16 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages

2021

Taxable qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021, are included on line 4a and taxed at 12.4% for social security tax purposes. However, if the taxpayer is reporting any qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021, these wages are reported on lines 4a(i) and 4a(ii), respectively, and taxed at 6.2% for social security tax purposes. For leave taken before April 1, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 8b (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 10d (refundable portion). For leave taken after March 31, 2021, the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages is reported on line 8d (nonrefundable portion) and, if applicable, line 10f (refundable portion); and the nonrefundable portion of the credit is against the employer share of Medicare tax.

  • Line 4a Taxable Social Security Wages*

  • Line 4a(i) Qualified Sick Leave Wages*

  • Line 4a(ii) Qualified Family Leave Wages*

    Note: Taxable qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken AFTER March 31, 2021 are included on line 4a. Line 4a(i) & 4a(ii) are ONLY used to report wages paid for leave taken BEFORE April 1, 2021.

  • Line 8b Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 8d Nonrefundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 10d Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module.

  • Line 10f Refundable Portion of Credit for Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken After March 31, 2021

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 271 on the module.

  • Line 15 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 16 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages for Leave Taken Before April 1, 2021

  • Line 19 Qualified Sick Leave Wages for leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 20 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 19

  • Line 21 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Sick Leave Wages Reported on Line 19

  • Line 22 Qualified Family Leave Wages for leave Taken After March 31, 2021

  • Line 23 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Qualified Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 22

  • Line 24 Amounts Under Certain Collectively Bargained Agreements Allocable to Family Leave Wages Reported on Line 22

(2) The nonrefundable portion of the credit qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken before April 1, 2021 is limited to the employer share of social security tax reported on Form 944 remaining after being reduced by the following credits

  • Form 8974 for the qualified small business payroll tax credit for increasing research activities

  • the work opportunity credit for qualified tax‐exempt organizations hiring qualified veterans and

  • any disaster credit claimed for qualified tax exempt organizations on Form 5884-D.

Note: Any credit in excess of the remaining amount of the employer share of social security tax is refundable and reported on Form 944, line 10d

(3) The nonrefundable portion of the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages for leave taken after March 31, 2021, is limited to the employer share of Medicare tax on wages paid.

Note: Any credit for qualified sick and family leave wages that is remaining at the end of the quarter because it exceeds the employer share of Medicare tax is claimed on line 10f as a refundable credit..

(4) Qualified wages should NOT include wages that were used as payroll costs in connection with a Shuttered Venue Operator Grant under section 324 of the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-profits, and Venues Act; or a restaurant revitalization grant under section 5003 of ARP.

(5) For leave taken after March 31, 2021 and before October 1, 2021, employers can receive both a Small Business Interruption Loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) and the credit for qualified sick and family leave wages; however, employers cannot receive both loan forgiveness and a credit for the same wages.

Employee Retention Credit

(1) The Employee Retention Credit (ERC) is a fully refundable tax credit claimed against certain employment taxes reported on quarterly and annual tax returns for 2020 and 2021.

(2) The table below explains the ERC and distinguished the changes made to the credit from 2020 to 2021.

Form

2020

2021

ERC Explained

  • The amount of the ERC is equal to 50% of the qualified wages that an eligible employer pays to employees beginning March 13, 2020 and ending December 31, 2020.

    Note: Qualified wages up to $10,000 (including certain health plan costs) per employee, can be used to determine the Employee Retention Credit amount.

  • The maximum ERC that can be claimed is $5,000 per employee.

  • The refundable portion of the ERC will post to IDRS as a TC 766 CRN 296 using the first day of the tax period as the transaction date unless the TC 766/767 is the result of an adjustment with an interest computation date, in which case, the interest computation date should be used as the transaction date.

  • The amount of the ERC is equal to 70% of the qualified wages that an eligible employer pays to employees after December 31, 2020 and before January 1, 2022.

    Note: Qualified wages up to $10,000 (including certain health plan costs)per employee per quarter can be used to determine the Employee Retention Credit amount.

  • The maximum ERC that can be claimed per employee is $7,000 per quarter for a total of $28,000 annually.

  • The refundable portion of the ERC will post to IDRS as a TC 766 CRN 296 using the first day of the tax period as the transaction date unless the TC 766/767 is the result of an adjustment with an interest computation date, in which case, the interest computation date should be used as the transaction date.

Note: The nonrefundable portion of the employee retention credit changed for 3rd and 4th quarters of 2021 wherein the nonrefundable portion of the credit is limited to the employer share of Medicare.

Form 941

  • For 202006 the Form 941 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

    • Line 11c Nonrefundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

    • Line 13d Refundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

      Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

    • Line 21 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

    • Line 22 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 21

    • Line 24 Qualified Wages Paid March 13 through March 31, 2020, for the Employee Retention Credit (use this line for the second quarter filing of Form 941)

    • Line 25 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 24(use this line for the second quarter filing of Form 941)

  • For 202009 and 202012 the Form 941 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

    • Line 11c Nonrefundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

    • Line 13d Refundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

      Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

    • Line 21 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

    • Line 22 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 21

  • For 202103 the Form 941 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

    • Line 11c Nonrefundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

    • Line 13d Refundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

      Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

    • Line 21 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

    • Line 22 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 21

  • For 202106 and subsequent the Form 941 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

    • Line 11c Nonrefundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit

    • Line 13d Refundable Portion of the Employee Retention Credit

      Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

    • Line 21 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

    • Line 22 Qualified Health Plan Expenses for the Employee Retention Credit

Form 943

Form 943 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

  • Line 12c Nonrefundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

  • Line 14e Refundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

  • Line 20 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 21 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 20

Form 943 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

  • Line 12c Nonrefundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 14e Refundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

  • Line 20 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 21 Qualified Health Plan Expenses for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 28 If you’re eligible for the employee retention credit in the third quarter solely because your business is a recovery startup business, enter the total of any amounts included on lines 12c and 14e for the third quarter

  • Line 29 If you’re eligible for the employee retention credit in the fourth quarter solely because your business is a recovery startup business, enter the total of any amounts included on lines 12c and 14e for the fourth quarter

Form 944

Form 944 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

  • Line 8c Nonrefundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

  • Line 10e Refundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit from Worksheet 1

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

  • Line 17 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 18 Qualified Health Plan Expenses Allocable to Wages Reported on Line 17

Form 944 was revised to administer the ERC as follows:

  • Line 8c Nonrefundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 10e Refundable Portion of Employee Retention Credit

    Note: This amount will post as a TC 766 CRN 296 on the module.

  • Line 17 Qualified Wages for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 18 Qualified Health Plan Expenses for the Employee Retention Credit

  • Line 25 If you’re eligible for the employee retention credit in the third quarter solely because your business is a recovery startup business, enter the total of any amounts included on lines 8c and 10e for the third quarter

  • Line 26 If you’re eligible for the employee retention credit in the fourth quarter solely because your business is a recovery startup business, enter the total of any amounts included on lines 8c and 10e for the forth quarter

(3) Beginning with the 2nd quarter Form 941, the refundable portion of the Employee Retention Credit is reported on Line 13d. For tax years 2020 and 2021 the refundable portion of the ERC is reported on line 14e of Form 943, line 10e of Form 944 and on line 24 of Form CT-1. This credit will post to the module as a TC 766 CRN 296 using the first day of the tax period as the transaction date unless the TC 766/767 is the result of an adjustment with an interest computation date, in which case, the interest computation date should be used as the transaction date.

Reminder: For 2020 and 2021, CRN 296 is being used to identify Employee Retention Credit amount. This 2020 CRN applies to MFTs 01, 11, 14 and 09.

(4) Employers could have elected to take advantage of this credit in 2020 and 2021 by following the steps below:

  1. Retaining (i.e. not paying) the federal income tax withholding, employee’s share of social security and Medicare taxes and/or the employer’s share of social security and Medicare taxes for all employees up to the amount of the eligible Employee Retention Credit, taking into account any reduction for deposits taken in relation to the Sick Leave and/or Family Leave credits, and

  2. If deposits are reduced to zeroes as a result of (a) above and do NOT cover the full credit amount, the taxpayer can request an advanced payment(s) of the Employee Retention Credit (excluding any amounts retained by the reduction of federal tax deposits or payments outlined in (a) above) by submitting Form 7200 Advance Payment of Employer Tax Credits Due to COVID-19.

    Note: The taxpayer will NOT be subject to federal tax deposit penalties for retaining eligible deposits/payments as outlined in (a) above provided the employer does not also seek payment of an advance by filing a timely Form 7200 in 2020 or 2021 for the same credit amount that is used to reduce deposits (an employer cannot avoid penalties by reducing deposits and seeking an advance for the same amount).

(5) Form 7200, Advance Payment of Employer Credit Due to COVID-19 was created to request advanced payment of the tax credits for , and the Employee Retention Credit, in addition to the credits for qualified sick and family leave wages, and the COBRA Premium Assistance Credit claimed on Forms 941, 941(sp), 941-SS, 943, 943(sp), 944, 944(sp) and CT-1.

Note: The employee retention credit was available for wages paid before January 1, 2022. Additionally, the credit for the qualified sick and family leave wages were available for leave taken before October 1, 2021, and COBRA premium assistance is only available for periods of coverage beginning on or after April 1, 2021, through periods of coverage beginning on or before September 30, 2021. However, the COBRA premium assistance credit could be claimed on employment tax returns for the second, third, or fourth quarter of 2021, depending on when the employer (or other person) becomes entitled to the credit.

The credits are applicable to the following MFTs and tax periods:

MFT

Tax Period

01 (Form 941, 941(sp), 941-SS)

202006, 202009, 202012, 202103, 202106, 202109, and 202112 only

Note: Employers were permitted to reduce otherwise required federal tax deposits for the 1st quarter in anticipation of claiming the Employee Retention Credit attributable to the 1st quarter when they filed their Form 941 for the 2nd quarter of 2020, as such, some taxpayers may have a balance due on their 1st quarter account after filing.

11 (Form 943, 943(sp))

202012 and 202112 only

14 (Form 944, 944-SP)

202012 and 202112 only

09 (Form CT-1)

202012 and 202112 only

Note: Advance payments of the employee retention credit for 2021 were limited to small employers that averaged 500 or fewer full-time employees in 2019. For employers that weren't in existence in 2019, advance payments were limited to small employers that averaged 500 or fewer full-time employees in 2020.

Note: For 2021, the amount requested on Form 7200 could not exceed 70% of average quarterly wages paid in calendar year 2019.

(6) When Form 7200 was received timely, a TC 290.00 with CRN 299, Reason Code (RC) 219 is input with a hold code of 3 with the amount of the advanced payment in the Misc Field. The transaction posted as a TC 766 CRN 299 on the module. Once posted an immediate TC 846 systemic refund for the same amount as the TC 766 less any offsets generated. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ These credits post to the module and refund/offset prior to the posting of the TC 150. Advanced refunds are NOT permitted after the posting of the TC 150.

Note: Although a HC 3 is used when inputting the TC 290.00 CRN 299 RC 219 adjustment to suppress the notice, if there is an offset on the module a CP 138 will generate and should go out to notify the taxpayer of the offset.

(7) Advance credit payments are reconciled by the Service when the taxpayer’s employment tax return is processed. Once processed, the system will reverse all the TC 766 CRN 299 advance payment transactions previously posted and replace them with a:

  • TC 766 CRN 299 for the amount on Form 941, line 13c or the equivalent lines on annual employment tax returns.

  • TC 766 CRN 296 for the amount on Form 941, line 13d or the equivalent lines on annual employment tax returns.

Note: The "temporary" TC 766 CRN 299 credit figure used to generate advance payment(s) is essentially replaced with actual total credit amounts for which the taxpayer is eligible once the return is filed. Once reconciled, the system will calculate the remaining balance due, overpayment or even balance amount and post it to the module and generate the appropriate notice if necessary.

Caution: Once a TC 150 has been posted to the tax account and the computer has reversed the CRN 299 advanced payment amounts, any CRN 299 amount with Reason Code 219 attempting to post to the module will unpost with UPC 306 RC 3. Any corrections to refundable credits allowed with the original return must be made with CRN 296 or with CRN 299 and any corrections to non-refundable credits must be made with a TC 29X and appropriate IRNs. Corrections made after the TC 150 posts cannot contain a RC 219. See the table in paragraph (2) of IRM 21.7.2.7.6, for more information on IRN usage for the 2020 Form 941.

(8) For additional information on the Employee Retention Credit and Form 7200, see IRM 21.7.2.7.2,IRM 21.7.2.7.2.1, IRM 21.7.2.7.2.2 and IRM 21.7.2.7.2.3 for information regarding the ERC. See IRM 21.7.2.7.5, Form 7200, Advance Payments of Employer Credits Due to COVID-19.

Deferred Payment of the Employer’s Share of Social Security Taxes for 2020

(1) The CARES Act allows all employers to defer the deposit/payment of the employer’s share of social security taxes and certain railroad retirement taxes.

(2) This deferral applies to deposits/payments of the employer’s share of social security tax that would otherwise be due on or after March 27, 2020 and before January 1, 2021, as well as, deposits and payments due after January 1, 2021, that are required for wages paid on or after March 27, 2020, and before January 1, 2021.

(3) The maximum amount that could be deferred each quarter was the smaller of:

  • The employer’s share of social security tax, or

  • The total taxes after adjustments (Form 941, line 10) less any amount of QSB Research Credit (Form 941, line 11a) less total deposits made for the quarter (Form 941, line 13a).

    Note: Qualified Sick and Family Leave Wages are NOT subject to the employer’s share of social security tax, therefore, employers CANNOT include the employee social security taxes reported on Form 941, lines 5a(i) and 5a(ii) when determining the amount for which payment can be deferred.

    Reminder: Employers CANNOT reduce the maximum amount for which payment can be deferred by any amounts of the non-refundable credits reported on Form 941, lines 11a, 11b or 11c.

(4) Form 941 was revised to administer the deferral beginning with the 2nd quarter of 2020 as follows:

Line Item

Purpose

TC 970 Field Name

13b

Used to report the deferred amount of the employer share of social security tax.

Caution: In response to the Presidential memorandum authorizing the deferral of the employee portion of social security taxes, line 13b was renamed “Deferred Amount of Social Security Tax” and can now include both the deferred employer and the employee share of social security tax.

Note: The employee social security taxes reported on lines 5a(i) and 5a(ii) should not be included in the Line 13b calculation for the employer share of social security tax, however, these lines can be used to calculate the employee share of social security tax deferred. The amount reported on line 13b shouldn’t be reduced by any credits claimed on line 11a, 11b, or 11c. Tax that has already been paid cannot be deferred, therefore, the maximum amount that can be deferred each quarter is the smaller of (1) the employer share of social security tax and/or the employee share of social security tax, or (2) the excess of line 10 (reduced by the amount, if any, on line 11a) and line 13a.

Reminder: The amount on line 13b will post to the module as a TC 766 CRN 280.

DEFERRED-SECT-2302-AMT

(5) Amounts eligible to be deferred MUST be paid by the following dates in order to avoid penalty and interest:

  1. 50% of the deferred amount is due on or by December 31, 2021.

  2. The remaining 50% of the deferred amount is due on or by December 31, 2022.

  3. Example: The employer’s share of social security tax for the second quarter of 2020 was $20,000. The employer deposited $5,000 of the $20,000 during the quarter and reported a deferred payment amount of $15,000 on Form 941, line 13b. In this situation, the employer must pay $5,000 by December 31, 2021 (half of the $20,000 maximum deferral minus the $5,000 already paid), and the remaining $10,000 by December 31, 2022.

    Example: The employer’s share of social security tax for the second quarter of 2020 was $24,000. The employer deposited $18,000 of the $24,000 during the second quarter and reported a deferred payment amount of $6,000 on Form 941, line 13b. In this situation, no payment is due by December 31, 2021 because the amount already paid exceeds the 50% due by that date. The remaining $6,000 must be paid in full by December 31, 2022.

(6) Reminder notices with a payment voucher will be issued to the taxpayer prior to the payment due dates.

(7) Employers can make deferred payments via EFTPS, check or money order.

Caution: The taxpayer should notate the appropriate 2020 tax period for which the payment is being made. All payments made towards the deferred liability should post to the appropriate 2020 tax period in which the deferral was made. If, when the payment is made, it is erroneously credited to a 2021 or 2022 module, transfer the payment to the appropriate 2020 tax period.

(8) The deferral of the employer’s share of social security tax for the quarter is entered on Form 941, Line 13b and will post to the module as a TC 766 with CRN 280. The TC 766 CRN 280 “credit” transactions will post to communicate the deferral amount reported on the original return and TC 767 CRN 280 debit transactions will reverse the credit as payments are received and applied towards the deferral or when the payment of the deferred amount comes due (i.e. December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022), whichever is sooner.

Caution: The amounts posted with CRN 280 do NOT represent a refundable credit. The CRN 280 amounts are a false credit used to mask balances owed towards the deferred portion of the employer’s share of social security taxes for 2020 until the earlier of the payments toward the deferred tax being made or the due date(s) for payment coming due (i.e. December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022). This methodology is used to ensure penalty and interest calculations associated with the 2020 deferred payment amounts are accurately computed.

(9) Upon the posting of the return, Master File programming will ensure the TC 766 CRN 280 “credit” does not erroneously cause an overpayment condition that includes a portion of the CRN 280 deferred credit by posting a TC 767 CRN 280 to ensure any overpayment consists solely of amounts permitted to refund or offset.

Note: A refund cannot be more than the sum of the COVID credits (Form 941 Form lines 11b, 11c, 13c & 13d) when there is a TC 766 CRN 280 on the module. For Form 941, if the account module balance (AMB) upon the posting of the TC 150, is more than the sum of the unreversed COVID credits (Form 941, lines 11b, 11c, 13c & 13d), then a TC 767 CRN 280 will post for the excess amount (the AMB minus the applicable COVID credits specified above), up to but not to exceed the amount of the posted TC 766 CRN 280.

(10) After the posting of the TC 150, any payment made to the account or overpayment on the account will generally be applied to the deferred payment amounts prior to being considered for refund or offset when there is a CRN 280 amount on the 2020 module.

(11) If the deferred amount is not paid by the applicable due dates, Master File programming will post a TC 767 CRN 280 reversal for the appropriate amount owed and penalties and interest will begin to accrue from the applicable due date.

(12) For more information on payment of the deferred employer’s share of social security tax, see , IRM 21.7.2.8.1Deferred Payment of Employer’s Share of Social Security Taxes for 2020. For additional information on CRN 280, see ,IRM 21.7.2.8.3 Credit Reference Number (CRN) 280 Computer Maximum Deferral Figure, UPC 306-3 and Reason Code 195.

Deferred Payment of the Employee’s Share of Social Security Taxes for 2020

(1) On August 8, 2020, the President issued a presidential memorandum directing the Secretary of the Treasury to defer the withholding, deposit and payment of certain payroll tax obligations.

(2) For wages paid during the period beginning on September 30, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, if an employee’s wages are less than $4,000 in any bi-weekly pay period (or the equivalent threshold amount for other pay period intervals), the due date for withholding and payment of the employee’s share of social security or Tier 1 railroad retirement taxes (RRTA) on applicable wages is postponed until the period beginning January 1, 2021 and ending on December 31, 2021.

(3) If the employer does not fully pay taxes that were deferred by December 31, 2021, applicable interest, penalties and addition to tax will begin to accrue on the unpaid amounts on January 1, 2022.

Note: Reminders notices will NOT be issued for the payment due in relation to the employee’s share of social security taxes.

(4) Form 941 is being revised for the third and fourth quarters of 2020 to enable employers to report deferred amounts of the employee’s share of social security taxes.

  1. Taxpayers will be instructed to include the deferred amounts of the employee’s share of social security on line 13b, in addition to any amount for the deferral of the employer’s share of social security taxes. A single TC 766 CRN 280 will post reflecting both the employee and employer shares of social security taxes that were deferred.

  2. Taxpayers will also be instructed to enter the amount of deferred employee’s share of social security taxes on Form 941, line 24. The figure entered by the taxpayer on Line 24 will be used by the IRS in combination with the Line 13b entry to determine the amounts due on the respective due dates for employee’s share deferred social security taxes (December 31, 2021 ) and employer’s share of the deferred social security taxes (December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022) reported as a total figure on Line 13b. The figures from line 24 will appear on TXMOD and BMFOL as reflected in the table below:

  3. Tax Period

    Form 941, Line 24 Description

    TC 970 Field Name (thru December 2020)

    Display in Posted Return Data on TXMOD/BMFOL (beginning January 2021)

    202006

    Qualified wages paid March 13th thru March 31, 2020 for Employee Retention Credit

    QLFY-EMPL-MARCH-WG-PD-AMT

    QLFY-EMPL-MARCH-WG-PD-AMT

    202009

    Deferred amount of the employee share of social security tax included on line 13b

    QLFY-EMPL-MARCH-WG-PD-AMT

    DEFERRED-EE-FICA-AMT

    202012

    Deferred amount of the employee share of social security tax included on line 13b

    N/A

    DEFERRED-EE-FICA-AMT

    Note: IRN 208 will be used to adjust the fields described above for all three referenced tax periods. Programming will apply the IRN 208 change to the correct field based on the tax period associated with the input and alter the field value appropriately. See the table in (2) of IRM 21.7.2.7.6(2), for more information on IRN usage for the 2020 Form 941.

(5) The deferral of the employee’s share of social security tax for the quarter (in addition to any deferral of the employer’s share of social security tax) entered on Form 941, line 13b and will post to the module as a TC 766 CRN 280. The TC 766 CRN 280 “credit” transactions will post to communicate the deferral amount reported on the original return and TC 767 CRN 280 debit transactions will reverse the credit as payments are received and applied towards the deferral or when the payment of the deferred amount comes due (i.e. December 31, 2021) whichever is sooner.

Caution: The amounts posted with CRN 280 do NOT represent a refundable credit. The CRN amounts are a false credit used to mask balances owed towards the deferred portion of the employee’s share of social security taxes for 2020 until the earlier of the payment towards the deferred tax being made or the due date for payment coming due (i.e. December 31, 2021). This methodology is used to ensure penalty and interest calculations associated with the 2020 deferred payment amounts are accurately computed.

(6) For more information on the Deferral of the Employee’s Share of Social Security Taxes for 2020, see IRM 21.7.2.8.2.

COBRA Premium Assistance Credit

(1) The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 ( ARP), provides for COBRA premium assistance in the form of a full reduction in the premium otherwise payable by certain individuals and their families who elect COBRA continuation coverage due to a loss of coverage as the result of a reduction in hours or an involuntary termination of employment.

(2) COBRA premium assistance is available for periods of coverage beginning on or after April 1, 2021, through periods of coverage beginning on or before September 30, 2021.

(3) Section 9501(b) of ARP added new IRC 6432 allowing a credit (COBRA premium assistance credit) against the employer share of Medicare tax (or the equivalent portion of Tier 1 RRTA taxes) for each calendar quarter in an amount equal to the premiums not paid by assistance eligible individuals for COBRA continuation coverage.

(4) This credit may be claimed on employment tax returns for the second, third or fourth quarter of 2021 depending on when the employer (or other person) becomes entitled to the credit.

(5) Employers eligible to claim the COBRA premium assistance credit may reduce federal tax deposits by an amount equal to (or less than) their anticipated associated employment tax credit.

Note: Employers who reduce deposits will not be subject to FTD penalties if (1) the employer is a person to whom premiums are payable; (2) the amount of employment taxes that the employer does not timely deposit (after reduction for other credits) is less than or equal to the amount of the employer’s anticipated COBRA premium assistance credit for the calendar quarter as of the time of the required deposit; and (3) the employer did not seek payment of an advance credit by filing Form 7200 with respect to the anticipated credits it relied upon to reduce its deposits.

(6) Employers may request an advance by filing Form 7200 if the anticipated COBRA premium assistance credit exceeds the available reduction in deposits.

(7) For Form 941 tax periods 202106, 202109, 202112, and 202203 the COBRA premium assistance credit can be a non-refundable credit, a refundable credit, or both, depending on the amount of the COBRA premium credit that can be claimed for a particular tax period and the amount(s) of certain other non-refundable credit(s) being reported. See the Table below for information regarding the application of the COBRA Premium Assistance Credit on Form 941:

Form

How Credit is Reported

Application of Credit

941

The nonrefundable portion of the credit is reported on line 11e and, if applicable, the refundable portion of the credit is reported on line 13f. If the taxpayer claims this credit, they must also report the number of individuals provided COBRA premium assistance on line 11f. The refundable portion of the credit will post as a TC 766 CRN 276.

The taxpayer should NOT include any amount that was included as qualified wages for the employee retention credit or included as qualified health plan expenses allocable to qualified sick leave and family leave wages when determining the nonrefundable credit. The refundable portion of the credit is allowed after the employer share of Medicare tax is reduced to zero by nonrefundable credits that are applied against the employer share of Medicare tax.

(8) For Form 943, Form 944 and Form CT-1 tax periods 202112 and 202212, the COBRA premium assistance credit can be a non-refundable credit, a refundable credit, or both, depending on the amount of the COBRA premium credit that can be claimed for a particular tax period and the amount(s) of certain other non-refundable credit(s) being reported.

(9) For more information on the COBRA Premium Assistance Credit and how it is claimed, see IRM 21.7.2.7.6.4. For information on how to adjust the credit, see IRM 21.7.2.7.6.5.

COVID-19 Notice Review Processing for the Delayed Filing of Form 720, Sport Fishing and Archery (SFA) Returns ***Ogden Only***

(1) Effective immediately, ERS/Rejects will deliver Form 720 returns identified with “Notice 2020-48” or “Notice 2020-55” written across the top of the return to Notice Review. Upon receipt, a delegate from Notice Review will enter the DLN of the return into the Local Control File (LCF) using IDRS Command Code (CC) NRP97 to select the notice for review (Input into the LCF must be made by Friday before 10:00 a.m. ET in order to be selected same cycle.).

Note: If the return requires scanning prior to assignment, then Notice Review will scan the document and assign it accordingly.

Reminder: If there is NO balance due on the module, then NO action needs to be taken by Notice Review.

(2) When the return posts, the notice will be selected, upon review make the following adjustment(s) to the module:

  • If the taxpayer parts out the SFA related tax from other excise tax, immediately input a TC 291 for the SFA tax (SFA tax is identified by IRS numbers 41, 42, 44, 106, 110, 114). Use a HOLD CODE 4 when inputting this adjustment.

(3) Beginning 9/1/2020, returns received after 9/1/2020 can be processed to completion by assessing the sport-fishing related excise tax using TC 298 with 10/31/2020 entered in the INTCMP-DT> field of the ADJ54 adjustment screen. Also, enter the applicable abstract numbers and amounts on the ADJ54 screen. Use a posting delay code to prevent posting prior to 10/31/2020 as follows:

  • Input 09/01/2020 - 09/07/2020 — use posting delay 6.

  • Input 09/08/2020 - 09/14/2020 — use posting delay 5.

  • Input 09/15/2020 - 09/21/2020 — use posting delay 4.

  • Input 09/22/2020 - 09/28/2020 — use posting delay 3.

  • Input 09/29/2020 - 10/05/2020 — use posting delay 2.

  • Input 10/06/2020 - 10/12/2020 — use posting delay 1.

  • Input after 10/12/2020 — do not enter a posting delay code.

  • Note: Do not use a Hold Code when inputting the TC 298 transaction. The adjustment notice needs to go out to notify the taxpayer of the balance due on the account.

(4) After all the adjustments have been made, VOID the CP 161 balance due notice.

(5) When addressing the FTP Penalty for Failure to pay the tax shown on the return:

  1. If all tax shown on the return (including SFA tax shown on any supplemental return) was paid on or before 10/31/2020, then no action is necessary.

  2. If non-SFA tax was paid late then the FTP penalty will be automatically computed on that amount from the return due date. If the SFA tax was paid on or before 10/31/2020 then there will be no FTP penalty with respect to the SFA tax.

  3. If any tax was paid after 10/31/2020 then the FTP penalty must be calculated manually using CC COMPAF. FTP penalty on non-SFA tax shown on the original return is computed from the original return due date without regard to extensions. FTP penalty on SFA tax shown on the original return or on a supplemental return is computed from 10/31/2020. Use TC 270 to assess computed FTP penalty in excess of previously assessed FTP penalty.

(6) Maintain reports identifying the module along with the total volume of notices reviewed in relation to Form 720 SFA Delayed Filings. Provide this report to the HQ analyst(s) each week by COB Friday.

Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) of 2022

(1) The IRA of 2022, Pub. L. No. 117-169, is a law that includes tax and climate provisions. It enacted various clean energy provisions, a corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income and an excise tax on stock repurchases by publicly traded corporations. These changes apply to tax years that begin January 1, 2023 and after.

Elective Payment Election (EPE) Overview

(1) Under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, IRC 6417(d)(4)(B) provides that the EPE is treated as being made on the later of the return due date without extensions (RDD) or the date on which the return is filed. The EPE must be made on a timely-filed, original return for the taxable year. These credits were briefly termed Deemed Payment Elections (DPE) so returns could indicate either terminology. By choosing this election, the amount of the credit is treated as a payment of tax. Any overpayment will result in a refund.

(2) Applicable MFTs are 02, 05, 06 and 34.

(3) Taxpayers must pre-register with the IRS before filing a tax return or claiming any credits as an EPE.

(4) These proposed regulations affect tax-exempt organizations, State and local governments, Indian Tribal governments, Alaska Native Corporations, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and rural electric cooperatives. These are the thirteen credits that apply to the above entities including Credit Reference Number (CRN) and/or Item Reference Number (IRN):

Credit Name

CRN

IRN

Advanced Manufacturing Investment

455

951

Alternative Fuel Vehicle Refueling Property

456

953

Renewable Electricity Production for Qualified Facilities placed in service after December 31, 2022

457

949

Carbon Oxide Sequestration for Qualified Facilities from equipment placed in service after December 31, 2022

458

956

Zero-Emission Nuclear Power Production

459

954

Clean Hydrogen Production Credit for facilities placed in service after December 31, 2012

460

950

Qualified Commercial Clean Vehicles but only for tax-exempt entities described in IRC 168

461

957

Advanced Manufacturing Production

462

947

Clean Electricity Production Credit

463

958

Clean Fuel Production Credit

464

952

Clean Energy

465

959

Qualifying Advanced Energy Project

466

948

Clean Electricity Investment

467

955

(5) These are the three credits which non-tax-exempt businesses (and individuals) are also eligible to elect for the elective payment of credit:

Credit Name

CRN

IRN

Carbon Oxide Sequestration for Qualified Facilities

458

956

Clean Hydrogen Production

460

950

Advanced Manufacturing Production

462

947

Elective Payment Election (EPE) Account and Notice Impact

(1) IRA, Pub. L. No. 117-169, Section 6417(d)(4)(B), provides that the EPE is treated as having been made on the latter of the return due date (RDD), extended return due date (XRDD) or disaster due date (DDD) on an original return for the taxable year. Therefore, all refunds including an EPE in excess of total tax, cannot be released before the RDD of the tax return claiming the EPE.

(2) Tax returns filed before the RDD that include "refundable" EPE will be held with a C- freeze until the due date of the return.

(3) EPE is disallowed for late filed returns. If the taxpayer is claiming EPE on a late filed return a systemic math error notice will be issued to the taxpayer. These notices will only be selected for review if the notice also contains a TPNC 90.

(4) Notices with EPE can be identified in NRPS with **EPE** at the top of the notice record and in OLNR with notice status type of "Q". The systemic paragraph is not visible in OLNR or on the NRPS quick print.

(5) The only disposition available for these notices is retype. Entity information and the addition of a label, if necessary, will need to be edited using retype disposition.

Caution: Void is not an option for EPE disallowance notices.

(6) For tax periods 202201-202212, the taxpayer should indicate "IRA22DPE" on the return and the claim will be identified in IDRS with a Return Processing Code (RPC) "J".

  1. For tax periods after 202212, all applicable tax forms have been updated with EPE lines, therefore no special RPCs will be assigned.

(7) If the EPE has been allowed on a timely filed return, the corresponding credit will be on TXMOD. See IRM 3.14.2.7.4.12.1(4)for information regarding specific CRNs and IRNs.

Credit Transfer Election (TRE)

(1) A taxpayer can elect to transfer all or a portion of the following 11 credits to another taxpayer their Elective Payment Election (EPE) "credit" to another taxpayer if the amount of EPE the original taxpayer claimed exceeds the amount of tax they owe. The transfer of the credit to another taxpayer is called Credit Transfer Election (TRE).

EPE Transferable Credit Name

Alternate Fuel Vehicle Refueling Property

Renewable Electricity Production for Qualified Facilities placed in service after December 31, 2022

Carbon Oxide Sequestration for Qualified Facilities from equipment placed in service after December 31, 2022

Zero-Emission Nuclear Power Production

Clean Hydrogen Production Credit for facilities placed in service after December 31, 2012

Advanced Manufacturing Production

Clean Electricity Production

Clean Fuel Production

Clean Energy

Qualifying Advanced Energy Project

Clean Electricity Investment

(2) For tax periods after 202212, all applicable tax forms have been updated with EPE/TRE lines, therefore no special RPCs will be assigned.

(3) For tax periods 202201-202212, the taxpayer should indicate "IRA22TRE "on Form 3800 or an attachment at the top of the return. A TRE can be identified on the claimants tax account with an RPC "K".

IRC 965 Transition Tax Overview

(1) IRC 965 is a provision of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that requires certain taxpayers to pay a transition tax on the untaxed foreign earnings of certain specified foreign corporations as if those earnings had been repatriated to the United States.

(2) The following persons/entities are required to report amounts under section 965 of the code on their tax return:

  • US shareholders of a deferred foreign income corporation

  • Certain direct/indirect domestic partners in domestic partnerships that are United States shareholders of specified foreign corporations

  • Shareholders in a S corporation that is a United States shareholder of a specified foreign corporation

  • Certain beneficiaries of another pass-through entity that is a United States shareholder of a specified foreign corporation

  • Certain beneficiaries of a cooperative association that is a United States shareholder of a specified foreign corporation

Note: A United States shareholder is generally a United States person who owns 10 percent or more of the foreign corporation’s stock, applying the indirect stock ownership principles of section 958.

(3) In general, foreign income held in the form of cash and cash equivalents is intended to be subject to an effective tax rate of 15.5 percent for calendar year domestic corporate taxpayers, and the remaining earnings are intended to be taxed at 8 percent.

(4) The IRC 965 inclusion period, was 201712 through 201911. After November 2019, no new IRC 965 inclusions can be made.

Exception: In extremely rare cases, due to pass-through partnership claims, an IRC 965 inclusion could be made in 2020.

(5) During the inclusion period (201712-201911) taxpayers could elect one or more of the following on the inclusion year return:

  • to pay the Section 965 transition tax in full,

  • eligible S Corporation shareholders could defer the assessment and payment of the Section 965 transition tax until a triggering event occurred by making a 965(i) election, and/or

  • the taxpayer could defer the payment of the Section 965 transition tax over the course of 8 annual installments by making a 965(h) election,

  • eligible REITs could defer the reporting of Section 965 income over an 8 year period, and/or

  • eligible taxpayers could exclude 965 income when determining the net operating loss (NOL) deduction and when determining the amount of income that can be reduced by a NOL carryback or carry forward, thereby making the NOL available to offset the non-965 income ONLY for the inclusion year return.

(6) A person/entity that has income under section 965 of the Code for its 2017 taxable year was required to include with its return an IRC 965 Transition Tax Statement signed under penalties of perjury and, in the case of an electronically filed return, in Portable Document Format (.pdf) with a filename of “965 Tax”.  Multiple IRC 965 Transition Tax Statements can be combined into a single .pdf file. The IRC 965 Transition Tax Statement was required to include the following information:

  • The total amount required to be included in income under section 965(a) of the Code

  • The aggregate foreign cash position, if applicable

  • The total deduction under section 965(c) of the Code

  • The deemed paid foreign taxes with respect to the total amount required to be included in income by reason of section 965(a)

  • The disallowed deemed paid foreign taxes pursuant to section 965(g)

  • The total net tax liability under section 965 (as determined under section 965(h)(6))

  • The amount of the net tax liability under section 965 to be paid in installments (including the current year installment) under section 965(h) of the Code, if applicable, which will be assessed

  • The amount of the net tax liability under section 965, the assessment and payment of which has been deferred, under section 965(i) of the Code, if applicable

  • A listing of all elections under section 965 of the Code or the election provided for in Notice 2018-13 that the taxpayer has made, if applicable

(7) In taxable year 2018, Form 965 with Forms 965-A or 965-B replaced the IRC 965 Transition Tax Statement.

  1. Any individual taxpayer or taxpayer taxed like an individual (i.e. Form 1041 filer) who has a net IRC 965 tax liability for any tax year or has any net IRC 965 tax liability remaining unpaid at any time during a tax year must file Form 965-A.

    Note: Taxpayers that made a, IRC 965(i) election must file Form 965-A with their Form 1041 each year until the IRC 965 liability is assessed and paid in full. Form 1041 filers, that made an IRC 965(h) election in the year of inclusion or in the year of the triggering event must file a Form 965-A each year with their Form 1041 until the IRC 965 liability is paid in full.

  2. Any corporate taxpayer who has a net IRC 965 tax liability for any tax year or has any net IRC 965 tax liability remaining unpaid at any time during a tax year, or an electing REIT with any IRC 965 amount taken into account in accordance with IRC 965(m) or not taken into account at any time during a tax year, must file Form 965-B until the liability is paid in full or in the case of 965(m) until all of the 965 income has been reported.

    Note: Corporate taxpayers that made an IRC 965(h) election in the year of inclusion must file a Form 965-B each year with their corporate income tax return until the IRC 965 liability is paid in full.

(8) For BMF returns with an IRC 965 inclusion, there will be a CCC “J” present on BRTVU Response Screen R1 and/or TRBDV “Codes” Response Screen. Computer Condition Codes may also be viewed on the TXMODA response screen in the Posted Return Information section.

(9) The table below explains where the IRC 965 tax was reported during the inclusion period, on the 2017 BMF return and/or IRC 965 Transition Tax Statement.

BMF Form

Location of IRC 965 Tax Deferred Pursuant to IRC 965(h) Reported on BMF Form

Location of IRC 965 Total Tax Reported on BMF Form

IRC 965 Transition Tax Statement

IRC 965(h) Deferred Tax reported on Line 6

IRC 965 Total Tax reported on Line 5

Form 1120

Page 3, Schedule J, Part II, Line 19d

Page 3, Schedule J, Part 1, Line 11

Form 1120-C

Page 1, Line 29i

Page 4, Schedule J, Line 9 or Page 1, Line 28

Form 1120-L

Page 1, Line 29k

Page 6, Schedule K, Line 10

Form 1120-PC

Page 1, Line 14k

Page 1, Line 13

Form 1120-REIT

Page 1, Line 24h

Page 3, Schedule J, Line 7 or Page 1, Line 23

Form 1120-RIC

Page 2, Part I, Line 28i

Page 3, Schedule J, Line 7

Form 1120-S

N/A- IRC 965 deduction amount reported on Page 3, Schedule K, Line 12d

N/A- IRC 965 income amount reported on Page 3, Schedule K, Line 10

Form 990-T

Page 2, Part IV, Line 45g

Page 2, Part IV, Line 44

Form 990-PF

Not eligible for IRC 965(h) election

Page 4, Part VI, Line 5

Form 1041 (965h) election (Form 1041 where Net IRC 965 amount was not distributed to the beneficiary and an IRC 965(h) election was made)

Page 1, Line 24a

Page 2, Schedule G, Line 7

Form 1041 (965i) election (Form 1041 where Net IRC 965 amount was not distributed to the beneficiary and an IRC 965(i) election was made)

N/A- When an IRC 965(i) election is made the tax assessment and payment of tax is deferred. After a “triggering event” occurs, the tax is assessed and the payment is due. A taxpayer who has made an IRC 965(i) election can also make a 965(h) election but not until a “triggering event” occurs and the tax deferred by the 965(i) election is assessed and payable.

N/A- No IRC 965 Tax is reported on the Form 1041 when an IRC 965(i) election is made. The IRC 965 total tax amount is reported on the Transition Tax Statement, Line 5 and the amount deferred pursuant to IRC 965(i) is reported on the Transition Tax Statement, Line 7.

Form 1065

N/A- IRC 965 deduction amount reported on Page 4, Schedule K, Line 13d

N/A- IRC 965 income amount reported on Page 4, Schedule K, Line 11

(10) The table below explains where the IRC 965 tax was reported on the 2018 BMF returns and/or Forms 965-A and 965-B and how BMF programming systemically posted the TC 971 AC 114 and TC 766 CRN 263 amounts on the 2018 inclusion year module.

BMF Form

Net 965 Tax Liability (Generates TC 971 AC 114)

Net 965 Tax Liability Paid (Installment or Total Tax)

Deferred Net IRC 965 Tax Remaining Unpaid (Generates TC 766 CRN 263)

Form 965-B

Part I, Column (d), Line 2

Part II, Column (k), Line 2

Part II, Column (j), Line 2

Form 965-A (965h)

Part 1, Column (f), Line 2

Part II, Column (k), Line 2

Part II, Column (j), Line 2

Form 965-A (965i)

Part I, Column (e), Line 2

N/A

N/A

Form 1120

Schedule J, Line 22

Page 1, Line 32

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-C

Page 1, Line 30i

Page 1, Line 29

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-L

Page 1, Line 28i

Page 1, Line 27

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-PC

Page 1, Line 15d

Page 1, Line 14

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-REIT

Page 1, Line 25h

Page 1, Line 24

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-RIC

Page 1, Line 29i

Page 1, Line 28

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-POL

N/A (Reports income on Line 7)

N/A

Line 23d

Form 990-T

Page 2, Line 44

Page 2, Line 49

Part V, Line 50g

Form 990-PF

Page 1, Line 11

N/A

N/A (Not eligible for deferred tax)

Form 1041 (965h)

Page 1, Line 25f

Page 1, Line 24

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1041 (965i)

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A- When an IRC 965(i) election is made the assessment and payment of tax is deferred. A taxpayer who has made an IRC 965(i) election can also make a 965(h) election but not until a “triggering event” occurs and the tax deferred by the 965(i) election is assessed and payable.

Form 1120-S

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A

Form 1065

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A

(11) The table below explains where the IRC 965 tax was reported on the 2019 BMF returns and/or Forms 965-A and 965-B and how BMF programming systemically posted the TC 971 AC 114 and TC 766 CRN 263 amounts on the 2019 inclusion year module.

BMF Form

Net 965 Tax Liability (Generates TC 971 AC 114)

Net 965 Tax Liability Paid (Installment or Total Tax)

Deferred Net IRC 965 Tax Remaining Unpaid (Generates TC 766 CRN 263)

Form 965-B

Part I, Column (d), Line 3

Part II, Column (k), Line 3

Part II, Column (j), Line 3

Form 965-A (965h)

Part 1, Column (f), Line 3

Part II, Column (I), Line 3

Part II, Column (j), Line 3

Form 965-A (965i)

Part I, Column (e), Line 3

N/A

N/A

Form 1120

Schedule J, Line 22

Page 1, Line 32

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-C

Page 2, Line 30i

Page 2, Line 29

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-L

Page 1, Line 28i

Page 1, Line 27

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-PC

Page 1, Line 15d

Page 1, Line 14

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-REIT

Page 2, Line 25h

Page 2, Line 24

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-RIC

Page 2, Line 29i

Page 2, Line 28

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1120-POL

N/A (Reports income on Line 7)

N/A

Line 23d

Form 990-T

Page 2, Line 45

Page 2, Line 50

Part V, Line 51g

Form 990-PF

Page 1, Line 11

N/A

N/A (Not eligible for deferred tax)

Form 1041 (965h)

Page 1, Line 25

Page 1, Line 24

Computed as Net 965 Tax Liability- Net Tax Liability Paid

Form 1041 (965i)

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A- When an IRC 965(i) election is made the assessment and payment of tax is deferred. A taxpayer who has made an IRC 965(i) election can also make a 965(h) election but not until a “triggering event” occurs and the tax deferred by the 965(i) election is assessed and payable.

Form 1120-S

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A

Form 1065

N/A- Computer generates TC 971 AC 114 of zero when CCC “J” is present

N/A

N/A

(12) IRC 965 payments can be identified by a Designated Payment Code of 64.

(13) If the taxpayer remits more than is currently due with respect to an IRC 965 installment and/or their undeferred income tax liability, for the inclusion year, the excess remittance will be applied to the next successive IRC 965 installment amount until the full amount of the excess credit has been applied or the full income tax liability (including net tax liability under section 965) for the inclusion year (generally, 2017 or 2018) is satisfied. Only payments and credits that are in excess of the full income tax liability (including net tax liability under section 965) may be characterized as overpayments and subject to refund or application as a credit elect.

(14) For returns where an IRC 965 inclusion was made during the inclusion period (201712-201911), there will be a TC 971 AC 114 posted with the original return. The Miscellaneous Field will show the total amount of the IRC 965 transition tax minus any amount deferred under 965(i), as shown on the original return. This amount will be included in the TC 150 amount. For 2017 BMF returns, if the taxpayer elected the IRC 965(h) tax deferral method, there will also be a TC 971 AC 115 posted for the deferred tax amount with the original return.

Note: The only time that a TC 971 AC 114 should be input on a module after November 2019, is if the taxpayer has an already established 965(i) election and experiences a triggering event (which they should report on Form 965-A, Part 4, Column (f) as a negative number and transfer to column (f) on one of lines 5 through 8 in Part I as a positive number) in which case the triggered liability should be input as a TC 971 AC 114 on the module in which the triggering event occurred.

(15) For returns with an IRC 965(h) election made in the inclusion year and/or in the year of the triggering event, a TC 766 with Credit Reference Number (CRN) 263 should be posted to the module indicating the remaining unpaid IRC 965 liability amount (deferred amount) to be paid in installments.

Example: A taxpayer’s regular tax is $5,000. The transition tax is $25,000. The TC 150 is $30,000. Because 8 percent of the transition tax is due in year one ($25,000 x .08 = $2,000), a TC 766 is posted for $23,000.

Caution: The TC 971 AC 114 will unpost, if there is no CCC “J” present. The TC 971 AC 115 will unpost if the TC 971, AC 114 unposts and so on.

Note: The TC 971 AC 114 will reflect an amount of “0” for Forms 1120-S and 1065 because no IRC 965 tax is assessed on the returns.

(16) For returns with an IRC 965(i) election made on Form 1041, the IRC 965(i) deferral is for both the assessment and payment of the IRC 965 tax amount. In the case of an IRC 965(i) election on Form 1041, there will be a TC 971 AC 114 for zero input on the module for the year of inclusion. The 965(i) election deferral will remain intact until a triggering event occurs at which time the tax is assessed. A TC 971 AC 165 should be input on the 965(i) inclusion year tax module and on every Form 1041 tax year module thereafter until the year of the triggering event when the IRC 965 liability is assessed.

(17) For more information on elections and reporting IRC 965 amounts, see “Questions and Answers about Reporting Related to Section 965 on 2017 Tax Returns” https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/questions-and-answers-about-reporting-related-to-section-965-on-2017-tax-returns and “Questions and Answers about Tax Year 2018 Reporting and Payments Arising under Section 965” https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/questions-and-answers-about-tax-year-2018-reporting-and-payments-arising-under-section-965.
For more information on general Section 965 questions and answers including Transfer and Consent Agreements, seehttps://www.irs.gov/newsroom/general-section-965-questions-and-answers-including-transfer-and-consent-agreements.
For more information on Carrybacks of NOLs for taxpayers that had Section 965 inclusions, see https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/frequently-asked-questions-about-carrybacks-of-nols-for-taxpayers-who-have-had-section-965-inclusions.

TC 971 AC 114 Explained

(1) The TC 971 AC 114 represents the IRC 965 Total Tax Liability minus any amount that was deferred under IRC 965(i).

  1. TC 971 AC 114 is only applicable to BMF MFTs 02, 05, 06, 34 and 44.

  2. Note: After 201911, no new IRC 965 inclusions can be made, so there should not be a TC 971 AC 114 on MFT 02, 06, 34 or 44 modules after 201911. If a TC 971 AC 114 is present on an MFT 02, 06, 34 or 44 it is an indication of a late election or it is erroneous. If an erroneous TC 971 AC 114 is present on a module, reverse it.

    Note: Although no new IRC 965 inclusions can be made after the inclusion period, if Form 1041 filers (MFT 05) that made a 965(i) election during the inclusion period subsequently experience a triggering event, there should be a TC 971 AC 114 input on the triggering event year module when the IRC 965(i) tax is assessed. This is the only time that TC 971 AC 114 should be present on a tax module after 2020. If an erroneous TC 971 AC 114 is present on a module, reverse it.

  3. A TC 971 AC 114 should ONLY be present on the IRC 965 inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module.

Caution: There should NOT be a TC 971 AC 114 on non-inclusion year and/or non-triggering event year modules. See the Table below for a description of when a TC 971 AC 114 should be present on the module:

If

Then

A 965 income inclusion and/or election is being made on a tax period 201712-201911 (MFT 02, 05, 06, 34, or 44) return

A TC 971 AC 114 should be present on the inclusion year module.

A triggering event is being reported on Form 1041 and Form 965-A for the reporting year,

A TC 971 AC 114 should be present on the triggering event year module.

The taxpayer is ONLY reporting a 965 installment payment that is being made towards a 965(h) election that was made during the inclusion period on Form 965-A or Form 965-B attached to the reporting year return

A TC 971 AC 114 should NOT be present on the reporting year module.

The taxpayer is ONLY reporting that the 965(i) election that was made during the inclusion period remains intact for the reporting year on Form 965-A attached to the reporting year return

A TC 971 AC 114 should NOT be present on the reporting year module, however a TC 971 AC 165 for the amount of the intact 965(i) election should be present on the reporting year module.

(2) For additional information on how TC 971 AC 114 is reported in relation to IRC 965(i) elections, see IRM 3.14.2.6.5.2. For additional information on how TC 971 AC 114 can be adjusted in relation to IRC 965(i) elections, see IRM 3.14.2.6.5.2.1. For additional information on how TC 971 AC 114 is reported in relation to IRC 965(h) elections, see IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3. For additional information on how TC 971 AC 114 can be adjusted in relation to IRC 965(h) elections, see IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1.

IRC 965(i) Elections

(1) An election made under Section 965(i)(1) allows a shareholder of an S corporation  that is an IRC 958(a) US shareholder to defer the assessment and payment of the Section 965 liability.

(2) An IRC 965(i) deferral is indefinite and will remain intact until a triggering event occurs, at which time the IRC 965(i) deferred liability is assessed.
Triggering events include:

  • The corporation ceases to be an S corporation (i.e. the S Corporation changes its status),

  • A liquidation or sale of substantially all the assets of the S corporation, a cessation of business by the S corporation, the S corporation ceases to exist, or any similar circumstance, and

  • The electing shareholder transfers any share of stock in the S corporation,

  • A material misrepresentation or omission on a transfer agreement.

(3) IRC 965(i) elections could be made on BMF Form 1041 (MFT 05).

(4) A 965(i) election was made in the inclusion year (201712-201911), by including the 965 income and reducing the tax by the amount of the 965(i) deferral on the inclusion year return.

  1. A Transition Tax Statement & IRC 965(i) Election Statement should be attached to the TY 2017 income tax return for the purpose of reporting the 965 inclusion/election amounts.

  2. A Form 965 & 965-A should be attached to the inclusion year return, in lieu of a Transition Tax Statement, if the inclusion/election was made in TY 2018 or 2019.

  3. A Form 965-A is required to be attached to the income tax return, each year thereafter until the full amount of the 965(i) liability is triggered, assessed and paid in full.

(5) The table below explains where the IRC 965(i) elections were reported on the inclusion year return:

Tax Year

Form

965(i) Deferral Amount Reported on

2017

1041

Transition Tax Statement, Line 7 and 965(i) Election Statement

2018

1041

Form 965 and Form 965-A, Part I, Column (e), Line 2 and Part III, Column (g), Line 2

2019

1041

Form 965 and Form 965-A, Part I, Column (e), Line 3 and Part III, Column (g), Line 3

(6) For BMF returns with an IRC 965 inclusion, there will be a CCC “J” present on BRTVU Response Screen R1 and/or TRBDV “Codes” Response Screen on the inclusion year module. Computer Condition Codes may also be viewed on the TXMODA response screen in the Posted Return Information section.

Note: IRC 965(i) elections will be identified with a CCC “B” in addition to the CCC “J”.

(7) A TC 971 AC 114 should be present on the inclusion year module and the triggering event year module ONLY..

  1. If only an IRC 965(i) election was made in the inclusion year, a TC 971 AC 114 for zero should be displayed on the inclusion year module because IRC 965(i) defers both the assessment and the payment of the IRC 965 tax liability. Because the tax is not assessed and no other elections were made, the 965(i) total tax amount recorded in the TC 971 AC 114 should be zero.

  2. If an IRC 965(i) election was made in conjunction with an IRC 965(h) election in the inclusion year, a TC 971 AC 114 for the amount of the IRC 965 Total Tax Liability minus the 965(i) deferred tax amount , should be displayed on the inclusion year module.

  3. TC 971 AC 165 represents an intact IRC 965(i) election. If a 965(i) election was made by itself or in conjunction with a 965(h) election, a TC 971 AC 165 reflecting the 965(i) deferral amount, should be input on the 965(i) inclusion year tax module along with the TC 971 AC 114.

    Caution: A TC 971 AC 114 should only be input on the inclusion year module and the triggering event year module, however, a TC 971 AC 165 should be input on the inclusion year module AND each subsequent year module that the 965(i) election remains intact and untriggered. A TC 971 AC 165 should NOT be input on the triggering event year module UNLESS only a portion of the 965(i) liability was triggered and assessed and a portion remains deferred, in which case a TC 971 AC 165 should be input on the triggering event year module for the amount of the remaining 965(i) deferral, in addition to the TC 971 AC 114 for the amount of the triggered liability.

    Note: If there is no TC 971 AC 165 on a module with an intact 965(i) election, input a TC 971 AC 165 with the amount of the outstanding 965(i) deferred liability amount reflected in the MISC field. The remaining 965(i) deferral should be reflected on Form 965-A, Part IV, the sum of Column (i) for the reporting year return.

(8) Taxpayers that made a 965(i) election during the inclusion period (201712-201911) are required to file Form 965-A with their income tax return each year until the 965(i) election is triggered in full, assessed and paid in full.

  1. Form 965-A, Part IV is used to report information regarding an IRC 965(i) election that was made during the inclusion period on an annual basis.

    Caution: If the Form 965-A is simply reporting that the 965(i) election made in the inclusion year remains intact for the reporting year, there should NOT be a TC 971 AC 114 input on the reporting year module. The only time a TC 971 AC 114 should be input on a module after 201911, is if the taxpayer is reporting a triggered liability on the reporting year return and attached Form 965-A.

    Note: The table below shows where 965(i) amounts are reported on Form 965-A:

    965-A, Part IV Reporting

    965-A, Part IV Should Reflect

    965-A, Part I Should Reflect

    An intact 965(i) election with no adjustments/triggered liabilities

    • Column (a)- year of inclusion/transfer

    • Column (b)- S Corp Name

    • Column (c)- S Corp EIN

    • Column (d)- should match the prior year Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (i) Total

    • Column (f)-(h) should be blank

    • Column (i) - sum should equal the Column (d) amount

    Part I should reflect the original 965 inclusion amounts reported on one of lines 1-3 depending on the year the inclusion was made

    Note: Part III should also reflect the original 965 inclusion amounts reported on one of lines 1-3 depending on the year the inclusion was made.

    A triggered liability

    • Column (a)- year of inclusion/transfer

    • Column (b)- S Corp Name

    • Column (c)- S Corp EIN

    • Column (d)- should match the prior year Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (i) Total

    • Column (f)- should reflect the triggered liability as a negative amount

    • Columns (g)-(h)- should be blank unless there is a transfer in/out reported with the triggered liability

    • Column (i) - sum should equal the Column (d) amount minus any amounts reflected in columns (f)-(h)

    • Part I should reflect the original 965 inclusion amounts reported on one of lines 1-3 depending on the year the inclusion was made

    • When a 965(i) deferred liability is triggered, it must be transferred from Form 965-A, Part IV, where it is annually reported, to Part I, on one of lines 5 through 8 as follows: In column (a), the tax year in which the triggering event occurred is reported. Columns (b) through (e) are skipped and the triggered liability is reported in column (f) as a positive number. 

    • If the taxpayer elects to pay the triggered liability in full in the year of the triggering event, the amount in Column (f) should be carried to Column (h) and the corresponding line in Part II, column (b), Paid for Year 1, should report the payment made to pay the 965 liability in full.

    • If the taxpayer makes a 965(h) election in the year of the triggering event, to pay the triggered liability in installments, “Yes” should be checked in column (g) to indicate a 965(h) election is being made. The amount in Column (f) should be carried to Column (i) and the corresponding line in Part II, column (b), Paid for Year 1, should reflect the 1st installment payment.

    Note: Part III should also reflect the original 965 inclusion amounts reported on one of lines 1-3 depending on the year the inclusion was made.

(9) For more information on annual reporting of IRC 965(i) deferred liabilities, see the Instructions to Form 965-A.

IRC 965(i) Adjustment Procedures

(1) Please see a lead if an IRC 965(i) election case needs an adjustment. IRC 965(i) elections should only be adjusted by leads.

Exception: A missing TC 971 AC 165 can be input by all personnel.

(2) A TC 971 AC 165 reflecting the 965(i) deferral amount, should be input on the 965(i) inclusion year tax module and on every Form 1041 tax year module thereafter until the year of the triggering event when the full IRC 965(i) liability is assessed and deemed payable.

Caution: If the amount in the TC 971/165 MISC field is incorrect, do NOT input a TC 972 AC 165 to reverse it. Simply input another TC 971 AC 165 for the correct amount. BMF programming will systemically mark the original posting with an “R” to indicate the reversal once the new TC 971, AC 165 is input. Only use TC 972 AC 165 to reverse a posted TC 971 AC 165, if there is a TC 971 AC 165 posted to a module when there should not be one at all.

(3) The TC 971 AC 165 is input using CC REQ77/FRM77 as follows:

FRM77 Field Name

Input

TC>

“971”

TRANS-DT>

Current Date “MMDDYYYY”

SECONDARY-DT>

Current Date “MMDDYYYY”

TC971/151-CD>

“165”

MISC>

Input the 965(i) deferred liability amount (dollars only, no cents, no special characters)

Note: For the inclusion year module this amount will be reflected on the Transition Tax Statement, Line 7 and the 965(i) Election Statement for TY 2017 or on the Form 965-A, Part I, Column (e) and Part III, Column (g), line 2 for 2018 or line 3 for 2019.

Note: For the annual reporting year this amount should match the amount reflected on Form 965-A, Part IV, the sum of Column (i) for the reporting year.

REMARKS

“NSD, 965i Tax”

(4) Refer to the Table below when researching and inputting adjustments to IRC 965 transactions related to a 965(i) election on the inclusion year module:

If

And

Then

The inclusion year (201712-201911) return indicates a 965(i) election was made

There is no TC 971 AC 165 on the inclusion year module

Use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input a TC 971 AC 165 on the inclusion year module reflecting the amount of the 965(i) deferral in the MISC field.

Note: The MISC amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters. For example, an amount of $12,500.00 should be entered as 12500 in the Misc. Field. Enter the current date (MMDDYYYY) in both the TRANS-DT field and the SECONDARY-DT field.

Reminder: The 965(i) liability amount is reported on the Transition Tax Statement, Line 7 and on the 965(i) Election Statement if the 965(i) inclusion/election was made in TY 2017. The 965(i) liability amount is reported on Form 965-A, Part I, Column (e), Line 2 for TY 2018 and Line 3 for TY 2019 and Form 965-A, Part III, the sum of Column (g) which is carried forward to Part I, Column (e) on the applicable line.

The inclusion year (201712-201911) return indicates a 965(i) election was made

There is an amount greater than zero in the TC 971 AC 114 posted to the module

  1. Ensure there is a TC 971 AC 165 input with the amount of the 965(i) deferral in the MISC. field. If not, input the TC 971 AC 165.

  2. Research the inclusion year return and/or amended inclusion year return to identify if a Section 965(h) election was made in addition to the 965(i) election in the same inclusion year.

  3. If there was no Section 965(h) election made with the Section 965(i) election in the same inclusion year and there is a TC 971 AC 114 amount posted to the module, for an amount greater than zero, use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input a new TC 971 AC 114 for zero.

  4. If a 965(h) election was made with the 965(i) election, make sure the amount reflected in the TC 971 AC 114 MISC field equals the 965 total tax liability minus the amount deferred under 965(i).

    Note: The TC 971 AC 114 amount should equal the sum of Line 5 minus line 7 on the Transition Tax Statement for 2017 inclusions or Form 965-A, Part I, Column (f) for 2018 and 2019 inclusions.

  5. If the TC 971 AC 114 amount equals the 965 total tax liability minus the amount deferred under 965(i), no further action is needed with regard to the TC 971 AC 114.

  6. If the TC 971 AC 114 dos not equal the 965 total tax liability minus the amount deferred under 965(i), input a new TC 971 AC 114 for that amount.

There is a TC 971 AC 165 posted to a module

There is no indication on the reporting year or prior year return(s)/amended return(s) or attachments that a 965(i) election was ever made

Use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input a TC 972 AC 165 to reverse the erroneous TC 971 AC 165.

Note: Do NOT input an amount in the MISC field or a date in the SECONDARY-DT field when inputting the TC 972 AC 165.

There is a TC 971 AC 114 for zero posted to a module

There is no indication on the reporting year return/amended return or attachments that a 965(i) election was made

Use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input a TC 972 AC 114 to reverse the erroneous TC 971 AC 114.

Note: Do NOT input an amount in the MISC field when inputting the TC 972 AC 114.

(5) Taxpayers that made an IRC 965(i) election are required to file Form 965-A with their return each year until the IRC 965 liability is assessed and paid in full. When reviewing a notice on an account where an IRC 965(i) election was made, review the return and all attachments. Refer to the table below for guidance on when to input a TC 971 AC 165 on a non-inclusion year module (i.e., 201912 or later).

Caution: Do NOT input a TC 971 AC 114 on a non-inclusion year module, if the taxpayer is simply reporting that the 965(i) election that they made during the inclusion year remains intact for the reporting year. The only time a TC 971 AC 114 should be on a module other than the inclusion year module (i.e., after 201911), is when the taxpayer reports the 965(i) deferral was triggered in the reporting year, then and only then, should a TC 971 AC 114 be input on the triggering event year module.

If

Then

Form 965-A is attached to the reporting year return indicating that a timely IRC 965(i) election was made during the inclusion period and remains intact for the reporting year

Input a TC 971 AC 165 on the current year module using CC REQ77.

Note: Input the total IRC 965(i) tax liability amount in the Miscellaneous Field. The amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters. For example, an amount of $12,500.00 should be entered as 12500 in the Misc. Field. Enter the current date (MMDDYYYY) in both the TRANS-DT field and the SECONDARY-DT field.

Caution: The taxpayer may have made an IRC 965(i) election in more than one inclusion year. If the Form 965-A indicates more than one 965(i) election was made, combine the 965(i) liability amounts and enter that amount in the Miscellaneous Field.

Caution: If the taxpayer is a shareholder in more than one S corporation with section 965 amounts, the taxpayer could have elected to defer more than one S corporation-related net 965 tax liability until a triggering even occurs. There can be instances where an S-Corp(s) (whose related net 965 liability was deferred) experience a triggering event while others do not, meaning the triggered liability becomes due while the non-triggered liabilities remain deferred. So the amount of 965(i) deferred tax that was reported in the inclusion year is subject to change as the deferred liabilities are triggered. The sum of Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (i) should reflect the remaining deferred IRC 965(i) net tax liability at the end of the reporting year. This total is the amount that is input into the TC 971 AC 165 Misc Field each year a 965(i) election remains intact.

If a taxpayer fails to report an intact 965(i) liability annually by attaching a complete Form 965-A to their income tax return reflecting the amount of the 965(i) deferred liability for the reporting year

Refer the case for penalty assessment. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

Note: There should NOT be a TC 971 AC 165 input on the triggering event year module UNLESS, only a portion of the 965(i) deferred liability was triggered resulting in a portion of the 965(i) liability remaining deferred under 965(i), in which case there should be a TC 971 AC 165 for the remaining 965(i) deferral amount.

(6) Follow the Table below if a TC 971 AC 165 is identified on a 201912 or later module in error:

If

And

Then

There is a TC 971 AC 165 on a non-inclusion year module (i.e., module 201912 or later

Research indicates the amount of the TC 971 AC 165 posted to the reporting year module is incorrect

Research the reporting year, Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (i) and input a new TC 971 AC 165 with the sum of Column (i) in the MISC. field on the reporting year module.

There is a TC 971 AC 165 on a non-inclusion year module (i.e., module 201912 or later)

There is no indication of an intact 965(i) election (i.e., no Form 965-A attached to the reporting year return, or a Form 965-A attached but not reporting an intact 965(i) election, or a Form 965-A reporting a triggering event for the reporting year resulting in the full 965(i) deferral being triggered and assessed

Use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input a TC 972 AC 165 to reverse the erroneous TC 971 AC 165.

Note: Do NOT input an amount in the MISC field or a date in the SECONDARY-DT field when inputting the TC 972 AC 165.

IRC 965(h) Elections

(1) An IRC 965(h) election is a deferral election to pay the Section 965 transition tax in 8 annual installments.

(2) IRC 965(h) elections are applicable to Forms: 1120 (MFT 02), 1120-C (MFT 02), 1120-L (MFT 02), 1120-PC (MFT 02), 1120-RIC (MFT 02), 1120-REIT (MFT 02), 990-T (MFT 34) & 1041 (MFT 05).

(3) A 965(h) election could be made during the IRC 965 inclusion period (201712-201911), by including both the Section 965 income and Section 965 tax and deferring a portion of the Section 965 tax on the inclusion year return.

  1. A Transition Tax Statement & IRC 965(h) Election Statement should be attached to the TY 2017 income tax return for the purpose of reporting the 965 inclusion/election amounts.

  2. A Form 965 andForm 965-AForm 1041 only Form 965-B should be attached to the inclusion year return, in lieu of a Transition Tax Statement, if the inclusion/election was made in TY 2018 or 2019.

  3. A Form 965-A (Form 1041 Only) ORForm 965-B is required to be attached to the income tax return, each year thereafter until the Section 965 liability is paid in full.

Note: The only time a Section 965(h) election can be made after 201911 is if a taxpayer has an already established 965(i) election that was timely made during the inclusion period (201712-201911), and subsequently experiences a triggering event. The taxpayer may make an IRC 965(h) election, at that time, to pay the triggered S corporation-related net 965 tax liability in 8 installments, beginning in the year of the triggering event.

(4) Section 965(h) elections MUST be made by the due date of the inclusion year/triggering event year return (including extensions).

(5) Section 965(h) Annual installments are due on the due date of the return (not the extended due date). Failure to timely pay a required installment could result in the assessment of an addition to tax, which could accelerate the entire IRC 965 tax balance and cause it to become immediately due.

(6) For the convenience of the Service, taxpayers are instructed to make two separate payments; one for the non-IRC 965 tax and another for the IRC 965 installment.

Note: IRC 965 payments can be identified by a TC 670 with a Designated Payment Code (DPC) of 64.

(7) For BMF returns with an IRC 965 inclusion, there will be a CCC “J” present on BRTVU Response Screen R1 and/or TRBDV “Codes” Response Screen. Computer Condition Codes may also be viewed on the TXMODA response screen in the Posted Return Information section. For BMF returns with an IRC 965(h) election, there will also be a CCC “X” that will set the -R freeze to prevent any excess remittance from refunding or offsetting. Although the taxpayer deferred payment of the tax attributable to IRC 965, the deferred amount is still part of the assessed liability for the tax year and must be paid before a refund may be issued on the inclusion year module.

(8) The transaction codes used to administer Section 965(h) elections are listed below. These transaction codes work in tandem with one another to record the 965(h) liability remaining unpaid:

  1. The TC 971 AC 114 represents the Total IRC Section 965 tax amount (minus any amount deferred under 965(i)). This transaction should be present on the inclusion year module and the triggering event year module ONLY.

    Caution: If the amount in the TC 971/114 MISC field is incorrect, do NOT input a TC 972 AC 114 to reverse it. Simply input another TC 971 AC 114 for the correct amount. BMF programming will systemically mark the original posting with an “R” to indicate the reversal once the new TC 971 AC 114 is input. Only use TC 972 AC 114 to reverse a posted TC 971 AC 114, if there is a TC 971 AC 114 posted to a module when there should not be one at all.

    Note: A TC 971 AC 114 should NOT be input on a module where the Form 965-A or Form 965-B is simply reporting that the annual installment amount was paid. The table below shows how IRC 965(h) installment payments are reported annually on Form 965-A and Form 965-B.

    Form

    How 965(h) Installment Payments are Reported Annually

    Form 965-A (MFT 05) or (MFT 34 Trust Only)

    • Form 965-A, Part I- The original 965 inclusion/election amounts will continue to be reported in Part I, on the applicable line depending on the year the inclusion/election was made.

    • Form 965-A, Part II- IRC 965(h) installment payments paid in Columns (b)-(i). The net 965 liability remaining unpaid for the reporting year is reported in Part II, Column (j) and the amount paid for the reporting year is clarified in Part II, Column (k).

    Form 965-B (MFT 02) or (MFT 34 Corporation Only)

    • Form 965-B, Part I- The original 965 inclusion/election amounts will continue to be reported in Part I, on the applicable line depending on the year the inclusion/election was made.

    • Form 965-B, Part II- IRC 965(h) installment payments paid in Columns (b)-(i). The net 965 liability remaining unpaid for the reporting year is reported in Part II, Column (j) and the amount paid for the reporting year is clarified in Part II, Column (k).

    Note: The only time a TC 971 AC 114 should be posted to a BMF module later than  201911, is if the taxpayer had an already established 965(i) election that was made on Form 1041, during the inclusion period (201712-201911), and subsequently experiences a triggering event, in which case a TC 971 AC 114 for the amount of the triggered liability, should be input in the triggering event year module. A taxpayer may also make a Section 965(h) election to pay the triggered S corporation-related net 965 tax liability in 8 installments, in the year of the triggering event. The Table below reflects how a triggering event is reported on Form 1041 and Form 965-A for the reporting year. There should be no TC 971 AC 114 in put on an MFT 02 or MFT 34 (Corporation) module after 201911. A TC 971 AC 114 on an MFT 02 or MFT 34 module after 201911 is an indication of an erroneous TC 971 AC 114 transaction or a late IRC 965 inclusion/election.

    Form

    How a Triggering Event and/or a Triggering Event with a Section 965(h) Election is Reported

    1041
    Triggered Liability Paid in Full in the Year of the Triggering Event

    Reminder: A TC 971 AC 114 in the amount of the 965(i) triggered liability should be posted to the triggering event year module. If there is not a TC 971 AC 114 posted to the triggering event year module, input it.

    • When a 965(i) deferred liability is triggered, it must be transferred from Form 965-A, Part IV, where it is annually reported, to Part I, on one of lines 5 through 8 as follows: In column (a), the tax year in which the triggering event occurred is reported. Columns (b) through (e) are skipped and the triggered liability is reported in column (f) as a positive number.  “No” is then entered in column (g) to indicate a 965(h) election is NOT being made to pay the triggered liability in installments. The amount in Column (f) should be carried to Column (h) and the corresponding line in Part II, column (b), Paid for Year 1, should report the payment made to pay the 965 liability in full.

    • In addition to reporting the triggered liability on the Form 965-A, the taxpayer should report the  triggered net 965 tax liability on the Form 1041 “Other Taxes & Amounts Due Line” (2018 = Sch G Line 7, 2019/2020/2021= Sch G Line 8), thereby including the 965 liability in the “Total Tax” calculation (2018 = Line 23, 2019/2020/2021= Line 24), and report the Net 965 Tax Liability from Form 965-A, Part 1, Column F” on line (2018= Line 25f, 2019/2020/2021= Sch G Line 15). The taxpayer should also report the full amount of the Net 965 Tax Liability being paid for the reporting year (2018= Line 24, 2019/2020/2021= Line 25).

    1041
    Section 965(h) Election Made to Pay the Triggered Liability in 8 Annual Installments

    Reminder: A TC 971 AC 114 in the amount of the triggered liability should be posted to the triggering event year module. If there is not a TC 971 AC 114 posted to the triggering event year module, input it.

    Reminder: When a 965(h) election is made in the year of the triggering event, a TC 766 CRN 263 should be entered in the amount of 92% of the triggered liability along with the TC 971 AC 114 in the amount of the triggered liability. Additionally, there should be a TC 767 CRN 263 for each payment and/or credit applied towards the 965 tax liability.

    • The triggered liability amount must be transferred from Form 965-A, Part IV, where it is annually reported, to Part I, on one of lines 5 through 8 as follows: In column (a), the tax year in which the triggering event occurred is reported. Columns (b) through (e) are skipped and the triggered liability is reported in column (f) as a positive number.  “Yes” is then entered in column (g) to indicate a 965(h) election is being made to pay the triggered liability in installments. The amount in Column (f) should be carried to Column (i) and the corresponding line in Part II, column (b), Paid for Year 1, should report the 1st installment payment.
      The taxpayer may also file a Form 965-E when making a 965(h) election in the year of the triggering event.

    • In addition to reporting the triggered liability & subsequent 965(h) election on the Form 965-A, the taxpayer should report the  triggered net 965 tax liability on the Form 1041 “Other Taxes & Amounts Due Line” (2018 = Sch G Line 7, 2019/2020/2021= Sch G Line 8), thereby including the 965 liability in the “Total Tax” calculation (2018 = Line 23, 2019/2020/2021= Line 24), and report the Net 965 Tax Liability from Form 965-A, Part 1, Column F” on line (2018= Line 25f, 2019/2020/2021= Sch G Line 15). The taxpayer should also report the amount of the Net 965 Tax Liability Paid (965 installment amount paid) for the reporting year (2018= Line 24, 2019/2020/2021= Line 25)

      Note: The total tax, ES Penalty and the 965 installment paid are netted against the total payments. If the Total Payments are lesser than this net amount, then the difference (which consists of 965 installment due plus any other unpaid tax/penalty will be reported as the balance due with the return thus deferring the remaining 92% of the 965 tax liability.

  2. The TC 766 CRN 263 is a faux credit that masks the IRC 965 liability on the inclusion year module or triggering event year module when a 965(h) election is made to pay the triggered liability in installments. It represents the unpaid IRC 965(h) liability (deferred amount) to be paid in installments.

    Note: TC 766 CRN 263 is input manually using CC REQ54/ADJ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 if the transaction is supposed  to carry the inclusion year/triggering event year return due date, otherwise a TC 298.00 CRN 263 should be input, with a specific interest computation date if the transaction should carry a date other than the inclusion year/triggering event year return due date. For TY 2018 and TY 2019 inclusion BMF programming systemically posted the TC 766 CRN 263 based off of entries on the applicable BMF return, see the applicable inclusion year table in IRM 3.14.2.6.5, for more details

    .

  3. The TC 767 CRN 263 reverses the TC 766 CRN 263 by the amount of a payment(s) made against or credit(s) applied to the IRC 965(h) liability.

    Note: The TC 767 CRN 263 is input manually using CC REQ54/ADJ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 with a minus sign behind the “263” amount if the date of the transaction should be the inclusion year/triggering event year return due date, otherwise it must be input with a TC 298.00 CRN 263 with an interest computation of the received date of the installment payment or due date of the installment, whichever is earlier, unless, there is interest on the module in which case the due date of the installment should be used.

    Reminder: BMF programming will post a reversed TC 766 CRN 263 with an “R” behind it, to match the TC 767 CRN 263 and reduce the unreversed TC 766 CRN 263 on the module by the amount of the payment/credit that was applied to the deferral.

  4. The Designated Payment Code (DPC) 64 represents an IRC 965 designated payment. IRC 965 designated payments should post to the inclusion year module/triggering event year module as a TC 670 DPC 64.

    Note: Beginning 2019, BMF programming systemically generates a TC 767 CRN 263 when a TC 670 DPC 64 posts to the inclusion year module or triggering event year module if a 965(h) election was made to pay the triggered liability in installments. For more information on IRC 965 Designated Payments, see IRM 3.14.2.6.5.

(9) IRC Section 965(h) installments should be made in adherence to the IRC 965(h) Payment Schedule. The IRC 965(h) payment schedule is reflected in the Table below. The “Maximum Unpaid Percentage per Year” column represents the max deferral allowed under the law for the given year, meaning no more than the amount listed in the “Maximum Unpaid Percentage per Year” column can be left unpaid by the due date of the return for the applicable year.

Note: If the due date below falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the due date will be the next business day.

Year

Annual Payment Schedule

Maximum Unpaid Percent Per Year

Due Date if 965(h) Election was Made in TY 2017

Due Date if 965(h) Election was Made in TY 2018

Due Date if 965(h) Election was Made in TY 2019

1

8%

92%

4/15/2018

4/15/2019

7/15/2020

2

8%

84%

4/15/2019

7/15/2020

4/15/2021

3

8%

76%

7/15/2020

4/15/2021

4/15/2022

4

8%

68%

4/15/2021

4/15/2022

4/15/2023

5

8%

60%

4/15/2022

4/15/2023

4/15/2024

6

15%

45%

4/15/2023

4/15/2024

4/15/2025

7

20%

25%

4/15/2024

4/15/2025

4/15/2026

8

25%

0%

4/15/2025

4/15/2026

4/15/2027

Example: In a perfect scenario, the unreversed TC 766 CRN 263 amount should be 92% of the IRC 965 total tax amount (the TC 971, AC 114 amount) for the first year, 84% for the 2nd year and so on as payments are applied).

To determine the payment schedule for a specific account, follow the steps below:
  1. To determine the installment due for a given year, multiply the IRC 965 Total Tax amount by the percentage due for the year.

    Example: To determine the 1st through 5th installment amounts, multiply the IRC 965 Total Tax amount by .08 because 8% is due in years 1-5. In year 6, multiply the IRC 965 Total Tax amount by .15, in year 7 multiply it by .20 and in year 8 multiply it by .25.

  2. To determine the Maximum Deferral Amount, multiply the IRC 965 Total Tax amount by the Max Unpaid percentage due per year.

    Example: To identify the Maximum Deferral Amount in year 1, multiply the IRC 965 Total Tax amount by .92, in year 2 multiply it by .84, in year 3 multiply it by .76, in year 4 multiply it by .68, in year 5 multiply it by .60, in year 6 multiply it by .45,  in year 7 multiply it by .25. The remaining 25% is due in year 8 so that maximum deferral in year 8 is zero.

(10) Taxpayers were instructed to make a separate designated payment for their IRC Section 965 liability and/or 965(h) installment payment. CP 256/956 was created for this purpose. The CP 256/956 is a 965(h) installment reminder notice that is sent 8-10 weeks prior to the due date of the return to remind taxpayers of their 965 payment obligation. There is a payment voucher that can be utilized to send in the 965(h) installment payment. Taxpayers may also pay their 965(h) installments electronically.

(11) These 965 designated payments should be applied to the inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module where the Section 965 liability was assessed and remains due and should post as a TC 670 DPC 64. Once posted, BMF programming systemically generate a TC 767 CRN 263 in the amount of the payment.

IRC 965(h) Adjustment Procedures

(1) Please see a lead if an IRC 965(h) election case needs an adjustment. IRC 965(h) elections should only be adjusted by leads.

(2) The TC 971 AC 114 amount represents the total IRC Section 965 tax minus any amount deferred under 965(i). For TY 2017, the TC 971 AC 115 represented the IRC 965(h) deferred tax amount as reported by the taxpayer and was used to generate the TC 766 CRN 263 faux credit.

(3) For TY 2018 and TY 2019, BMF programming systemically posted a TC 766 CRN 263 from amounts reported on applicable BMF returns, see the tables located in IRM 3.14.2.6.5 for additional information on how the TC 766 CRN 263 was systemically posted on TY 2018 and TY 2019 modules.

(4) IRC 965 designated payments are identified with a Designated Payment Code (DPC) of 64. They should post to the inclusion year module as a TC 670 DPC 64. Once posted, BMF programming systemically generate a TC 767 CRN 263 in the amount of the payment.

(5) If, when reviewing an inclusion year module or triggering event year module where a Section 965(h) election was made to pay the triggered liability in installments, it appears that the taxpayer failed to pay an installment that was due, research the inclusion year/triggering event year module and each subsequent year module to see if the installment payment was misapplied and/or mis-coded and therefore not applied to the deferral. Refer to the table below when researching and transferring IRC 965 designated payments and/or applying payment to the Section 965 deferral:

If

And

Then

The IRC 965 designated payment (TC 670 DPC 64) posted to a non-inclusion year module or non-triggering event year module

Example: A TC 670 DPC 64 posted to a module without a TC 971 AC 114 and/or TC 76X CRN 263

Research indicates there was a Section 965 inclusion/election on a preceding tax period and the liability has not been full paid

Transfer the credit to the inclusion year or triggering event year module using CC ADD24. The DPC 64 must be input on both the credit and debit side of the transfer.

Caution: If using the IAT Credit Transfer Tool to complete the transfer, you must select “Override All ADD34 with ADD24” and manually add the “64” to the “Reverse DPC” field on the debit side of the transfer. The DPC 64 must be input on both the credit and debit side of the transfer or it will unpost.

The IRC 965 payment posted to the inclusion year module without a DPC 64 and has NOT been manually applied towards the 965 liability (i.e. no TC 767 CRN 263 was input that included the payment amount)

 

Input an in-module credit transfer to add the DPC 64 to the payment so it posts as a TC 670 DPC 64 on the module. Once posted, BMF programming will systemically post a TC 767 CRN 263 in the amount of the payment.

Caution: Do NOT perform an in-module credit transfer if the mis-coded DPC 64 payment has already been manually applied towards the 965 liability, as doing so will double credit the module in the amount of the payment.

The IRC 965 payment posted to a non-inclusion year module without a DPC 64 and the credit is still available (i.e. the payment hasn’t refunded or credit elected in error)

Research indicates there was a Section 965 inclusion/election on a preceding tax period and the liability has not been full paid

Transfer the 965 payment to the inclusion year module or triggering event year module and post as a TC 670 DPC 64. Once posted, BMF programming will systemically post a TC 767 CRN 263 in the amount of the payment.

(6) When reviewing an account with an IRC Section 965(h) election, review the TC 971 AC 114 and TC 76X CRN 263 amounts to ensure they were entered correctly.

(7) If an adjustment is needed to the TC 971 AC 114, use CC REQ77/FRM77 to input the adjustment as follows:

FRM77 Field Name

Input

TC>

“971”

TRANS-DT>

Current Date “MMDDYYYY”

SECONDARY-DT>

Tax Period Ending Date “MMDDYYYY”

Example: If the TC 971 AC 114 is being input the 201812 module, it should be input as 12312018.

TC971/151-CD>

“114”

MISC>

Input the 965 Total Tax Liability amount minus any amount deferred under 965(i) (dollars only, no cents, no special characters)

Note: For the inclusion year module this amount will be reflected on the Transition Tax Statement for TY 2017, the line 5 minus line 7 amount or on the Form 965-A, Part I, Column (f).

REMARKS

“NSD, 965 Tax”

(8) Refer to the Table below when researching and making an adjustment to the TC 971 AC 114 amount:

If

And

Then

The TC 971 AC 114 amount posted to the module is greater than the TC 150 amount

Research indicates that is how it was reported on the inclusion year return and/or triggering event year return

Refer the case to your lead to be referred to HQ.

The TC 971 AC 114 on the inclusion year module or triggering event year module was input for an amount that differs from the amount listed on the inclusion year return/attachments and/or the triggering event year return/attachments

Research indicates there was no amended return filed

Use CC REQ77 to input the TC 971, AC 114 amount reflected on the return/attachments.

Note: Input the total IRC 965 tax liability minus any amount deferred under 965(i) in the Miscellaneous Field. The amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters. For example, an amount of $12,500.00 should be entered as 12500 in the Misc. Field. Enter the tax period ending date (MMDDYYYY) in the SECONDARY-DT Field.

Caution: Do NOT input a TC 972 reversal when adjusting the TC 971, AC 114 amount. BMF programming will systemically mark the original posting with an “R” to indicate the reversal once the new TC 971, AC 114 is input.

Note: If an amended return was filed amending a timely 965 liability, the TC 971 AC 114 should reflect the 965 total tax amount reported with the amended return minus any amount deferred under 965(i).

No TC 971 AC 114 was posted to the inclusion year module

The inclusion year return/attachments or amended return indicate both a timely IRC 965 inclusion and an IRC 965(h) election were made

Use CC REQ77 to input the TC 971, AC 114 to reflect the IRC 965 total tax amount minus any amount deferred under 965(i).

Note: Input the total IRC 965 tax liability amount in the Miscellaneous Field. The amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters.

Reminder: A TC 766 CRN 263 should also be input in the year of the triggering event for 92% of the triggered liability amount when a 965(h) election is made. TC 767 CRN 263 adjustments should be input accordingly as payments/credits are applied to the 965 deferral.

No TC 971 AC 114 was posted to the triggering event year module (MFT 05 ONLY)

The reporting year Form 965-A reflects a triggered liability amount and the IRC 965 triggered liability being paid in full in the year of the triggering event

Use CC REQ77 to input the TC 971 AC 114 to reflect the triggered liability amount.

Reminder: The triggered liability amount is reported on Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (f) as a negative number and transferred to Part I, Column (f) as a positive number on one of lines 5-8.

Note: Input the IRC 965 triggered liability amount in the Miscellaneous Field as a positive number. The amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters.

No TC 971 AC 114 was posted to the triggering event year module (MFT 05 ONLY)

The reporting year Form 965-A reflects a triggered liability amount WITH an IRC 965(h) election being made to pay the triggered liability in 8 annual installments

Use CC REQ77 to input the TC 971 AC 114 to reflect the triggered liability amount.

Reminder: The triggered liability amount is reported on Form 965-A, Part IV, Column (f) as a negative number and transferred to Part I, Column (f) as a positive number on one of lines 5-8. Additionally, in Part I, Column (a), the tax year in which the triggering event occurred is reported. Columns (b) through (e) are skipped and “Yes” is entered in column (g) to indicate a 965(h) election is being made to pay the triggered liability in installments.

Note: Input the IRC 965 triggered liability amount in the Miscellaneous Field as a positive number. The amount should be input as dollars only (no cents), with no special characters.

Reminder: A TC 766 CRN 263 should also be input in the year of the triggering event for 92% of the triggered liability amount when a 965(h) election is made. TC 767 CRN 263 adjustments should be input accordingly as payments/credits are applied to the 965 deferral.

A TC 971 AC 114 was input on a non-inclusion year or non-triggering event year module in error

Research confirms there was no IRC 965 inclusion and/or no IRC 965 election made by the taxpayer for the tax period in question

Use REQ77 to reverse the TC 971 AC 114 using TC 972, AC 114.

Note: When inputting a TC 972 AC 114, do NOT input an amount in the MISC. field.

Caution: A TC 971 AC 114 should be input on an inclusion year module and a triggering event year module ONLY. The IRC 965 inclusion period was 201712-201911, no new inclusions can be made after 201911, however, if the taxpayer (MFT 05 ONLY) made a 965(i) election during the inclusion period and subsequently experiences a triggering event, the taxpayer may make a 965(h) election to pay the triggered liability in installments in the year of the triggering event. Moreover, taxpayers are required to file Form 965-A, (MFT 05 ONLY) or Form 965-B annually until the IRC 965 liability is paid in full. Do NOT mistake the reporting of an annual 965(h) installment payment or the annual reporting of a 965(i) deferred liability as a new IRC 965 inclusion or election. See IRM 3.14.2.7.5.3 IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3 for an explanation of how annual 965(h) installment payments and triggered liabilities are reported.

(9) If an adjustment to a TC 76X CRN 263 is required, use CC REQ54/ADJ54 to input the adjustment as follows:

Field

Adjustment

More Information

  • EIN

  • MFT

  • TX-PRD

  • NM-CTRL

N/A

These fields will auto-populate.

SEQ-NUM>

Input sequence number of the adjustment

Start with “1” each day and continue to number each adjustment in sequential order

BLK>

Input “15” unless MFT 05 then input “17”

Input “17” for MFT 05, Input “15” for all other applicable MFTs

INTCMP-DT>

Input the interest computation date for the adjustment as applicable

This field is used when inputting a TC 298.00 CRN 263 adjustment. The TC 298.00 CRN 263 adjustment should carry an interest computation date of the installment due date OR the date of the payment (whichever is earlier) UNLESS, there is interest on the module, in which case, the installment due date should be used.

Note: No INTCMP-DT> is needed when inputting a TC 290.00 CRN 263 because the date defaults to the return due date for the module the adjustment is being input on when inputting a TC 290.00.

CASE-STS-CD>

Input the following as appropriate:

  • A- Assigned

  • B- Background

  • C- Close

When inputting TC 76X CRN 263 adjustments, input an “A” and leave until all adjustments have posted.

IRS-RCVD-DT>

*

Will generate the current date.

CTRL-CAT>

Notice Review input “OURV”, “RFDL” or in rare instances “IRRQ”.

Input “OURV” to indicate the case was reviewed/adjusted by Notice Review

Note: If adjustment is part of a recovery project use category code “IRRQ”.

Note: If CC NOREF was input use “RFDL”

TC>

  • Input “290.00” if the 766/767 transaction should carry the return due date of the module being adjusted

  • Input “298.00” if the transaction should carry a date other than the return due date of the module being adjusted.

  • When inputting a TC 766 CRN 263 or TC 767 CRN 263 adjustment to correct an erroneous TC 76X CRN 263 posted to the module, use “TC 290.00” and “TC 298.00” as appropriate to ensure the transaction you are inputting carries the date of the transaction you are correcting.

Caution: TC 290.00 defaults to the return due date of the module being adjusted, so if the transactions needs to carry a date other than the return due date use TC 298.00.

  • When applying an overpayment to a future installment, use TC 298.00 for the current date.

Example: If all installments have been timely paid and all TC 76X CRN 263 transactions and the TC 971 AC 114 are correct and there is a credit balance on the module and the 965 liability has not been full paid, input a TC 298.00 CRN 263 using the current date to generate a TC 767 CRN 263 to apply the overpayment to the 965 liability.

AMT>

Enter .00

Enter .00 when inputting a TC 290/298 to adjust the TC 76X CRN 263 transactions.

RSN-CDS>

Input “192”

Reason Code “192” is required when inputting/adjusting TC 76X CRC 263 adjustments.

HOLD-CD>

Follow the guidance in IRM 3.14.2.7.6.3 to input the appropriate hold code.

  • When inputting adjustments to correct the TC 76X CRN 263 amount(s) and there will be an outstanding 965 deferral remaining on the module, use of HC 4 is appropriate in most cases, however, if there is also a balance due of non-965 tax on the module, the notice should go out.

  • When inputting adjustments to correct the TC 76X CRN 263 amount(s) and the adjustments result in the 965 tax liability being full paid with an overpayment on the module, the notice should go out.

PSTING-DLAY-CD>

Input the number of cycles as appropriate. The accepted values are 1-6.

No posting delay code is required when inputting multiple TC 76X CRN 263 adjustments, however, if you are inputting other adjustments in addition to the TC 76X CRN 263 adjustment(s), then a posting delay code is needed.

Example: If an adjustment to tax is needed, in addition to the TC 76X CRN 263 adjustments, input adjustment to tax prior to the TC 76X CRN 263 adjustments and the use a posting delay code of “1” when inputting the TC 76X CRN 263 adjustments.

CD>

Input “263”

Ensure “263” is input when adjusting TC 76X CRN 263 amounts.

AMT>

Input the amount of the payment/credit being applied to and/or the amount of the adjustment being made to the 965 deferral

Caution: When attempting to post a TC 767 CRN 263 to reduce the deferral, there MUST be a minus sign after the amount, otherwise the adjustment will post as a TC 766 CRN 263 increase to the deferral amount.

SOURCE-DOC-ATTACHED>

Enter “Y” if yes. Enter “N” if no.

If you do not have the original or amended return/correspondence in hand, input ”N”.

REMARKS

Input “965 DEF ADJ” or “965 TGR TM”

  • Enter “965 DEF ADJ” if the adjustment is being done as part of normal inventory

  • Enter “965 TGR TM” if the adjustment is being done as part of a recovery.

Note: A 965(h) Tool has been created to assist in determining the adjustments needed to correct the 965 deferral. The 965(h) Tool is located on the BMF Notice Review Portal in SERP under the Job Aids tab.

(10) The TC 766 CRN 263 amount should NEVER be greater than the TC 971, AC 114 amount.

If

Then

The TC 766 CRN 263 amount exceeds the TC 971, AC 114 amount

Review the Transition Tax Statement or Form 965-A or Form 965-B for the correct section 965 total tax and deferred tax amounts

The TC 971, AC 114 amount was entered incorrectly

Use CC REQ77 to input a new TC 971, AC 114 with the correct amount entered in the “Miscellaneous Field”.

Note: This is a dollars only input. Do NOT include cents or special characters in the amount.

The TC 766 CRN 263 amount was entered incorrectly

Use CC REQ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 or TC 298.00 CRN 263 to correct the deferred tax amount.

(11) Refer to the table below when researching and inputting adjustments to the TC 971, AC 114 and TC 766 CRN 263 amounts on Section 965(h) accounts:

If

And

Then

The TC 971 AC 114 & TC 766 CRN 263 amounts are the same

The transition tax statement/return/Form 965-A or Form 965-B reflect that the deferred tax amount should be an amount less than the amount posted

Use CC REQ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 to reduce the deferred tax amount

Note: To figure the amount, subtract the correct deferred tax amount per the return from the posted TC 766 CRN 263 amount reflected on the module and input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 for the difference. Once this adjustment is made a TC 767 will post to the account.

Caution: If decreasing a posted TC 766 CRN 263, input the CRN amount with a minus sign. For example, a CRN 263 for $2,500.00- will generate a TC 767 CRN 263 for $2,500.00

A TC 971 AC 114 has posted, but no TC 766 CRN 263 posted

The inclusion year return indicates an IRC 965(h) deferred tax amount and/or the Form 965-A reflects the triggered liability amount and an IRC 965(h) election being made in the year of the triggering event

Ensure the TC 971 AC 114 amount was entered correctly and use CC REQ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 to establish the 965 deferral on the module.

Reminder: No minus sign is needed when inputting the CRN amount when establishing or increasing the posted TC 766 CRN 263 amount.

Caution: If inputting a TC 29X CRN 263 adjustment and inputting a TC 971, AC 114, a Posting Delay Code (PDC) 1 is required on the TC 29X adjustment.

Both the TC 971 AC 114 and TC 766 CRN 263 were input in error

There is no indication on the return and/or return attachments of an IRC 965 inclusion and/or 965(h) election being made by the taxpayer

Reverse the erroneous TC 766 CRN 263 using CC ADJ54 to input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 with a minus sign to reverse the deferred tax amount in its entirety, then input the TC 972, AC 114 reversal using a Post Delay Code 1.

Research indicates that a single payment was credited to the module more than once

Example: A payment posted to the module without a DPC 64 but was included in a manual TC 767 CRN 263 transaction AND an in-module credit transfer is input to add the DPC 64 causing the systemic TC 767 CRN 263 to generate for the amount of the payment, thereby double crediting the module.

 

Use CC REQ54 to input a TC 290.00/TC 298.00 CRN 263 as appropriate, to generate a TC 766 CRN 263 to reverse one of the duplicate TC 767 CRN 263 postings.

Reminder: No minus sign is needed when inputting the CRN amount to increase the posted TC 766 CRN 263 amount.

(12) Erroneous TC 76X CRN 263 postings resulting from the use of TC 290.00 CRN 263 instead of the TC 298.00 CRN 263 to apply installment payments to the deferral are very common on inclusion year modules. Refer to the Table below when correcting TC 76X CRN adjustments that were input in error:

If

Then

A manual TC 767 CRN 263 was input using a TC 290.00 to apply an installment payment that was received and due after the due date of the inclusion year/triggering event year return

  1. Input a TC 290.00 CRN 263 to generate a 766 CRN 263 in the amount of the credit that was reversed in error to add the credit back in.

  2. Input a TC 298.00 CRN 263 with a minus sign in the amount of the payment using the date of the payment or the installment due date whichever is earlier unless there is interest on the module in which case the installment due date should be used as the interest computation date.

(13) Refer to the table below when applying credits on the inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module to the IRC 965(h) deferral:

If

And

Then

The 965 inclusion year module or triggering event year module where a 965(h) election was made is in a credit balance

All installment payments due to date were timely paid and properly applied and the Section 965 liability is NOT full paid

Input a TC 298.00 CRN 263 for the amount of the credit with a minus sign using the current date to apply the credit to the next installment(s).

The 965 inclusion year module or triggering event year module where a 965(h) election was made is in a credit balance

Research indicates the overpayment is caused because a 965 designated payment posted without a DPC 64

Perform an in-module credit transfer to post the payment as a TC 670 DPC 64. Once posted, BMF programming will post a systemic TC 767 CRN 263, to apply the payment to the deferral.

(14) Refer to the table below when the inclusion year and/or triggering event year module is in a debit balance:

If

And

Then

The 965(h) inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module is in a debit balance

All TC 76X CRN 263 transactions on the module accurately reflect the payments posted to the module

  1. Research the module and each subsequent module looking for misapplied and/or mis-coded IRC 965 Designated Payments.

  2. If any available IRC 965 payments are identified, move them to the inclusion year/triggering event year module and post them as a TC 670 DPC 64. Once posted, BMF programming will systemically post a TC 767 CRN 263 in the amount of the payment.

  3. If after the payment(s) are moved to the inclusion year/triggering event year module, the module balance is zero, no further action is needed.

  4. If after the payment(s) are posted to the inclusion year/triggering event year module, the module remains in a debit balance, refer the account for possible acceleration. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

  5. If after the payment(s) are posted to the inclusion year/triggering event year module, the module is in a credit balance and the Section 965 liability has not been paid in full, input a TC 298.00 CRN 263 for the amount of the credit using the current date as the interest computation date to apply the credit to the next installment due.

    Caution: When attempting to post a TC 767 CRN 263, input the CRN amount with a minus sign.

  6. If after the payment(s) are posted to the inclusion year/triggering event year module, the module is in a credit balance and the Section 965 liability has been paid in full, the credit can refund or offset as normal

The 965(h) inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module is in a debit balance

No misapplied/mis-coded IRC 965 payments are located AND there is no indication on the module that the Section 965 liability has been accelerated

Refer the account for possible acceleration. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

The 965(h) inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module is in a debit balance

There is an open control base and one of the following history items on TXMOD: “L6154”, “965/L6154”, “6154SNT”

Contact the employee with the open control, before taking any action on the account.

The 965(h) inclusion year module and/or the triggering event year module is in a debit balance

There is a history item on TXMODA of “965ACCEL”

The liability has been accelerated and payment of the entire Section 965 liability is due in full. Do NOT input a TC 766 CRN 263 to re-establish the deferral.

IRC 965 CP Notices

(1) The following notices were created for BMF IRC 965 processing:

  • CP 247A - Tax Assessed - Notification of the Requested Credit Elect/Refund Being Applied to Section 965 Tax Liability

  • CP 247B - Tax Assessed - Notification of Credit Elect/Refund Being Applied to Section 965 Tax Liability

  • CP 247C - Tax Assessed - Including Section 965 Tax Liability

  • CP 256 - Annual Section 965(h) Installment Notice

  • CP 947A - Tax Assessed - Notification of the Requested Credit Elect/Refund Being Applied to Section 965 Tax Liability (Spanish)

  • CP 947B - Tax Assessed - Notification of Credit Elect/Refund Being Applied to Section 965 Tax Liability (Spanish)

  • CP 947C - Tax Assessed - Including Section 965 Tax Liability (Spanish)

  • CP 956 - Annual Section 965(h) Installment Notice (Spanish)

(2) CPs 247A/B/C and CPs 947A/B/C are notice and demand correspondence issued to notify the taxpayer of their IRC 965(h) tax liability.

(3) When reviewing CPs 247A/B/C and CPs 947A/B/C research the account to ensure the TC 971 AC 114 amount and TC 766 CRN 263 were input correctly.

  • If correct, and the amount on the notice accurately reflects the information on the return and on the module, print the notice.

  • If the TC 971 AC 114 and/or the TC 766 CRN 263 were input incorrectly, input the appropriate adjustment in accordance with IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1 . If there is a remaining IRC 965 tax liability after the adjustments are made, print the notice.

  • If there was no IRC 965 inclusion and/or IRC 965(h) election made and the TC 971 AC 114 and/or the TC 766 CRN 263 were input in error, input the appropriate reversals in accordance with IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1 and void the notice.

(4) When reviewing CP 256 and 956, research the account to ensure the TC 971 AC 114 amount and TC 76X CRN 263 transactions were input correctly.

Research to ensure the following:

Ensure the non-965 tax and the 1st installment payment were paid by the due date of the 1st installment.

Ensure all subsequent installment payments were made by the due date of the installment and full paid the installment due.

Note: The posted TC 767 CRN 263 should carry the due date of the installment or the payment date, whichever, is sooner except when there is interest on the module in which case the posted TC 767 CRN 263 should carry the due date of the installment. When applying an overpayment to a future installment the current date should be utilized when inputting the TC 290.00/298.00 CRN 263 to generate the TC 767 CRN 263.

If the date of a posted TC 767 CRN 263 is incorrect, input an adjustment to correct it (i.e. reverse the erroneous TC 767 CRN 263 by inputting a TC 290.00/298.00 CRN 263 adjustment to post a TC 766 CRN 263 using the same date and amount as the erroneous TC 767 CRN 263 and then input the TC 290.00/298.00 CRN 263 to post the TC 767 CRN 263 with the correct date.

Reminder: The IRC 965 Tool can be used to help determine the needed adjustments to the IRC 965(h) deferral.

Ensure the TC 76X CRN 263 transactions posted to the module accurately reflect the payments made or credits applied to the IRC 965 deferral.

Note: The net unreversed TC 766 CRN 263 transactions should reflect the IRC 965 Total Tax minus payments made or credit applied towards the IRC 965 deferral on BMF accounts.

  • If correct and the amounts on the notice accurately reflect the IRC 965(h) deferral amount and payments and credits applied to the deferral on the module, print the notice.

  • If the TC 971 AC 114 and/or the TC 76X CRN 263 transactions were input incorrectly, input the appropriate adjustment(s) in accordance with IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1. If there is a remaining IRC 965 tax liability after the adjustments are made, and the installment is still owed retype the notice to include the correct “Total Unpaid IRC Section 965 Amount” and/or “Installment Amount Due.”

    Note: The Total Unpaid IRC Section 965 Amount is the net of all the unreversed TC 766 CRN 263 transactions on the module on BMF accounts.

    Caution: Be aware of pending transactions that could impact the accuracy of this amount on the notice and update the notice accordingly. If the pending transaction(s) will reduce the Total IRC 965 deferred tax to zero, void the notice.

    Note: The Installment Amount Due will be equal to the applicable percentage (8% in years 1-5, 15% in year 6, 20% in year 7 and 25% in year 8) of the most recently posted TC 971 AC 114 amount unless a prior payment paid a portion of the installment amount that is due for the reporting year, in which case the Installment Amount Due will be less than the applicable percentage (8% in years 1-5, 15% in year 6, 20% in year 7 and 25% in year 8) of the most recently posted TC 971 AC 114 . If a previous payment paid all of the installment due for the reporting year, then the Installment Amount Due on the notice should be zero.

  • If there is a remaining IRC 965 tax liability, research to ensure all designated IRC 965 payments were properly applied to the appropriate module and accounted for. If an IRC 965 designated payment was misapplied, transfer the credit to the appropriate module and retype the notice to include the correct “Total Unpaid IRC Section 965 Amount” and/or “Installment Amount Due.”

  • If there was no IRC 965 inclusion and/or IRC 965(h) election made and the TC 971 AC 114 and/or the TC 766 CRN 263 were input in error, input the appropriate reversals in accordance with IRM 3.14.2.6.5.3.1 and void the notice.

  • If the TC 971 AC 114 amount is less than the TC 766 CRN 263, void the notice.

  • If the TC 971 AC 114 and TC 766 CRN 263 amounts are correct and the notice module has a credit balance, void the notice.

  • If the 965 liability has been accelerated due to failure to timely pay installments, void the notice. See table below for more details.

  • If

    Then

    There is a history item on TXMODA of “965ACCEL” and/or the net 76X CRN 263 transactions on the module equal zero

    Void the notice.

    There is an open control base and one of the following history items is on TXMOD: “L6154”, “965/L6154”, “6154SNT”

    1. Ensure the 965 amounts on the module are accurate and match the notice. If so, print the notice.

    2. If an adjustment is needed to the module, contact the employee with the open control prior to making any adjustment and retype the notice accordingly.

  • If there is an indication of a transfer agreement on the module and you are unable to determine the accuracy of the notice, refer the case to the lead who will contact SB/SE Brookhaven for assistance. See the table below for information on how to identify transfer agreements on IRC 965 modules.

  • Transaction Code

    Meaning

    TC 971 AC 507

    An unreversed TC 971 AC 507 indicates an approved IRC 965 Transfer Agreement. This transaction creates an MFT 83 Transferee module which mirrors the Transferor’s module. Once established any payment made towards the transferred 965 liability will be recorded on both modules until it is paid in full. TC 971 AC 507 links the transferor and transferee accounts.

    TC 76X CRN 337 RC 160

    Indicates a payment made to a mirrored account. This transaction code is used to cross reference (mirror) payments made towards 965(h) installments to the joint and severally liable, transferee and transferor accounts.

    MFT 83

    Indicates an IRC 965 liability was transferred. MFT 83 is the transferee’s module and IRC 965 payments/credits on this account should mirror the IRC 965 payments/credits on the transferor’s 965 inclusion year module until the 965 tax liability is paid in full.

IRC 965(h) Liability Schedule CFOL Screen (Command Code BMFOLM)

(1) Command Code BMFOL with Definer M was created to assist in identifying the IRC 965(h) deferral payments on the account.

(2) The amount listed under the title, “Tax Liabilities and Installments” reflects the latest TC 971, AC 114 (Total Net Tax Liability under Section 965) reported by the taxpayer.

(3) The amount listed under the title, Deferred Amount reflects the latest TC 766 CRN 263 remaining deferred amount.

(4) The remainder of the screen display reflects the yearly percentage of the 8 installments based on the latest TC 971, AC 114 and the remaining installment amounts due based on the latest TC 766 CRN 263, along with the yearly due dates of the installments.

(5) This display screen will assist in determining the amount of the IRC 965 deferral amount paid, as well as, the remaining deferral amount still owed. It will allow you to determine if an installment amount was paid, overpaid with the overpayment being credited to the next installment or if the installment was underpaid.

(6) The BMFOLM display screen will recalculate with the input of a new TC 971, AC 114 and/or a new TC 766/767 CRN 263 amount.

Note: See IRM 2.3.59-117, Command Code BMFOL IRC 965 Liability Schedule Screen for a detailed display.

Reviewing Notices with Freeze Codes

(1) Consider all existing freeze codes before taking any action on a tax module.

(2) Refer to Document 6209 Section 8A for a complete listing of Master File Freeze Codes with explanations of the codes, conditions on the account, and freeze release instructions. Consult your work lead for instructions for resolving cases with freeze codes not mentioned in the following sections.

Duplicate Return Freeze (-A)

(1) The -A Freeze is set when a duplicate or amended return (TC 976 or TC 971 (AC 010)) posts to a tax module that contains a posted original return.

(2) The freeze generates a CP 193 transcript that is routed to Accounts Management (Adjustments) for resolution.

(3) If the notice is selected for review, follow the procedures in the -A Freeze Decision Table below.

If

Then

The Category Code is DUPF or 941X

  • Do not transfer credit into or out of the notice module.

  • Do not assess the TC 160 penalty .

  • Mail notice

  • The return posted to an incorrect tax period and has to be reprocessed, and

  • Either the receiving or losing module contains an -A Freeze

Void the notice.

  • If box 1 above applies, and

  • The notice module contains excess credit, and

  • The TC 976 tax liability on CC BMFOL or CC BRTVU matches the excess credit amount

Void the notice.

The notice module has an -A freeze with no current open control and there is a pending payment (TC 6XX)

Label the notice.

The notice module is in balance due status with no current open control and a payment is located.

Transfer payment into notice module and determine the correct notice disposition.

If payment found on Losing module contains -A Freeze and no open control base.

Transfer payment into notice module and determine the correct notice disposition. See IRM 3.14.2.7.10 Notice Disposition.

The notice module has an -A freeze with no current open control.

Mail the notice. Do not assess TC 160.

Controlled to a tax examiner outside Accounts Management

Contact the tax examiner for case resolution (notice disposition, etc.) for all other instances see IRM 3.14.2.7 and IRM 3.14.2.7.19.1.

There is a pending adjustment with no Hold Code or Hold Code 1 on the notice module.

Label the notice.

CP 267

Refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.8.

STEX Freeze (-B)

(1) This freeze prevents credits from refunding or offsetting (including Credit Elect) from the module.

(2) It is set when the Statute of Limitations for refunds expires.

(3) You must contact the Statute Unit for all notices with a tax increase selected with a -B Freeze to determine notice disposition. Use chart below for disposition.

(4) Follow any special instructions given by the Statute Unit when making an adjustment to the tax module.

(5) If increasing the tax, input a HC 4 to hold any remaining credit.

(6) If transferring credit with a TC 820, input a secondary TC 570 on the debit side of the transfer to create a -R Freeze and hold any remaining credit on the module.

(7) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 820

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit, or less than $5.00 credit.

(8) Follow procedures in -B Freeze Decision Chart below.

IF

THEN

Notice with refund selected with -B Freeze

Void the notice.

Notice with tax increase selected with -B Freeze

Contact the local Statute Unit. Your contact should state that if you do not receive any instructions from the Statute Unit before cycle closeout, the notice will be voided.

Offset Overflow Freeze (C-)

(1) This freeze delays a TC 846 for one or two cycles.

(2) Master File generates this freeze when an offset overflow (computer capacity exceeded) exists.

(3) Follow normal review procedures.

(4) If the delayed refund needs to be reduced:

  1. Hold the notice.

  2. Monitor the case for posting of the TC 846.

  3. Delete the refund.

Refund Statute Expiration Date (RSED) Freeze (-D)

(1) This freeze prevents credits from refunding or offsetting (including Credit Elect) from the module.

(2) The -D Refund Statute Expiration Date (RSED) Freeze is set when:

  • An RSED is present

  • A BMF adjustment (TC 29X/TC 30X) posts to the account

  • A return posts to a Substitute for Return (SFR) tax module and the IRS received date of the taxpayer’s return (received after previous SFR assessment) is more than three years after the due date or extended due date, whichever is later

  • All or part of the credit must be made up of prepaid credits (prepaid credits are credits posted by the due date of the return). The credit is frozen and an RSED-STAT transcript is generated and distributed to the Statute Function for resolution 4 cycles after the -D Freeze is set.

(3) If the conditions above are met, void the notice.

Caution: The following conditions will release the -D Freeze:

  • A TC 29X with a Priority Code 4 posts to the module

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit

Amended Return Freeze (E-)

(1) This freeze prevents overpayments from refunding or offsetting into or out of the frozen module.

(2) The following conditions will set this freeze:

  • No original return (TC 150) has posted, but a duplicate (TC 976) return posts to a tax module

  • TC 971 Action Codes 010, 012, 013, 014, or 015 is input

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 150

  • TC 971 with Action Code (AC) 002

Note: If the case is controlled to a Tax Examiner (TE), contact the tax examiner for case resolution.

Rollback Freeze (-E)

(1) This freeze prevents credits from offsetting into a debit module the computer has performed a rollback analysis on or to a debit module that has no modules in status 22, 23, 24, or 26 for the previous 12 months.

(2) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • Computer released after 10 cycles

  • The credit discrepancy is resolved

  • The module balance becomes zero or credit

  • The module reaches status 22, 23, 24, or 26

  • Caution: Overpayments must be transferred into modules with -E Freezes only if the credit is claimed on the module, intended to be applied, or the taxpayer requested the credit transfer.

Math Error Freeze (-G)

(1) This freeze grants Appeal Rights to the taxpayer and prevents the tax module from updating to TDA status.

(2) One of the following conditions usually sets this freeze:

  • An original return with a Math Error Notice Code (TPNC) posts to the module

  • An adjustment in Blocking Series 770-789 posts to the module

(3) The freeze will automatically release in twelve weeks. Any of the following actions will release it earlier:

  • TC 472 with Closing Code 94

  • TC 290 with Priority Code 6

Restricted Failure to Pay Penalty Freeze (G-)

(1) This restricts the Failure to Pay penalty.

(2) Any of the following conditions will set the freeze:

  • TC 270/271 (except with Reason Code 62)

  • TC 320 (Return due date is before 1-1-87)

  • TC 534 (for significant amount)

  • TC 780 with a TC 480

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 272 (zero amount)

  • TC 321

  • TC 535 (if the TC 534 amount is completely reversed)

  • TC 781 or TC 782

(4) Manually compute the penalty and retype the notice if necessary.

Note: Any transaction with Doc Code 52 will restrict FTP penalty and interest (credit and debit) in the module with that transaction. This restriction is permanent and cannot be released. This condition does not set the G- freeze. Nevertheless, manual penalty and interest computation is required. Exception: A transaction with Doc Code 52 with Julian Date 999 will not restrict the Failure to Pay penalty and interest.

Restricted Credit Interest Freeze (I-)

(1) This freeze restricts credit interest.

(2) One of the following conditions will set the freeze:

  • TC 770

  • TC 780

  • TC 534 (for significant amount)

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 771

  • TC 772

  • TC 535 (must completely reverse TC 534 amount)

  • TC 781 or TC 782

  • Net module balance becomes zero or debit

Note: Any transaction with Doc Code 52 will restrict FTP penalty and interest (credit and debit) in the module with that transaction. This restriction is permanent and cannot be released. This condition does not set any I freeze. Nevertheless, manual penalty and interest computation is required. Exception: A transaction with Doc Code 52 with Julian Date 999 will not restrict the Failure to Pay penalty and interest.

(4) Follow normal review procedures.

Restricted Debit Interest Freeze (-I)

(1) The -I (Debit Interest) Freeze sets when a manual abatement or assessment requirement is placed on an account. The -I Freeze is generated when a TC 340/ TC 341 posts or when CCC “Z” is placed on an account identifying combat zone taxpayers entitled to an automatic postponement of a deadline. You must manually compute interest on adjustments input on an account with the -I Freeze. It also prevents credits from refunding or offsetting into or out of the module for eight weeks.

(2) A TC 340/341 sets this freeze.

(3) TC 342 will release this freeze.

(4) Manually compute the interest and retype the notice if necessary.

Reminder: Electronically document reason for action taken when available to function inputting adjustment.

Example: If case is located on Accounts Management Services (AMS) system and/or the CIS (Correspondence Imaging System) - effective February 17, 2009 renamed as AMS (Accounts Management Services) - notate the following in case history:
• reason interest has been restricted
• relevant interest computation dates/amounts for that adjustment
• any specific information helpful in reconstructing the posted restricted interest adjustment.

Reminder: Any transaction with Doc Code 52 will restrict FTP penalty and interest (credit and debit) in the module with that transaction. This restriction is permanent and cannot be released. This condition does not set any I freeze. Nevertheless, manual penalty and interest computation is required. Exception: A transaction with Doc Code 52 with Julian Date 999 will not restrict the Failure to Pay penalty and interest.

(5) For a complete list of conditions for -I Freeze refer to Document 6209 Section 8A, Document 6209 Freeze Codes., .

Credit Balance Freeze (-K)

(1) This freeze prevents the credit balance from refunding or offsetting from the module.

(2) Any of the following conditions will set the freeze:

  • TC 29X with Hold Code 1, 2, or 4

  • TC 30X with Hold Code 1, 2, or 4

  • Form 1120 with CCC "N" (Joint Committee Case) is posted

  • Note: A TC 290 .00 with Hold Code 4 sets this freeze on a refund delete case.

Caution: Do not set a -K freeze unless it is necessary for case resolution. Be aware of the conditions for the release of the freeze. Do not release a refund erroneously.

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 150 posts to the module

  • TC 29X posts to the module

  • TC 30X posts to the module

  • TC 820 posts to the module

  • TC 830 posts to the module

  • A Doc Code 24 or 34 credit transfer

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit

Form 2290 (L-)

(1) This freeze is set when MFT 60 (Form 2290) module has a credit balance of $10.00 or more.

  1. The freeze was created to prevent erroneous refunds.

  2. The credits are recorded on the Form 2290 Credit Report which is worked by the Excise Group at Cincinnati Campus.

  3. The module is frozen from refunding and offsets.

(2) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡If the form is requested by the Excise Team route to Internal Revenue Service, Excise Operation, Stop 5701-G 7940 Kentucky Drive, Florence, KY 41042.

AIMS Indicator Freeze (-L)

(1) A TC 420 or TC 424 sets this freeze.

Note: This freeze will not prevent a refund.

(2) Follow normal review procedures.

Note: If a CC REQ54 adjustment is needed, use Priority Code 1.

(3) Freeze is released by certain TC 30X or TC 42X transactions.

Disaster Freeze (-O)

(1) The -O freeze allows the Service to provide special processing related to any filing, payment or interest relief, granted for a geographical area. It is input systemically at the request of the Disaster Program Office.

(2) This freeze is set by TC 971 (Action Code 086 or 087).

Note: As of 2007, TC 971 AC 086 is no longer used to set the -O freeze, therefore, TC 971 AC 086 represents disaster relief that started prior to 2007. TC 971 AC 087 is the transaction code used to set the -O freeze after 2007.

(3) The -O freeze provides the following relief:

  • Suspends the mailing of notices with the exception of assessment notices required by IRC 6303 and notices pertaining to the Release of Levy/Release of Property from Levy.

  • Establishes a filing and payment postponement period for eligible taxpayers with a filing or payment due date/extended due date within the disaster period.

  • Allows for special penalty/interest computation for taxpayers meeting the criteria for the filing and payment relief granted.

  • Suspends a number of collection and examination activities.

(4) The -O freeze does NOT freeze the module from refunding.

(5) The -O freeze is released when the current date is beyond the secondary date (disaster ending date) of the TC 971 AC 087.

Note: When performing account research, the -O freeze can be viewed using IDRS CC ENMOD and/or BMFOLE. The Disaster Victim Code will also post on the Entity portion of IDRS. For more information on the Disaster Victim Code see, IRM 3.14.2.7.6.19, Disaster Freeze (-S).

(6) Please refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.4.4, Natural Disaster Procedures, for more information.

Refund Deletion Freeze (P-)

(1) This freeze prevents overpaid balances from refunding or offsetting from the module.

(2) Any of the following conditions will set the freeze:

  • TC 720

  • TC 841

  • TC 842 with a posted TC 150

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 29X posts to the module

  • TC 30X posts to the module

  • TC 721 posts to the module

  • TC 722 posts to the module

  • TC 820 posts to the module

  • TC 830 posts to the module

  • A Doc Code 24 or 34 credit transfer

  • A TC 571 or TC 572 AFTER a TC 570 has previously posted

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit

Caution: If an open control base is on the module regardless of status, do not release the freeze without contacting the originator.

Rollover Freeze (Q-)

(1) The Q-Freeze is set when a return posts with unclaimed excess credits.

(2) The account is frozen from refunding or offsetting for 15 cycles for MFTs 01, 02, 03, 05, 10, 11, 12,16 and 33.

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • Automatically at the end of 15 cycles

  • A TC 652 or TC 662 posts and remaining credits are within $10.00 of the claimed amount (including penalties and interest)

  • A TC 290 .00 with Hold Code 3 and Priority Code 4 posts

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit

Additional Liability Freeze (-R)

(1) A manual or systemic TC 570 sets this freeze.

(2) Any of the following conditions will generate a TC 570:

  • A TC 150 with CCC X posts

  • A TC 291 with Priority Code 7 posts

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 571

  • TC 572

  • TC 29X

  • TC 180 posts for zero to a module with an unreversed TC 186

  • The module balance becomes zero

RPS Multiple 610 Freeze (R-)

(1) Any of the following actions will set this freeze:

  • Multiple TC 610s on module when the TC 150 posts

  • Multiple TC 610s posted with no TC 150 posted on module

(2) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 29X

  • TC 30X

  • TC 612 (to reverse the TC 610)

  • The module becomes zero or debit

Disaster Freeze (-S)

(1) The -S freeze is a systemic disaster indicator that gives the IRS flexibility to grant filing and payment relief without suspending compliance activities and the generation of notices when the impact and scope of a federally declared disaster does NOT warrant the use of the -O Freeze.

Note: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

(2) The -S freeze is set/reset by TC 971/972 with AC 688 with disaster beginning and ending dates for all taxpayers located within zip codes in the IRS covered disaster areas.

Note: The Disaster Victim Code will post on the Entity portion of IDRS. The Disaster Victim Code is a value indicator that is defined in the table below:

Disaster Victim Code

Definition

1

-S freeze active

2

-O freeze active

3

Both -S and -O freezes are active

4

Historical indicator reflecting that the -S freeze or -O freeze were active at some point in the past but are not currently active

(3) The -S freeze is released when the current date is beyond the secondary date (disaster ending date) of the TC 971 AC 688.

(4) Please refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.4.4, Natural Disaster Procedures, for more information.

(5) For detailed disaster information and impacted state list see Tax Relief in Disaster Areas.

Undelivered Refund Check Freeze (S-)

(1) This freeze prevents any overpayment from refunding. It also causes a CP 231 to be issued to the taxpayer.

(2) A TC 740 sets the freeze

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 018

  • TC 742 (net of all TC 74X is zero and debit)

  • TC 014

  • The module balance becomes zero or debit

Outstanding Liability Freeze (V-)

(1) This freeze indicates an outstanding liability on another tax account.

(2) A TC 130 sets this freeze.

(3) Any of the following actions will release the freeze:

  • TC 131

  • TC 132

  • TC 824

(4) Follow normal review procedures.

Bankruptcy Freeze (-V)

(1) This freeze causes the Campus Status to become 72.

(2) A TC 520 with Closing Codes 60-67, 83, 85-89 sets the freeze.

(3) A TC 521/522 with Closing Codes 60-67, 85-89 releases the freeze.

(4) Follow normal review procedures.

(5) Closing Code 81 usually indicates that the Department of Justice (DOJ) is litigating a bankruptcy matter relating to the account. Follow procedures below. Caution: Taking actions on these cases before seeking DOJ concurrence/approval may have a negative and serious impact on the ongoing litigation or secured judgment.

(6) If during review, it is decided that the Territory Office Special Procedures function needs to be contacted:

  1. Give the case to the work lead.

  2. The work lead will contact the Territory Office Special Procedures function for case resolution.

  3. The work lead will return the case to the tax examiner with instructions for case resolution.

  4. The tax examiner will resolve the case.

Claim Pending Freeze (W-)

(1) This freeze indicates that a claim is pending.

(2) A TC 470 or TC 976 posting to a balance due module sets the freeze.

Note: A TC 470 without a Closing Code or with a Closing Code 90 will prevent offsets into the account.

(3) Follow normal review procedures.

(4) If during review it is decided that the Territory Office Special Procedures function or the Appeals Office needs to be contacted:

  1. Give the case to the work lead.

  2. The work lead will contact the Special Procedures function and/or Appeals Office for case resolution. (To inquire about the status of a case in Appeals Office, call the Appeals Customer Service Line at (559) 233-1267 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡.)

  3. The work lead will return the case to the tax examiner with instructions to resolve the case.

  4. The tax examiner will resolve the case.

Litigation Pending Freeze (-W)

(1) A TC 520 with various closing codes sets this freeze.

(2) Follow normal review procedures.

(3) If during review it is decided that the Territory Office Special Procedures function or the Appeals Office needs to be contacted:

  1. Give the case to the work lead.

  2. The work lead will contact the Special Procedures function and/or Appeals Office for case resolution. (To inquire about the status of a case in Appeals Office, call the Appeals Customer Service Line at (559) 233-1267 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡.)

  3. The work lead will return the case to the tax examiner with instructions to resolve the case.

  4. The tax examiner will resolve the case.

  5. The following defines a Department of Justice (DOJ) case:

  • Any module in Status 72 and/or an unreversed TC 520 with closing codes 70, 75, 80 and 82.

  • Any module with a TC 550 and definer code 04.


Caution: Taking actions on these cases before seeking DOJ concurrence/approval may have a negative and serious impact on the ongoing litigation or secured judgment.

Accounting Manual Refund Freeze (-X)

(1) A manual refund worked by Accounting sets this freeze. Follow normal procedures.

Offer in Compromise Freeze (-Y)

(1) A -Y freeze indicates an Offer in Compromise is pending.

(2) A TC 480 or TC 780 sets this freeze.

(3) Void the notice.

≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

(1) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

(2) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡.

(3) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

Exception: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

Note: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡

Math Error Condition

(1) A math error notice generates whenever a mathematical error is made by the taxpayer on the return or the posted payment information does not agree with the amount claimed on the return.

  1. The taxpayer notice code (TPNC), also called the math error code, is a two-digit numerical code assigned by ERS or ECC-MTB for the specific error condition.

  2. The computer translates this code into a literal message that prints on the math error notice.

  3. This message notifies the taxpayer of the error on the return or account.

(2) Complete all general review procedures in IRM 3.14.2.7 before reviewing the math error condition. The return may or may not be included with the NRPS package, depending on the error condition.

(3) The Main Math Error Notices:

  1. Overpayment Notices

  2. Return

    Computer Paragraph Notice

    940, 940-EZ

    111

    941, 943, 944, 945

    112

    CT-1, CT-1X

    113

    720

    114

    11-C, 2290, 706, 709, 730

    115

    5227, 990PF, 4720

    116

    1042

    117

    1120, 1120X, 1041, 1120-C, 990-T

    133

    720, 940, 940-EZ, 941, 943, 944, 945, 1120, 1120-C, 1120X, 1041

    268

  3. Even/Balance Due Notices

  4. Return

    Computer Paragraph Notice

    940, 940-EZ

    101

    941, 943, 944, 945, 941X, 943X, 944X, 945X

    102

    CT-1, CT-1X

    103, 123

    720

    104, 124

    11-C, 2290, 706, 709, 730

    105, 125

    5227, 990PF, 4720

    106, 126

    1042

    107, 127

    1120-C, 1120X, 990-T, 1041, 1120

    131, 131A and 132

(4) The balance due non-math error notices are the CP 161 and CP 162 (Form 1065 and 1120-S).

(5) The overpaid non-math error notices generated at return settlement (TC 150) are the CP 267 (Q- Freeze), the CP 173 (ES Penalty notice) and the CP 210 (adjustment notice):

(6) To view an exhibit of a notice, refer to The Office of Taxpayer Correspondence website at SNIP.

Reviewing Return Math Errors

(1) Verify the validity of the taxpayer notice codes.

  1. Refer to the Taxpayer Notice Codes(TPNC), IRM 3.14.2.11 for the Form you are reviewing.

  2. The TPNCs on the notice must clearly state the taxpayer's error on the return.

  3. If the assigned TPNC is incorrect, retype the notice to reflect the correct TPNC.

(2) Review, from the point of error, all lines and schedules affected by the error.

  1. The required review is limited to those items directly related to the point of error (ripple errors)

    Note: Refer to the Instructor’s Corner for Submission Processing and reference the Business Master File Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701 for a list of applicable TPNCs by form type. This job aid identifies which TPNC should be assigned based on the line number of the form in which the math error calculation was made.

  2. Correct any other obvious errors found during the review

(3) If you are reviewing a math error notice with a balance due of $250,000 or more or an overpayment of $100,000 or more, then you are required to have the return. If it is not provided then you should request the document by using CC ESTAB. If the document is not received and the accuracy of the overpayment cannot be confirmed before the close out, you must input CC NOREF if there is a TC 846 present on TXMOD and input an H Disposition, as approved by Headquarters, until the return is received.

Note: If the document is not received within the applicable timeframes for CC ESTAB, request the document using Form 2275.

(4) Analyze for the taxpayer’s intent. If the taxpayer entered a line incorrectly it could affect the whole return. This can sometimes be discovered by working a line calculation backwards.

Example: On a Form 941 with TPNC 07, the taxpayer's figure for Total Social Security and Medicare Taxes (line 5d), divided by the correct percentage equals the Taxable Social Security Wages (line 5a). If this amount does not match the taxpayer's figure for line 5a, it could equal the entry for Wages, Tips and Other Compensation for (line 2). Verify taxpayer intent before adjusting the account.

Note: Line 5c will be greater than or equal to the total of lines 5a and 5b.

Example: A CP may generate when the taxpayer is claiming total payments as estimated payments. Void the notice if the refund matches the amount the taxpayer is expecting and there are no other error conditions present.

(5) Check for incorrect input of the tax data, such as transcription errors or a misplaced decimal point.

Note: If the tax return is not included in the NRPS package and you suspect a decimal point transposition and/or a transcription error, request the return using CC ESTAB, assign a disposition of “H” if the return is not received in time for cycle close-out.

  1. If research confirms a misplaced decimal point or transcription error, input the appropriate adjustment(s).

    Example: A CP 111 generated with tax of $5.60. NRPS shows taxable income of $700.00. The taxpayer made deposits of $56.00. The remaining $50.40 is refunding. Your review indicates a transcription error was made. Taxable wages will be $7,000.00 with a tax of $56.00. Delete the refund using CC NOREF and adjust back to the taxpayer figures using CC REQ54.

(6) If the tax is incorrect, input CC REQ54 on IDRS:

  1. Change other items, such as taxable income, as needed.

  2. Do not adjust other items unless also changing the tax.

  3. See IRM 3.14.2.7.6.6 and Document 6209, Document 6209 Item Adjustment Codes and Credit Reference Numbers for specific item reference numbers.

    Reminder: If adjusting tax on Employment Tax Returns, the FTD Penalty (TC 186) must be addressed. (Refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.17.8, Failure to Deposit Penalty.)

  4. Refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.19.4 when inputting tax adjustments.

  5. If an adjustment is needed on Form 706/709 accounts, take the following actions:

Caution: Due to the consolidation of the Cincinnati Submission Processing Center (CSPC), Forms 706/709 are now processed through Kansas City Submission Processing Center (KCSPC), therefore, the instructions contained in 6(e) above, pertain to Kansas City Notice Review ONLY. However, KCSPC cannot adjust these cases. If an adjustment is needed the return must be routed to Cincinnati SB/SE.

  • Route the return to Internal Revenue Service Estate and Gift Tax Operation, Stop 824G, 7940 Kentucky Drive Florence, KY 41042 Estate and Gift at the Cincinnati Campus, mail stop 824G. Attach a note explaining the adjustment needed.

  • Recharge the return to 0283000000.

  • Leave a history item on IDRS.

  • Stop the refund on overpaid notices.

  • Input STAUP on balance due notices.

  • Void the notice on reprocessables.

  • Mail the notice with Label #1

(7) Delete a refund using CC NOREF:

  1. If increasing the tax

  2. If decreasing the refundable credits

  3. For a pending debit transaction.

  4. Refer to IRM 3.14.2.6.1 for instructions on inputting Command Code NOREF

(8) Special condition on CP 102 and CP 112. For returns where Line 5 d Taxable wages and tips subject to Additional Medicare Tax withholding contains a significant entry, NR tax examiners should:

  • Retype notice on OLNR to the figures on Q-Print

  • Make tax adjustments as necessary to correct tax.

  • If CP 112, enter Label 5 on OLNR.

  • Refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.19.4 when inputting tax adjustments.

Credit Discrepancy - Excess Credits

(1) Excess credits occur when more credits are posted to the module than claimed by the taxpayer. The credit may belong on another module or the taxpayer may have forgotten a payment was made. To decide the excess credit amount:

  1. Subtract the total credits claimed by the taxpayer from the actual amount posted.

  2. Consider that any credit elect (TC 716/TC 710) or credit applied (TC 700) posted to the module may not be claimed by the taxpayer.

  3. Consider that the taxpayer may not have received the full credit elect amount requested on the previous return.

  4. Note: Because the taxpayer may be requesting a refund or credit elect, use the credit amount the taxpayer claimed on the return to decide the discrepancy. Do not use the tax amount.

(2) Examples of notices reviewed are CP 111, CP 112, CP 117, CP 134R and CP 834R. List is not all inclusive.

(3) Use the selection keys to serve as a guideline to assist in the review of the notice.

(4) Use the NRPS notice module data to decide which credit(s) or part of a credit is creating the discrepancy.

Exception: If discrepancy is $ .99 or less void notice.

(5) Review all other NRPS modules to decide if the excess credit is claimed or belongs on another module. If the excess credit is in line, transfer the credit. Use the following to analyze the account for the taxpayer's intent.

  1. Look at the payment pattern.

  2. Check payments claimed by the taxpayer and underpaid tax amounts.

  3. Check liability schedules on balance due modules (IDRS research is required).

  4. Review the NRPS package for evidence of a previous transfer to or from another TIN (Research any other TIN on IDRS).

(6) Several payments may be misapplied between two or more modules.

  1. Analyze the entire account (IDRS research is required).

  2. Multiple transfers may be required.

(7) If the date of the overpayment is timely for a prior year or quarter return, decide if the payment belongs on the prior account (IDRS research is required).

(8) Transfer a payment into a full paid module only if the transfer(s) will reduce penalty and/or interest, or if the transfer into the account will overpay the module and a misapplied payment will then be transferred to a different module. Otherwise, allow the refund to generate from the notice module. When inputting a credit transfer follow the instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.7 and IRM 2.4.17, Command Codes ADD24/34/48, ADC24/34/48, FRM34 and DRT24/48

(9) Research unclaimed out of line credits.

  1. Research the voucher, FTD payment, or copy of check as needed.

  2. If a payment is made on the Electronic Federal Tax Payment System, (EFTPS) do not research unless significantly out of line (Follow local procedures).

  3. Verify that all unclaimed, refunding TC 670 payments belong to the taxpayer.

  4. Note: Payment with return (TC 610) will not create a credit discrepancy notice. However, if the TC 610 amount is not the balance due per taxpayer, and NRPS/IDRS research does not explain the payment, verify the payment through research on the RTR system.

(10) Check for misplaced line entries creating erroneous credits.

Example: Deposits or extension payments may be entered on withholding or refundable credits lines on income tax returns. Compare the tax and liability data on the notice module with credits posted on other modules.

Note: Do not void a CP 161 if fully paid by credits that offset (TC 706) into the notice cycle. A CP 138 will generate from the losing module. Print Notice.

Note: Do not label if the offset partially pays the module. A CP 138 will generate from the losing module. Print Notice.


If

And

Then

Tax liability or claimed credits match timely credits posted on another tax module.

TC 150 has not posted to the other module.

Request the return using CC ESTAB (if not included in the NRPS package). The return may need to be reprocessed. Use Disposition Code H to hold the notice until a determination can be made regardless of selection key.

Tax liability or claimed credits match timely credits posted on another tax module.

TC 150 has posted to the other module and the tax liability matches the credit on the notice module.

Request returns for both modules using CC ESTAB (if not included in the NRPS package). If the returns posted incorrectly, do not reprocess the returns. Adjust the tax on each module to agree with the information on the correct tax period. Use Disposition Code H to hold the notice until a determination can be made regardless of selection key.

(11) After completing the review, refer to the “Refund Decision” tables below to determine whether to intercept or to allow the refund as appropriate:

Intercept the Refund for Excess Credits When:

There is a pending (AP, PN, UP, CU, TP, or RS) debit transaction listed in the NRPS package and on IDRS.

Reminder: Delete the refund and use the LCF to request CP 260 or Adjustment notice.

The taxpayer requested credit elect and TC 836 has not posted

Reminder: The credit must be available before credit elect can be moved forward.

A credit is claimed on or intended for another module.

An unclaimed credit is timely and in-line for the next tax period or another MFT

Reminder: If credits are transferred to another module, use posting delay codes to ensure TC 841 posts before the credit transfer.

The taxpayer entered the credit elect, total deposit amount, or extension amount on the Refundable Credits line or withholding line on the return

Reminder: A TC 766 generates, giving the taxpayer a double credit or erroneous withholding credit. Reverse the TC 766 or TC 806 on CC REQ54.

The return posted to the incorrect tax module and requires reprocessing.

Verification of out of line credits, or TC 670s or TC 610 is required and the research has not been received before the refund intercept cutoff

Reminder: If the taxpayer does not send the payment voucher with the return to the Lockbox bank, a photocopy of the top part of the return is used as the voucher. The photocopy does not verify the payment. The check is required in this instance.

Unable to determine where payment should be applied, intercept refund and set -R freeze.

TC 976 , TC 971 (AC 010) or TC 150 is pending on the notice module.

TC 976 is posted on BMFOLT.

Note: Check BMFOLT to decide if TC 976 posted with tax liability information. If the tax liability matches the refund amount, void the notice.

There is a TC 840 on the module for a manual refund and the TC 846 has not been intercepted.

Allow the Refund for Excess Credits When:

The excess credit is timely and in line with other posted credits in the module and does not belong on any other module.

The excess credit is an unclaimed Credit Elect (TC 716 or TC 710).

The excess credit is an extension payment that does not belong on another module.

Information on the return explains the excess credit or indicates the taxpayer is requesting a refund for the amount of the excess credit.

CCC F- Final Return and payments or credits are not posted on subsequent module.

(12) Excess Credits with Zero Liabilities (TC 150 for .00)

  1. Check for other TINs. Research CC NAME with appropriate definer for another TIN. Check the return if provided for any other TINs.

  2. Check for name changes. Use CCs INOLE and ENMOD for possible name changes. Check the return if provided for any other names.

    Note: Sole proprietors may incorporate and file incorrect preprinted forms. If a Doing Business As (DBA) is entered on the return if it is provided, check CC NAME with the appropriate definer B for a corporation TIN. If an indication of previous sole proprietor is found on the return if provided, check CC NAMEB/NAMEI for a sole proprietor's TIN.

  3. If another TIN is found, use IDRS to decide if credit belongs on the other TIN.

  4. Decide if the taxpayer is liable for other types of tax. The credit may belong on a different MFT.

  5. Research TC 670 to verify credits belong to the taxpayer and have posted correctly.

  6. Request the return using CC ESTAB, if not included in the NRPS package, but is required to complete the review of the notice.

  7. Refer to “Refund Criteria” tables below.

  8. Allow the refund if any of the following apply:

    The payments are not claimed or do not belong on another module

    Research, including taxpayer history, indicates the payment(s) belong to the taxpayer

    Similar payments are not posted to other TIN's or MFT's

    There is no indication an amended return will post to the notice module

    Intercept the refund if any of the following apply:

    The payment(s) belong on other TIN's or MFT's

    Prior history indicates the taxpayer has filed returns with tax liability and payment patterns are in line with the payments posted to the notice module (see h. below) If CCC F, allow refund if final return and payments or credits are not posted on subsequent module.

    Note: Your prior history research is limited to 2 years.

    A posted payment is out of line (amount and/or date)

    TC 670 verification has not been completed before end of cycle

    TC 570 is pending on the notice module

    TC 976, TC 971 (AC 010) or TC 150 is pending on the notice module

    TC 976 is posted on BMFOLT

    Note: Check BMFOLT to decide if TC 976 posted with tax liability information. If the tax liability matches the refund amount, void the notice.

    Unable to determine where payment should be applied, intercept refund and input a REQ77 TC 570 to set the -R freeze.

  9. If prior history indicates the taxpayer is liable for tax on the notice module and payments are refunding, refer to the “Case Processing” chart below.

  10. Case Processing

    If CCC F, allow refund if final return and payments or credits are not posted on subsequent module. If no CCC F intercept the refund.

    Print the notice in cycle

    Input a REQ77 TC 570 to set the -R freeze.

    Close case control

  11. Electronically Filed Employment Returns -- When a taxpayer changes Reporting Agent (RAF) within a given quarter and does not terminate the contract with the old agent, the old agent is still required to file tax returns until the contract is terminated. Any credits posted to the module must be held until the new agent files the correct return. Refer to the “ELF TC 150 $.00 Returns” table below.

  12. If

    And

    Then

    Prior history indicates taxpayer did not file returns for prior quarters

    Note: Your prior history research is limited to 2 years.

    Then

    Follow instructions above in 3.14.2.7.7.2 (11)

    Prior history indicates taxpayer is liable for tax and payments are posted to the module

    There is no posted or pending TC 976 on the module and TC 846 IS NOT present.

    1. Void the notice.

    2. Input a REQ77 TC 570 to set the -R freeze..

    3. Add ELF150ZERO as an additional History Item.

    Prior history indicates taxpayer is liable for tax and payments are posted to the module

    There is no posted or pending TC 976 on the module and a TC 846 IS present.

    1. Void the notice.

    2. Intercept the refund using CC NOREF.

    3. Input a REQ77 TC 570 to set the -R freeze.

    4. Close base and input ELF150ZERO as Case Activity (history).

    Prior history indicates taxpayer is liable for tax and payments are posted to the module

    If a pending or posted TC 976 IS on the module and no TC 846 is present.

    1. Void the notice.

    2. Add ELF150ZERO as an additional History Item.

    Research indicates there is a partial offset of the refund and a CP 138 has generated in the same cycle as the notice cycle.

    There is no posted or pending TC 976 on the module and a TC 846 IS present.

    Print the notice and the CP 138. Do not reverse the offset.

(13) Form 1120/1120-S -- Specific Review-

  1. If an MFT 02 return has been filed with a TC 150 .00 and a TC 610 payment is refunding, it may be a Form 1120-S. In some instances, a Form 1120-S may not have tax liability and the income reported is taxed to the shareholders on their individual tax returns (Schedule K-1).

    Caution: Please be aware that the tax can be for $ .00 if the taxpayer’s income is less than their deductions. In these instances, allow the refund, do not set afreeze on these accounts.

  2. To decide if a return is a Form 1120 or a Form 1120-S, check CC ENMOD and refer the Form 1120/1120-S Decision Table below.

  3. If

    Then

    Action

    TC 091 or TC 096 has posted with Blocking Series 950 - 999

    The return was originally a Form 1120-S and the filing requirements have been changed to Form 1120. The taxpayer will be liable for tax.

    If the return is available:

    • Delete the refund using CC NOREF.

    • Assess the tax using CC REQ54 with Hold Code 3.

    • Void the notice

    If the return is not available:

    • Request return using CC ESTAB.

    • Delete refund if applicable using CC NOREF.

    • Input a H disposition if return is not received before cycle closeout.

    • Once the return is obtained, follow instructions above under the heading, “If the return is available”.

    No TC 091 or TC 096 has posted

    Tax must not be assessed.

    Allow the refund.

(14) Form 1041T, Transmittal of Estimated Taxes Credited to Beneficiaries- Specific Review -

    Note: Form 1041T is used by an estate or trust to make an election to transfer the estimated tax payment from the 1041 account to the individual accounts of the beneficiaries.

  1. Review the account to decide if estimated credits have already been transferred to the beneficiaries. Refer to the Decision Table below.

  2. If

    Then

    The credits have already been transferred

    No action is required.

    The credits have not been transferred and are frozen with a -P Freeze

    No action is required.

    The credits have not been transferred and are refunding

    Contact Accounts Management Function for correct resolution.

    Note: If Form 1041T is attached to the Form 1041, detach it and route it to Accounts Management.

Credit Discrepancy - Missing Credit

(1) Missing credits occur when the total credits posted to the module are less than the amount claimed by the taxpayer. The credit may have posted to another module or the taxpayer may not have made the payment. To decide the missing credit amount:

  1. Subtract the posted credits from the amount claimed on the return.

  2. Consider that any credit elect (TC 716/TC 710) or credit applied (TC 700) posted to the module may not be claimed on the return.

  3. Consider that the taxpayer may have claimed credit elect, but not received any or not received the full amount.

  4. Reminder: If there has been activity on account by Accounts Management or some other area, involving the transferring of credits or payments, (i.e., AP, PN, CU, RS, TP credits), reflect payment and use appropriate label.

(2) Examples of notices reviewed are CP 101, CP 102, CP 107, CP 134B and CP 834B. List is not all inclusive.

(3) Check the selection key for an indication of how to find the missing credit. See Exhibit 3.14.2-5 for a complete listing of selection keys.

Note: If the selection key is Key 31, OR The taxpayer is claiming a credit or payment(s) that refunded in a prior year, prior quarter, or from a different MFT, then use Label # 8.

(4) Look for pending (AP, PN, CU, RS, TP) credits on the contents page of the NRPS package and IDRS.

Note: If a TC 650/660 (Doc Code 97) payment dated later than the last day of the tax period is unclaimed and overpays the module, the payment may roll to the subsequent tax period or into the FTD module. (A rolled payment will post on BMFOLT as TC 650/660 for .00). Refer to Payment Decision Table below.

If

Then

The payment is not claimed and does not appear to belong on the notice module

Do not include the payment amount on the notice.

The payment belongs on the module but has or will roll (i.e., is posted on BMFOLT as TC 650/660 for .00) it may require monitoring for correct determination

Transfer the payment back into the notice module. (Use bypass indicator(s) or freeze code(s) as applicable)

The payment has posted but does not belong on the notice

Decide where the payment belongs and transfer to the correct module.

The taxpayer is claiming a credit or payment(s) that refunded in a prior year, prior quarter, or from a different MFT

Mark your disposition and add Label # 8 to the notice.

(5) Using the NRPS package and IDRS, look for credits that match the missing credit amount, the underpaid tax amount, or the liability schedule.

(6) Look for credits that match taxpayer's payment pattern. Compare the number of payments made on the notice module to the prior and subsequent tax modules. Also compare the dates and money amounts of the payments.

(7) Like payments on employment tax returns are payments for the same amount, made weekly, biweekly or monthly based on the taxpayer's deposit requirements. Most employers with like liabilities and like payments are monthly depositors with deposits due by the 15th day of the month following the month the employees are paid.

  1. Transfer a like payment only if timely for the module based on the liability due date or payment pattern.

  2. Do not transfer a like payment if the payment is dated earlier than the beginning of the tax period for the notice module. Multiple transactions may be required to transfer payments into correct modules. IDRS is required to research prior tax periods not included in the NRPS package.

    Example: The notice module's missing credit is a like payment. Payment found in the FTD module is dated early for the notice module but timely for the prior module. A payment dated timely for the notice module has posted to the prior module. Multiple transfers are required.

(8) If the missing credit(s) is found on an open module (no TC 150), before transferring the credit determine if it is "in-line" with the other payments in the notice module. In-line refers to similar payment amounts that have posted to your module.

Note: When inputting a credit transfer, follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.7 and IRM 2.4.17.

  1. Transfer a late payment if there is a clear indication based on payment amount, liability schedule, total deposits or balance due amounts (does not apply to like payments).

    Example: A payment is a dollar and cents payment that matches a liability or is the amount of the missing credit.

  2. Do not transfer credits posted earlier than the beginning day of the tax period.

  3. If credits posted earlier than the tax period are claimed on the return, this may indicate the return has posted to the wrong tax period.

  4. Decide the correct Filing Requirements if Form 941 is filed and the credit(s) have posted to a Form 943 open module, or if Form 943 is filed and the credit(s) have posted to a Form 941 open module. The taxpayer may have filed the incorrect form. Check for tax liability on prior tax modules using CC BMFOLT to decide which form the taxpayer is liable to file. If the taxpayer has filed the incorrect form, do not transfer the credit(s). Print the notice instead.

    Note: The taxpayer's entity (first name line and/or DBA) may serve as a guideline to decide if the taxpayer is an agricultural Form 943 filer.

  5. If the return is available for review, verify the tax period and refer to the Tax Period Verification Decision Table below.

  6. If

    Then

    The tax period matches

    Print the notice.

    The tax period is incorrect and belongs on the tax period where the credits have posted

    Reprocess the return to the correct tax period. See IRM 3.14.2.6.17, Reprocessing Returns.

  7. When the return is not available for review, refer to the decision table below:

  8. If

    And

    Then

    An incorrectly posted return regardless of selection key is suspected (not certain the return is a reprocess)


    or


    The return posted incorrectly based on 2 or more claimed credit(s) or one payment for the full amount of tax, that posted timely to an open module (no TC 150) regardless of selection key

    The notice is reviewed before Friday of current cycle

    1. ESTAB for the return.
    2. Open Control Base.
    3. Use notice disposition H (Hold).
    4. Input STAUP for 9 weeks.
    5. After the return is received, reprocess if posted incorrectly. See IRM 3.14.2.6.18 Reprocessing Returns. Input Hold Code 4 on CC REQ54.
    6. If the return is not a reprocess, reduce STAUP to 5 cycles.
    7. Close the control base.

(9) Missing credit is found on a module with TC 150 posted :

If

Then

The liability schedules or payment dates indicate misapplied payments between multiple modules.

Transfer multiple credits. Use proper bypass indicators to prevent unpostables and ensure all credits post in the same cycle to prevent an erroneous notice. Transfer the credit in before transferring credit out to prevent a settled module from going into a balance due status.

Caution: Do not put a full paid (settled) module into balance due.

Credits located on another module match the missing credits or tax of the notice module, and the credits posted on the notice module match the tax or credits claimed on the other module.

Do not transfer the credits or reprocess the returns. Order the other return(s) and adjust the tax for both modules.

Missing credit has previously refunded from another module

Do not transfer the credit.

Missing credit is located on a full paid module (balance .00)

Do not transfer the credit. (Do not put a full paid module into balance due.)

Missing credit is located on a balance due module and the taxpayer has received a previous notice that included the credit

Do not transfer the credit.

The missing credit is located on a module with a Q- Freeze and credit is available for transfer.

Transfer the credit. Taxpayers often claim the Q- Freeze credit on a subsequent module.

The missing credit is on a module with a Q- Freeze and is the amount of overpayment before any penalty and/or interest

Transfer the credit and allow CP 260 to generate for penalty and interest.

The missing credit is on a Q- Freeze but is not the total amount of overpayment (partial credit is needed to full pay tax on Q- Freeze module)

Transfer the available credit as a lump sum module balance (TC 820/700). EXCEPTION to IRM 3.14.2.6.1.5.2 (Lump Sum Credit Offset TC 826/706, 820/700): For this situation, use the date of the payment claimed as the credit availability date.

Note: Refer to IRM 3.14.2.6.8 CP 267 and CP 268 review for additional information.

Reminder: At least three cycles must remain when transferring credits from a Q- Freeze to allow sufficient time for the transfer to post. When less than three cycles remain on the Q- Freeze, refer to the Q- Freeze Decision Table below.

If

Then

All debit modules have -E Freeze

1. Transfer credit with applicable posting delay codes to allow transfer to post after TC 841.
2. Complete notice disposition in cycle.
3. Monitor for TC 846 and intercept the refund.

All debit modules do not have -E Freeze

Credit will offset to the earliest debit module.
1. Complete notice disposition in cycle (Label the notice if FTD penalty is on the account and unable to decide recomputation).
2. Monitor for any TC 846 posting and intercept the refund.
3. Reverse offsets as required and transfer credit to notice module.

(10) Review NRPS package and return (if included in the NRPS package) for evidence of another EIN.

  1. Research IDRS for missing credit(s) for any other EIN found.

  2. Verify the return has posted to the correct EIN.

  3. Transfer available missing credit(s) or reprocess return based on review.

    Caution: Do not transfer credit(s) or reprocess a return with a merge in process. CC BMFOLI will not display an index of tax modules when accounts are merging. Instead, MRG-PRO will be indicated. TC 011 is located on CC ENMOD on the losing module's TIN. The XREF TIN listed under TC 011 is the receiving module. (The account with TC 011 will merge to the XREF TIN listed) If credits will be merged into a balance due notice module, consider the credits as pending to the notice module and input CC STAUP to prevent the generation of an erroneous CP 504.

  4. If credit will fully pay module void notice. Use Local Control File to select any adjustment notice.

  5. If the credit will not full pay module use appropriate label .

CP 267 and CP 268 Review - Notice of Excess Credit Q- Freeze

(1) A Q- Freeze (Rollover Freeze) is set and CP 267 or CP 268 generates when the module contains more credits than claimed on the return. The credit is frozen from refunding or offsetting for 15 cycles from the posting of the TC 150. See IRM 3.14.2.6.6.16, Rollover Freeze (Q-) for more information.

  • CP 267 is a non-math error notice with unclaimed excess credit(s) that were rolled into the notice module because it met roll-over criteria. This notice informs the taxpayer of possible misapplied payments and allows them to advise the IRS of their correct application. This notice requires a response from the taxpayer.

  • The CP 268 is a math error notice with unclaimed excess credit that was rolled into the notice module because it met roll-over criteria. This notice informs the taxpayer of a math error on the return and possible misapplied payments, resulting in an overpayment. It allows the taxpayer the opportunity to advise IRS of the validity of the math error and of proper application of the credits. This notice requires a response from the taxpayer.

(2) To view an exhibit of a CP 267 or CP 268 refer to The Office of Taxpayer Correspondence at SNIP.

(3) The Q- Freeze will release when any of the following occurs:

  1. The module balance becomes zero or debit balance.

  2. A TC 652/662 posts and the credit discrepancy is resolved - any remaining credit is within ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ of the credit amount claimed on the return or the remaining credit is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ or less.

  3. A CC REQ54 is input with Hold Code 3 and Priority Code 4.

  4. 15 cycles have elapsed and no corrective action was taken on the account.

(4) CPs 267 and 268 Review

  1. Complete all General Review Procedures. See IRM 3.14.2.7.

    Exception: If the return is not signed, do not correspond for a signature unless releasing the refund. Reference IRM 3.14.2.6.1.3.6 as a guide on requesting signatures on a refund.

  2. CP 268 only - Verify the math error condition.

  3. Use the selection key as a guideline to assist in the review of the notice.

  4. Review the account for -A Freeze conditions that may affect notice disposition. Refer to the -A Freeze Condition chart below.

  5. If

    Then

    The module contains a -A freeze with no case control or open control base to Accounts Management. Do not input CC REQ54 TC 290 .00.

    Void the notice.

    The control base indicates the case is assigned to another employee

    Contact employee to decide case resolution and notice disposition.

    TC 976, TC 971 (AC 010) or TC 150 is pending on the notice module, or TC 976 is posted on BMFOLT

    Note: A pending TC 971 (AC 010) or TC 150 on the notice module will post as a TC 976 and create an -A Freeze.

    Void the notice.

    The overpayment is caused by a rolled payment and the module that the credit rolled from now has a -A freeze or pending TC 976

    Print the CP 267. DO NOT release the credit (Q freeze).

    Exception: If the -A freeze is being released with a pending TC 290.00 with no change to tax, release the Q- freeze and apply Label 22.

  6. Compare the tax amount on the notice module with the tax amount on the return (if the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice or if the return is available for viewing on EUP) .

  7. If

    Then

    The tax return is not included in the NRPS package and you suspect a decimal point, transposition or transcription error

    If the return is necessary to complete the review of the notice, request the return using CC ESTAB or view the return on EUP, if available). If return is needed for review and not received in time for cycle close-out, input a disposition of “H” until the return is received and the notice can be reviewed.

    The tax amount differs from the tax amount on the return and is not an obvious transposition or decimal point error

    Research to determine the cause. If the cause cannot be determined, then request the entire block to determine if a slipped block condition exists. Reference Section IRM 3.14.2.6.4.3 Slipped Blocks and Mixed Data Blocks. Mark Notice disposition H until the block is received.

    Note: Review the return for taxpayer request for credit elect. If credit elect is requested but not transcribed, manually transfer the amount requested on the return.

  8. When inputting a credit transfer follow the instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.7 and IRM 2.4.17.

  9. Review the NRPS contents page and IDRS for pending transactions (AP, PN, UP, CU, RS or TP) that may affect notice disposition.

    Note: If a TC 650 or 660 is pending and the payment is dated later than the last day of the notice module, the payment may roll to the subsequent period or into the FTD module. Check CC BMFOLT; a TC with a dollar amount .00 indicates the credit rolled while attempting to post. If the rolled payment belongs on the notice module, then transfer the payment back into the notice module. Decide if other payments will be transferred out and excess credit released.

    IF

    THEN

    The taxpayer indicates on their return to apply credit to the next quarter (year)

    Manually transfer the amount requested and void/retype the notice as appropriate.

    There is no indication because the return does not show either a refund or credit elect box is checked.

    Mail the notice.

    If the CCC is set to E but there is no credit available or the balance on the return is zero.

    Mail the notice.

  10. If a TC 670 and TC 570 with the same DLN created the overpayment, look for an incoming correction to the original return (i.e., pending TC 976, TC 971 (AC 010) or pending TC 150). If present, void the notice. If not present, mail the notice.

(5) Researching CP 267 / CP 268

  1. Use the NRPS notice module data (including liability schedule, if available) to decide which credit(s) or part of a credit created the excess credit discrepancy. Subtract the total credits claimed on the return from the actual total credits posted.

  2. If prior history indicates the taxpayer is liable for tax on the notice module but the notice module contains a TC 150 for $.00 and is not a $ .00 tax return for all fields in BRTVU, you must follow procedures to set a -R Freeze on the account. See the case processing table below:

  3. Case Processing

    1. If CCC F, do not set the -R Freeze

    2. Mail the notice in cycle

    3. Input REQ77 TC 570

  4. Review other NRPS modules to decide if the unclaimed credit on the notice module is claimed or belongs on another module.

  5. Review the return (if included in the NRPS package) for any explanation of the unclaimed credit.

  6. Research the NRPS package and the return (if included in the NRPS package) for any indication of another TIN. If another TIN is found, research IDRS to decide if the unclaimed credit belongs on the other TIN.

  7. If a payment(s) rolled or was transferred in from another module or TIN creating the overpayment, verify there is no balance due or pending assessment on that module or TIN. If a -A Freeze is on the losing module, do not release the Q- Freeze. Mail the notice. (Requires IDRS research.)

  8. If the date of the overpayment is timely for an earlier tax period, or is timely and the payment amount is in-line for another MFT, research to decide if the payment belongs on the earlier tax period or other MFT. (Requires IDRS research if the prior tax module or other MFT is not on NRPS.)

  9. Compare the tax liability data on the notice module with credits posted on other modules. If the tax matches credits posted timely on another module, decide if the return posted to an incorrect tax period and should be reprocessed. (Refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.18 Reprocessing Returns.)

  10. It is not necessary to order vouchers or checks to verify payments. If a payment does not appear to belong to the taxpayer, (dated 10-28-03 and subsequent) use RTR to verify that the payment belongs to the taxpayer. Review the check and voucher (if applicable) for an indication of another TIN or for correct posting of the payment. Follow instructions below for Q- Freeze resolution and notice disposition.

(6) Resolving CP 267 / CP 268 Q- Freeze -- Releasing Q- Freeze

  1. If the overpayment is caused by a rolled payment and the module that the credit rolled from now has a -A freeze or pending TC 976, print the CP 267. DO NOT release the credit (Q freeze).

  2. Input TC 290 .00, Blocking Series 05/15/17, HC 3, PC 4, NSD, on CC REQ54 to release the Q- Freeze if the Over Payment amount is $10 or more in following situations:

  3. IF AN UNCLAIMED OVERPAYMENT IS CAUSED BY

    THEN RELEASE THE CREDIT AND

    • Credit Elect TC 716/710

    • TC 700 credit from another module

    • Rolled payment (99 in DLN)

    • Payment transferred in (Doc 24/34)

    • COBRA Premium Assistance Credit TC 766

    • HIRE Credit TC 766

    Apply Label # 22. The TE must look for the actual, specific, unclaimed overpayments that are exact or within $10.00 of the overpayment.

    Caution: If the overpayment is not exact, but is equal to any combination of these credits within $10.00 BEFORE penalty and interest, release the credit and apply Label 22.

    Reminder: If overpayment amount is $ 9.99 or less, a REQ54 290.00 is not necessary. The payment will release automatically.

  4. Do not input CC REQ54 TC 290 .00 if a -A Freeze is on the module. Posting of the TC 290 .00 would release the -A Freeze. Void the notice if Accounts Management does not have an open control base otherwise reference section on the -A Condition If and Then table in IRM 3.14.2.6.8 (4)d.

(7) Resolving CP 267 / CP 268/ Q- Freeze - Transferring credit(s) to balance due module(s)

  1. To decide if a payment will be transferred to a balance due module: review the account for balance due modules, liability amounts, previous notice amounts, credits claimed by the taxpayer minus credits posted to the module and other payments posted.

  2. Transfer only those credits that belong on the balance due module. Do not transfer credits based only on the availability of the Q- Freeze credit.

  3. Transfer the entire payment if claimed on another module. Do not split a payment unless taxpayer intent can be determined.

  4. Research TC 670 payments on the RTR system - may be intended for a balance due module or for another MFT or TIN. Check for balance due amounts, previous notice amounts, and taxpayer intent. If check or voucher indicates the payment belongs on another TIN, transfer the payment. If the payment belongs to the taxpayer, but a determination to transfer the payment cannot be made, mail the notice.

    Reminder: If TC 670 and 570 with the same DLN is creating the overpayment, and a TC 976, TC 971 (AC 010), or TC 150 (correction to the module) is pending, void the notice.

(8) Resolving CP 267 / CP 268/ Q- Freeze -- Transfer credit(s) to a subsequent open module(s) (No TC 150) when all the following conditions are met:

  1. The payment(s) have valid dates for the subsequent period

  2. The payment amounts are in-line with prior history payment patterns

  3. A payment is missing on the subsequent module (based on posted data and history of payment patterns)

(9) Use the Decision Table below when the credit transfer resolves the Q- Freeze as follows:

If the credit transfer

Then


Results in a partial excess credit remaining on the module and the taxpayer is not in a balance due status.


Retype the notice,
or
Void the notice if the remaining credit is $9.99 or less of the overpayment the taxpayer expected.

Note: The Q- Freeze does not need to be resolved.

Resolves any remaining excess credit on the module and the account is in zero balance.

Void the CP.

Does not resolve the Q- Freeze but the unclaimed excess credit remaining on the module meets the criteria for releasing the Q- Freeze.

Retype the notice to remove the transferred credit, add label 22 to the CP 267 and release credit with TC 290 .00, HC 3 and PC 4 and PD 1.

Results in a balance due on the notice module for penalty and/or interest only.

Transfer the credit and retype CP 267 to a CP 161 balance due notice.

Results in a balance due for underpaid tax on the notice module when the underpayment can be decided by comparing the liability schedule with the tax deposits.

Transfer the credit and retype to a CP 161 balance due notice.

Results in a balance due for underpaid tax but the missing liability payment cannot be decided by comparing the liability schedule with the deposits.

Do not transfer the credit. Mail the notice.

(10) Q- Freeze Retype Condition Flow Chart.

  1. Use the flow chart below to determine the actions that should be taken on notices with Q-Freeze on the module.

  2. Q- Freeze Retype Condition Flow Chart
  3. This chart can be used in conjunction with Reference Chart for Retyping most BMF Notices. The conditions listed are those that remain after all corrective actions have been input on IDRS. The notice disposition for CP 267 and CP 268 is decided from a combination of conditions:

  • Math Error means an error with the figures on the tax return.

  • Overpaid Math Error are notices that include credit discrepancies and return math errors.

Note: The OLNR application allows a CP 267 or a CP 268 to be retyped to the following CP Notice Types: Follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.6.8 when retyping a CP 267 to a one of the notices listed below:

CP

 

CP 267

CPs 101, 102, 104, 111, 112, 114, 132, 133, 145,161, 268

CP 268

CPs 101, 102, 104, 111, 112, 114, 132, 133, 267

(11) Resolving CP 267 / CP 268/ Q- Freeze -Transfer a payment to another MFT when the payment fits the pattern per date and amount. Examples are:

If a

Then

Small payment posted to a Form 941, 944, 945, or 1120 module

Decide if the payment belongs on the Form 940 account.

Large payment posted to a Form 940 module

Decide if the payment belongs on a Form 941, 944, 1120, or 1041 account.

Large even payment posted to the notice module

Decide if the payment belongs on a Form 1120 or 1041 account. (See specific review -- Form 1120, 1041, 990 T (12 a and 12 b below).

Form 944 filer does not meet the qualification (whose annual liability for social security, Medicare, and withheld federal income taxes is not $1000 or less).

TE will move the credits to a Form 941.

(12) Specific Review Form 1120, Form 1041 and Form 990 series

  1. Check the notice module for posted estimated tax payment(s). Transfer payment(s) from the notice module to the correct module if the payment amount matches other posted payments and the date is in line with required estimated tax payments.

  2. Transfer the payment if it is one-fourth or a multiple of one-fourth of the total tax liability on the notice module and the payment date is in line for the subsequent tax year module.

    Example: The subsequent module is missing the first two Estimated Tax deposits. The overpayment on the Q- Freeze is one-half of the notice module's tax liability. Transfer the payment per taxpayer intent to combine both payments.

  3. If a misapplied payment is transferred from a notice module with an estimated tax penalty, and the overpayment per the taxpayer is reduced by the penalty, retype the notice to a CP 173 (if no other discrepancy exists).

  4. Review module for the incorrect posting of TC 806 (Credit for Withheld Taxes) or TC 766 (Refundable Credits). Check for payment(s) posting to the module that match the TC 806 or TC 766 amount. If the credit is incorrect, reverse the TC 806 with CR REF CD 807 and TC 766 with CR REF CD 767.

(13) If transferring a timely misapplied payment from a notice module for Form 940, 941, 943, 944, or 945, check CC FTDPN or PIFTD for FTD penalty computation:

IF

THEN

An FTD penalty (TC 186) has not posted on the notice module, but CC FTDPN indicates a penalty amount over tolerance

The FTD penalty will assess when the credit transfer posts. Refer to Q- Freeze Retype Condition Chart to decide if notice must be retyped to the applicable notice or voided and allow CP 210 to generate.

AN FTD penalty (TC 186) has posted on notice module and CC FTDPN or PIFTD indicates the penalty will recompute

The penalty will recompute when the credit transfer posts. Use LCF to void adjustment notice or suppress adjustment notice on CC REQ54, 290 .00, Hold Code 3. (See Q- Freeze Retype Condition Chart for notice disposition.)

Note: Specific Review Credit Elect -- If a Credit Elect (TC 836) has offset from the notice module to the subsequent module (TC 716), and a debit balance results when a misapplied payment is transferred, reverse the amount of offset needed on the notice module. Reverse offset with TC 832/712.

Notify the taxpayer of any reduced Credit Elect amount on the retype if retyping to a settlement with the pop-in paragraph. Type CP 145 if the Credit Elect pop-in paragraph is not included on the retyped notice (such as CP 173 or CP 210).

(14) Specific Selection Key Review -- Follow applicable procedures above to review, research and resolve CPs 267/268:

  1. Selection Keys 01 or 03 -- CP 267 overpaid for $250,000.00 or more. If the taxpayer claimed at least a $1,000,000.00 but less than $10,000,000.00 refund initiate a manual refund to avoid additional credit interest. If additional unclaimed credits remain on the module, do not release the Q- Freeze. Retype the notice to reflect the unclaimed payments. (Do not address the $1,000,000.00 manual refund because the taxpayer is expecting it.) However , if the refund is questionable in nature and taxpayer intent cannot be decided, mail the notice.

  2. Selection Key 11 -- The overpayment amount is equal to or greater than 100 times the tax liability -- verify tax amount for decimal error, transposition error, or transcription error. If the tax is incorrect, adjust on CC REQ 54. For Forms 941, 943, 944, and 945, compute FTD penalty on CC FTDPN and assess if penalty amount is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ or more.

  3. Selection Key 18 -- TC 186 and Schedule Indicator Code (SIC) 1 with Schedule B attached to return -- Ensure the criteria for SIC Code 1 is met. If the liability schedule has been disregarded incorrectly or transcription errors are found, verify addition on the Schedule B. If the schedule is valid, compute the FTD penalty on CC FTDPN and adjust penalty according to the computation.

  4. Selection Key 34 -- Select if the overpayment amount is equal to the TC 716/TC 710 +/- $10.00 before penalty and interest. If so, release credit and apply Label #22.

  5. Selection Key 12 -- The overpayment amount is between $500.00 and $24,999.99 and no other CP 267 / CP 268 selection criteria are met.

  6. Selection Key 36 -- When the CP 267 / CP 268 notice amount is $500.00 or more and a TC 766 or TC 806 is present.

(15) Notice Disposition

  1. Void if returning to taxpayer's figures.

  2. Void if TC 976 or TC 971 (AC 010) is posted or pending.

  3. Mail if no changes are made or no action is taken on the account -- determination to transfer or release the overpayment cannot be made.

  4. Retype CP 267 / CP 268 or retype to the appropriate notice based on corrective actions taken on the module.
    * If a math error is found add the appropriate TPNC(s) that clearly state the taxpayer’s error to the retyped notice (CP 268 or other math error notice as appropriate if no credit discrepancy remains) .
    * OLNR will populate the fields depending on what notice you are attempting to retype the notice to.
    * Use a Hold Code when retyping the original notice to prevent the subsequent notice or use the Local Control File, IRM 3.14.2.5.4 to intercept the subsequent notice
    * Use CC ACTON to enter a history item on IDRS when retyping, voiding and/or labeling a notice. If retyping to a different notice, include both CP numbers in the history item, such as RYT267-102 as an example.
    * If a Balance Due Notice is held past the notice cycle, update the Pay by date to the current cycle Pay by date. Update the balance due, penalties, and interest to the 23C date. Refer to the Posting Cycle Chart in the BMF Notice Review Job Aid 2533-701 located on the BMF Notice Review Research Portal.
    * For additional instructions refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.10.5 .

  5. Apply Label 22 only when releasing a credit elect TC 716/710, TC 700 credit from another module, rolled payments(s) or transferred in payments(s), COBRA, or HIRE credit TC 766. (See IRM 3.14.2.6.8 (10), Q- Freeze Retype Condition Chart).

  6. Note: The Q- Freeze will remain on the notice module if an unclaimed credit balance of ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ remains. Retype the CP 267/268 to reflect the correct credit balance.

    Reminder: A CP 260 credit reversal notice generates when the credit reversal transaction results in a debit balance ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. Suppress CP 260 with input of TC 570 on debit side of Doc Code 24 . A secondary TC 570 will not suppress an adjustment notice. To suppress an adjustment notice, input CC REQ54, TC 290 .00, Hold Code 3.

    Note: Doc Code 34 input with a credit freeze will not suppress the CP 260.

(16) Multiple IDRS transactions:

IF

THEN

Releasing a Q- Freeze and completing a credit transfer (DOC Code 24, 34 and 48)

Retype notice to remove the transferred credit and add Label 22. Release the Q- Freeze with HC 3, PC 4. Use PD 1 to cycle CC REQ54 one cycle past the credit transfer to avoid creating an unpostable condition.

The remaining credit after completing a credit transfer is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ or less of the credit claimed by the taxpayer or the remaining credit is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ or less

CC REQ54, Priority Code 4 is not required. The remaining credit will release automatically.

Note: The Q- Freeze will remain in effect if the difference between the credit claimed and the remaining credit on the module is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ or more.

Adjusting the tax or credits and releasing the Q- Freeze

CC REQ54 must be input. Input the second CC REQ54 with Hold Code 3, Priority Code 4 to release the refund. (Posting Delay is not required.)

Note: A CC REQ54 does not apply to a tolerance of ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. Credit of ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ and over must be manually released with a second CC REQ54, Hold Code 3, Priority Code 4.

Caution: Do not input CC REQ54 if a -A Freeze or a pending TC 976, TC 971 (AC 010) or TC 150 is on the notice module. Void the notice.

CP 161 Balance Due Notice - Non-Math Error

(1) The CP 161 is a non-math error notice informing the taxpayer of a balance due of $5.00 or more. The balance due may be the result of any combination of tax, penalties, and interest.

(2) Use the selection key as a guide for reviewing the notice. See Exhibit 3.14.2-5.

(3) Look for pending (AP, PN, TP, RS, UP or CU) credits in the NRPS package and IDRS. If the payment overpays the module and is not pending on TXMOD or posted on BMFOLT, decide if the payment belongs on the notice module before including the payment on the notice.

(4) If the payment is UP, check UPTIN for the Unpostable Resolution Code to decide if the payment will post to the module. If the unpostable case is open, use CC UPCASZ to enter information to facilitate posting of the payment.

Reminder: Input CC STAUPS for 9 cycles.

(5) Look for misapplied payments in the NRPS package. Look for credits that match the underpaid tax amount on the tax return and the liability schedule. When inputting a credit transfer follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.7.7 and IRM 2.4.17

Reminder: Do not transfer credits dated earlier than the tax period.

(6) Check for credits on others MFTs and Fiscal year ending returns. Decide correct Filing Requirements before transferring credit.

(7) If timely credits have posted to a module with no TC 150, and they match the tax liability of the notice module, the return may have posted to the wrong tax period. Verify the tax period. Follow instructions in IRM 3.14.2.6.18 ; Reprocessing Returns.

(8) Do not void a CP 161 if fully paid by credits that offset (TC 706) into the notice cycle. A CP 138 will generate from the Losing module. Print the notice.

(9) Do not label if the offset partially pays the module. A CP 138 will generate from the losing module. Print the notice.

(10) Do not move TC 766 credits from a different module on a Form 8752, MFT 15 generating a CP 161. Only misapplied payments should be moved.

(11) Form 8288 MFT 17 (OSPC Only)-Specific Review: Research using IDRS and BMFOLI for possible misapplied payment(s). The missing payment may have posted to the incorrect tax period. In this case, BMFOLI will show the account you are working and the account the payment posted to.

Note: Tax Period is always the “Date of Transfer” from Form 8288.
Example: If “DT-OF-TRFR>” on TXMODA is 20XX0403, the Tax Period will be 20XX04. The Date of Transfer on TXMODA is always in YYYYMMDD format. If the Tax Period on CP 161 is 20XX10 and the payment is on Tax Period 20XX11, look at the “DT-OF-TRFR>” on TXMODA to determine if the payment belongs to your module.

If

And

Then

The payment will satisfy the debit balance

Penalties will recompute (TCs 166, 186, 176 or decrease TC 276)

  1. Transfer the payment in

  2. TC 290.00, HC 3, DT-OF-TRFR>

    Note: On this screen (REQ54), input the DT-OF-TRFR as MMDDYYYY.

  3. Input a CC STAUP for 9 cycles

  4. Void the notice

(12) Forms 941/943/944/945 - Specific Review - If a tax liability schedule is attached but not transcribed, and a FTD Penalty (TC 186) is assessed on the notice module, refer to IRM 3.14.2.7.17.8, Failure to Deposit Penalty.

(13) Forms 1041/1120/990 series - Specific Review - ES Penalty (TC 170): If the module contains an Estimated Tax Penalty (TC 170), the missing payments may include the balance of tax, plus the taxpayer's computed ES Penalty. Add TC 170 to the balance due to decide the missing payment amount.

Note: When timely credits are applied to a module containing a TC 170, a CP 234 transcript will generate. Accounts Management will review and recompute the ES Penalty if necessary.

(14) Forms 1041/1120/990 series - Specific Review - Penalty (TC 276, 166) and Interest (TC 196): The taxpayer may have included any combination of FTP penalty, FTF penalty, and interest in the balance due amount on the return. If the return is included in the NRPS package, review thoroughly for any notation. Also, consider the taxpayer's addition of penalty and interest when looking for a missing payment.

Note: Return not included in the NRPS package : If a payment is dated close to the received date of the return, but overpays the tax due, check CC INTST to the date of the payment. If the balance due on INTST is the amount of the payment, the taxpayer computed penalty and interest, transfer the payment.

(15) Forms 1041/1120/990 series - Specific Review - Extensions : Search for timely credits and an extension of time to file. A timely filed extension with or without credits can post to an incorrect tax period or EIN. If you decide the extension was intended for the notice module, transfer the extension. See IRM 3.14.2.7.9 , Extensions.

(16) Form 990 Series - Specific Review - CP 161 generates as a settlement notice for missing credits. Decide missing credit amount by subtracting claimed credits from credits posted. Check for tax due, tax due plus penalty and/or interest, and missing claimed credits. If payments posted to other modules appear to be timely for the notice module, use CC BRTVU to decide total claimed credits. (Extension payments may not appear on NRPS as claimed credits.

(17) Form 2290 - Specific Review CP 161 is issued when there is an L- Freeze present on the account. The NRPS package, IDRS and BMFOL indicates multiple TC 610 payments have posted to a prior module. If the module has a credit balance, then decide if the taxpayer claimed the payment on the notice module. Verify the tax period of the return using BRTVU page R2 to match to the tax rates in IRM Exhibit 3.14.2-29. If the TC 150 (tax amount) and the figure below do not match, a reprocess may be required. If a MeF return follow IRM 3.14.2.7.18.1 and if a paper return request the document from files and follow IRM 3.14.2.7.18. If a notice needs to be held past cycle, the lead must notify the Headquarters analyst. Follow the chart below for notice disposition.

If

And

Then

1. The taxpayer is claiming the payment on the notice module

Moving the payment will not place the "from" module in debit status

Transfer the payment.

2. The taxpayer is claiming the payment on the notice module

Additional credit will remain after the claimed payment is transferred out

Use a TC 570 on the debit side of the credit transfer to hold any remaining credit.

3. If the payment is timely

Full pays the notice module (penalty and/or interest will abate)

Void the